HydroGarden Product Range by HydroGarden

Product Range The most advanced hobby horticultural and hydroponic products from around the world

™

Information

Welcome to the world of hydroponics, the art of soilless gardening. Hydroponics and plant grow lights are the gardening tools for the modern age. They make gardening a year-round hobby and literally mean you can grow any plant, anytime, anywhere. Increased yields, faster growth rates and year-round gardening are just a few of the benefits that hydroponic gardening offers. With the continuing concerns about the level of pesticide and herbicide residues remaining in bought produce, the only guaranteed way to ensure healthy eating is to grow your own produce and so more and more people around the world are growing plants using hydroponic techniques. When growing hydroponically, there is no digging, weeding or soilborne pests or diseases to ruin your enjoyment of clean, easy and productive gardening. There is no need to worry about fluctuations in the weather, such as too much rain, frost or not enough sunlight. You are in control and you can achieve fantastic results. Since 1996 HydroGarden have been developing hydroponic systems, sourcing the best products from around the world to enable you to achieve maximum results with minimum effort. You will be amazed at what you can achieve using the range of products that HydroGarden offer. This includes everything from complete hydroponic systems, grow lights, growing media, plant feeds and plant nutrients along with testing and monitoring equipment to ensure the perfect growing environment is maintained.

Grow with us.

Information

What is Hydroponics? Hydroponics is commonly described as growing plants without soil; however, this is not strictly true. A better definition would be that hydroponics is ‘providing all of the plant nutrient requirements in soluble form as you water’. Therefore, put in its simplest form, this means you could grow a plant in soil of poor quality by feeding when you water. Some believe hydroponics to be very complicated, but this need not be the case. It is only as difficult or complicated as you choose to make it. There is no doubt it is a supremely efficient method of growing.

How do plants grow? All plants have the same basic needs of light, carbon dioxide (CO2), oxygen, water, warmth and food in the form of nutrients. These nutrients only make up approximately 2% of the mass of the plant, which it cannot synthesise for itself from Carbon Dioxide and water. Photosynthesis is the process by which plants turn CO2 and water into organic compounds, primarily sugars.

Hydroponics can be practised anywhere

If plants are not given enough of all of these essential elements, it can have a detrimental effect on their growing. Different plants require these elements in differing ratios, but they are all essential requirements whether the plant is grown in soil or hydroponically. When you grow hydroponically, you can control and enhance all of a plant’s basic needs and you even have the ability to ensure adequate oxygen is available to the roots.

www.hydrogarden.com

NASA are developing hydroponic methods of growing plants in space; even lettuces are grown on submarines using these techniques. Due to the diﬀerent sizes of systems available and the unlimited design that systems can be made into, you can grow in any location. As the systems are self-contained, lightweight and clean, they can be used indoors during the winter – in a conservatory, greenhouse, cellar, attic, garage or kitchen. They can even be moved outside in the summer months.

Information

Hydroponics has existed for a long time

The Hanging Gardens of Babylon are often considered to be the earliest known practice of hydroponic gardening but this is not strictly true. Julius von Sachs and Wilhelm Knop developed the first truly hydroponic method in the 19th century, then in the 1920’s the first complete nutrient solutions were developed by William Gericke. This is effectively what is being used now as the basis for hydroponic solutions. Today, hydroponic methods are spreading throughout the world and hydroponic installations can be found all over the globe, from Australia to America, Spain to Thailand. Many commercial growers now use hydroponic techniques to produce such items as lettuce and tomatoes on a large scale.

Productive Hydroponics Commercial crop growers have been using hydroponic techniques for many years. This provides them with more control over their growing environment and a higher quality crop as a result. The concerns about soil-borne pests and diseases are reduced dramatically and weeding is considered a thing of the past. The rapid harvests and the higher yields are some of the reasons why commercial growers use these methods, in addition to the fact that it hugely aids the viability of their business.

Grow with us.

Information

Organic and Soil-Based Growing There are many options available to growers who want to grow using soil, or even organically. HydroGarden offers a range of products to provide you with peace of mind, whilst still ensuring great yields and quality end produce. Nowadays, people are more aware of where their food is coming from and any products that may have been used on them in the growing process. Pesticides are used in both organic and non-organic commercial production, the only difference being in the products actually used. The only way to be sure what has been used is to grow your own, whether that be hydroponically or soil-based. Hydroponically-grown crops tend to be stronger, healthier and more resistant to disease. There are a number of physical action ‘contact’ pesticides and biological controls available to the hobby gardener to control insect attack.

Attention Soil Growers…

Attention Organic Growers…

For soil-based growers, whether in hand-fed pots or using automated drip-feed systems, we supply everything from the pots and saucers to soil-based growing media, from nutrients and soil-growing additives to watering and drip-feed systems and more!

We also oﬀer a number of organic products for those keen to grow using traditional organic methods, or for those wishing to combine organic nutrients and additives with a hydroponic system. This last method is known as Hydro-Organics and is well established in the USA.

Remember, that you can still enjoy the benefits of growing under artifical lighting when growing in soil and many hydroponic-specific nutrients work very well when applied to soil-grown plants, due to the full spectrum of minerals that they contain.

Our range of organic growing media, organic plant nutrients and beneﬁcial bacteria additives, such as VitaLink BioPac are very popular. All are naturally derived from organic sources and are made from environmentally and sustainable materials.

Hydro-Organics - an explanation… While some more traditional organic growers will keep their distance from the idea, there are a growing number of people who wish to take the best of both worlds – by combining a hydroponic system with using organic nutrients and additives. This method of growing enables the plant to feed from a traditional organic plant food source, yet also combines the water-saving and wider environmental beneﬁts of hydroponics. We fully support this hybrid of traditional and modern growing methods and believe it will become more and more popular over time.

www.hydrogarden.com

A summary of our organic products Organic Nutrients

You can grow all year round – both indoors and out

BIOCANNA Bio Vega and Bio Flores

Used For For soil and coco growing

Page 114-115

BioBizz Grow and Bloom

For soil and coco growing

122

Conserves water

BioBizz Fish-Mix

For soil growing

122

Plant nutrients are controlled

122

BioBizz Worm-Humus

For soil growing and recharging used soil mixes

More plants can be grown in a given area and crop ﬂavour is enhanced

BioBizz Pre-Mix

For soil growing and recharging used soil mixes

Plants grow quicker with increased yields

VitaLink BioPac

Stimulates rapid root growth and root protection

108

No need for weeding

Beneﬁcials Bio-Link Plus

Improves nutrient uptake and improves ﬂavour and yield

128

Soil-borne pests are eliminated, leading to reduced need for pesticides Less need for re-potting as the plants do not get root-bound Higher yields

Organic Growth Promotors

Used For

For the root zone and as ﬁnal ﬂush agent pre-harvest

129

BIOCANNA Bio Boost

Stimulates bloom increase and improves taste

115

Sugar Peak Catalyst

Growth and bloom stimulant and increases sugar production

128

BioBizz Alg-A-Mic

All round booster for stressed and yellowed plants

123

BioBizz Root-Juice

Stimulates rapid root growth and root protection

123

BioBizz Top-Max

Bloom stimulant and increases sugar production

123

Organic Pest Control

More ﬂavour HARVEST SOONER GROW PLANTS 1½ - 2 TIMES FASTER

Used For

Page

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF

All round pest control

Guard’n’Aid Fungus Gnat Oﬀ

Controls fungus gnats (Black Fly)

235

Guard’n’Aid Bud Rot Stop

Controls bud rot (Botrytis)

236

234

Guard’n’Aid Nite Nite Spider Mite

Controls spider mites

235

CANNA AkTRIvator

Protects against root pathogens and good for cuttings

113

BioBizz Leaf-Coat

Lays a barrier on the leaf against fungal and insect attack

Organic Growing Media

GROWTH RATE

122 Page

Bio Harvest Bio Stimulant

Better nutritional value

Used For

236 Page

BioBizz Soils

Professional neutral soil and pre-fertilised soil

BioBizz Coco Coir

Neutral washed Coco Coir

Bio Terra

Professional neutral soil, pre-fertilised soil and seed soil

Canna Coco Coir

Professional washed and buﬀered Coco Coir with Trichoderma

ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges

Preformed peat media for propagation and planting on

Organic Growroom Management

Information

Benefits of Hydroponics

Used For

14 Page

Essentials RoomClean

Used as a room steriliser and sterilising cutting tools

239

NOdA

Odour neutraliser

156

TIME HYDROPONICS

SOIL

Grow with us.

Information

Hydroponics and the Indoor Gardener Beginner

Intermediate

If you are a newcomer to indoor growing, even if you have plenty of greenhouse and outdoor gardening experience, you are about to embark on a steep learning curve, relating to plant-lighting, environmental control, optimum use of growing space, and possibly even regulation and control of plant life cycles if you are going to grow plants that are seasonal in their growth habits.

Once you understand the nuances of indoor gardening, you may now want to start thinking of ways to really get the most out of the space you have – this is where true hydroponics comes in!

With that in mind, it is advisable not to take on too many other new ideas, so stick to simple growing techniques to start with – hand-watering pots and good quality, heavily fertilised compost, or passive hydro kits – with a view to upgrading to active hydroponics once you have mastered the growroom basics. To get started, you will need: a grow-tent, or some reﬂective sheeting if you plan to build your own “growroom”; suitable plant-lighting; a ventilation fan, a carbon ﬁlter (unless you don’t mind your whole house smelling like a jungle) and possibly some ducting, some growing media, some pots to put it in and some basic plant nutrients. You also need to decide whether you intend to buy young plants in, or propagate your own from seeds or cuttings.

Now you will need to decide which technique might be most suited to you. It may be that you need to try a few different system or just take the advice of friends or your HydroGarden retailer. You also need to start learning about nutrient testing and adjustment. There are many different nutrient and stimulant additives available that can help plants in the different stages of their development. Also you may now be looking to optimise the temperature and humidity of your growing environment. The more you learn about your hobby, the better grower you will become and the more you will get back from the plants you choose to grow.

Be sure to read the relevant sections carefully, and get some advice from your HydroGarden retailer on the best options and sizes for your growing space.

Relevant sections:

Lighting

Reading

Tents & Stands

Kits & Systems

Ventilation

Air & Nutrient Control

Growing Media

Nutrient & Additives

Nutrients & Additives

www.hydrogarden.com rogarden.com

Hydroponics and the Advanced Gardener

There is general agreement in the commercial sector that greenhouse crops, regardless of whether they are edibles or ornamentals, will give massively increased yields (as well as all the other benefits) when grown hydroponically, and there is no reason the hobby gardener can’t obtain the same results from our range of hydroponic kits and systems. There are options to suit everyone, from the avid DIY enthusiast to those who want an off-the-shelf kit that needs virtually no assembly, as well as for all scales and budgets.

You have been growing for a long time, your indoor garden or greenhouse is running smoothly and your favourite plants are happy, healthy and growing well….

Also our ranges of advanced propagation products and high performance plant nutrients and additives make it easy for even the most traditional or experienced gardener to see improvements in ﬂavour, quality and yield. It is also worth having a browse through the lighting section, as there are a number of options that can be used for supplementary lighting to extend the growing season even in an unheated greenhouse by extending day length, or simply improve fruiting and ﬂowering by enhancing the light spectrum.

Information

Hydroponics and the Greenhouse Gardener

….but there is always room for improvement! Maybe it’s time to try a diﬀerent hydroponic technique to see if that can enhance your yield or quality? Perhaps you just want to improve or automate your environmental control or nutrient dosing? Possibly you want to upgrade your HID lighting to electronic ballasts or experiment with LED? Then again, it could just be time to expand!

Or maybe you just want to take the hard work out of watering by using our irrigation ﬁttings.

Relevant sections:

Lighting

Kits & Systems

Propagation

Lighting

Kits & Systems

Air & Nutrient Control

Nutrients & Additives

Pumps & Accessories

Irrigation Fittings

Grow with us.

Information

Information on the Web

Abbreviations

Terms and definitions

Here are some websites managed by HydroGarden and our suppliers that oﬀer a great information resource for you.

Here are the meanings of abbreviations that appear throughout this brochure -

Ballast – The electrical component comprising of an ignition, choke and capacitors housed in a box. These are necessary to run and light the HID lamps.

HydroGarden UK – www.hydrogarden.com CANNA – www.canna-uk.com BioBizz – www.biobizz.com VitaLink – www.vitalink.eu ROOT!T – www.propagateplants.com ESSENTIALS – www.growcontrol.co.uk EnviroGro– www.envirogro-lighting.com RAM– www.rapidairmovement.co.uk HALO – www.halo-harpin.com ORCA Grow Film – www.orcagrowﬁlm.com LUMii – www.grow-lumii.com FishPlant – www.FishPlant.co.uk PLANT!T – www.plantit-growit.com Can-Fan – www.canfan.nl Can-Lite – www.canﬁlters.nl Valoya – www.valoya.com Cultilène – www.cultilene.com

ALB – Adjustable Lamp Bracket CFL – Compact Fluorescent Lamp DIY – Do It Yourself DWC – Deep Water Culture F&D – Flood and Drain HID – High Intensity Discharge HO – High Output HPS – High Pressure Sodium IEC – International Electrotechnical Commission IP – Ingress Protection LDPE – Low-Density Polyethylene LED – Light Emitting Diode MH – Metal Halide NFT – Nutrient Film Technique PAR – Photosynthetically Active Radiation pF – Power Factor PSI – Pounds per square inch PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride RH – Relative Humidity UV – Ultra Violet

CF/EC – Stands for Conductivity Factor or Electrical Conductivity. They are the measure of nutrient strength and the amount of electricity passing through the solution. The higher the CF/EC, the stronger the solution.

Measures of Nutrient strength CF – Conductivity Factor EC – Electrical Conductivity PPM – Parts Per Million

Growing Media – The ‘Inert’ or ‘Soil-based’ material to grow plants in. HID lamps – Stands for High Intensity Discharge lamps, which is the collective name for Metal Halide (MH) and High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lamps. Lamp/Wattage – The power consumed by a lamp after warm-up. Macronutrients – This is the collective name for both primary and secondary nutrients. The three primary elements that plants need to grow – Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P) and Potassium (K). The ratio of these three elements is commonly shown on nutrient bottles. Secondary nutrients are, for example, Calcium (Ca) and Sulphur (S). Micronutrients – The trace elements that plants also require and are only provided by specialist hydroponic nutrient solutions. NFT – Stands for Nutrient Film Technique. This is a way of growing plants in a flowing, thin film of nutrients. Additive – Added to your nutrient to give a boost to the growth or flowering of your plants. PAR – Stands for Photosynthetic Active Radiation. It is a measurement of the light spectrum that is used by the plants for photosynthesis. pH – The scale is from 0 to 14, which shows the acid to alkaline balance of a growing media or nutrient solution. If the pH is not within the optimum range, mineral deficiencies will occur.

www.hydrogarden.com www.hydrogard n.com

Information

1-9

Please note that the following brands are registered to HydroGarden Wholesale Supplies Ltd â&#x20AC;&#x201C;

Propagation

10-27

Kits and Systems

28-77

Irrigation Fittings

78-89

Growing Media

90-101

Nutrients and Additives

102-133

Air and Nutrient Control

134-153

Odour Control

154-161

Lighting

162-201

Ventilation Equipment

202-229

Pest and Disease Control

230-239

Pumps and Accessories

240-259

Tents and Stands

260-275

Aquaponics

276-283

Reading

284-287

LUMii ESSENTIALS PowerPlant ROOT!T EnviroGro VitaLink HALO

NOdA RAM PLANT!T Active Eye FishPlant MegaLux LightHouse

Information

Legal

Be safe! Remember water and electricity do not mix. Always use an RCD (Residual-Current Device) with pumps and any other electrical items likely to come into contact with water. Carbon Dioxide is an asphyxiant; always ensure that CO2 levels are not too high when working in the growing area. Some of the products, such as pH UP and pH DOWN are hazardous if swallowed. Always follow safety information and store out of reach of children.

Grow with us.

Propagation

Propagation Put simply, propagation is about creating new plants either from seeds (sexual reproduction) or cuttings (vegetative reproduction). Propagating from seed means there will be some genetic variation. The start of this process is called germination, where the seed splits and the seed leaves and tap-root appear. As long as the propagating media is suitably sterile and can hold sufficient water, the seed should germinate in a few days. Propagating from cuttings enables you to produce a plant with the same genetics as the donor plant (as long as the growing conditions are replicated). This is a rapid method of propagation and generally offers a higher success rate because the quality of seeds can vary greatly. There are a number of different cutting methods, dependent on the plant type – stem cutting, leaf cutting, air cutting, splitting from runners and tissue culture. It is important that you control the moisture, humidity and temperature as this will help to prevent disease that could otherwise occur. The method that you use very much depends on what you want to achieve from your propagation. The key to successful propagation is maintaining consistent optimal conditions, which is why we suggest the use of propagators. Ask you your retailer for a co copy of the ROOT!T guide to successful suc propagation propa

Relevant products can be found in:

A Guide

agation sful Prop

to Succes

Lighting Growing Media Nutrients & Additives

www.hydrogarden.com www.hydrogar ard ar den.ccom den de

Growing from cuttings – 6 key steps 1. Choose your parent plant: it should be healthy and (ideally) not ﬂowering, with the characteristics you prefer. 2. Prepare the cutting media ﬁrst: it should be moist, not wet. If using cubes/plugs/sponges pre-soak adding a young plant nutrient or a weak ‘grow’ nutrient solution. 3. Select your cutting: (growing tips or side shoots) new growth is best and ideally 5-8cm long. 4. Using a sharp, clean blade cut at 45° immediately below a node. 5. Remove lower leaves – too much leaf area may lead to wilting. If you are using a rooting gel or hormone product, apply now. 6. Transfer your cutting into a propagator as soon as possible to maintain humidity. Provide suitable light and a constant, moderate temperature.

Propagation

Steps To Grow From Seed 1. If using cubes/plugs/sponges, pre-soak with a young plant nutrient or a weak â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;growâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; nutrient solution. 2. Place the seed in the dibble hole of the cube/plug/ sponge, with either the cracked or pointed end facing downwards as this means the seed uses less energy to orientate itself. 3. Place the seed in a propagator or cloche as this will help to provide the optimal conditions for germination. 4. Once the seedlings are well established, plant them on into a growing system or pot.

Grow with us.

ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges Propagation

ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges How they work

Natural Rooting Sponge Benefits

The ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges are not only simple and clean to use, they produce outstanding results. Ideal for propagating from seeds or cuttings.

Environmentally friendly and biodegradable

This breakthrough in organic technology is based on a mixture of peat and bark bonded together with plant-derived biodegradable polymers that allow the product to biodegrade once you have discarded it. The media starts to break down after several months. Due to the structure of the ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponge, it retains just the right amount of water without causing material compression. For best results, use ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges for early rooting and explosive plant growth.

Faster, more vigorous rooting and reduced plant shock Superior absorption of nutrients and easily maintains perfect water/air ratio Improves water retention and reduces transplant losses

Specially designed dual hole to take cuttings and seeds.

Insulates roots better against heat or lack of moisture

Each ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponge has two holes. Hole is the perfect depth for most seeds, designed to a speciﬁc width to create an ideal humid micro climate around the seed, assisting fast seed germination.

Contains micronutrients and beneﬁcial microbes to aid germination

Hole is perfect for cuttings and will hold the cutting ﬁrmly in place whilst Hole hold the perfect amount of ROOT!T Rooting Gel to aid quick root development.

will

38 mm

No mess and no fuss - just excellent results

In tests this media rooted 2 days quicker than its closest rival. You can get the ROOT!T guide to successful propagation FREE EE with many of thee ROOT!T products. s.

A Guide to Successful

Propagation

Fits into Grodan and Cultilène large hole blocks.

able for Suitable ALL growing media ia and growing wing techniques nique es

www.hydrogarden.com www hydrogarden com

In tests, this media rooted 2 days quicker than its closest rival. riv val.l.

ROOT!T and Cultilene Sponges ROOT!T T 24 Cell Filled Propagation Insert and Tray

Cultilène 24 Cell Tray Kit

50 plugs in a retail bag

Natural Rooting Sponge beneﬁts:

Ideal propagation aid

Propagation Tray and Base Beneﬁts:

Ideal propagation aid

Maximise your success rates and grow faster, more vigorous roots with ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges – the latest innovation in propagation. Not only are they simple to use, they are also easy to pot on.

Environmentally friendly and biodegradable

This insert and tray has been completely redesigned and is considered to be the best on the market. Not only is it ﬁlled with ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges, it is durable and does not allow for any pooling, it really does help to grow big every time.

Large drain hole to facilitate easy de-plugging

The perfect cutting and germination product.

This bag of 50 sponges can be used to reﬁll trays or used on their own on a bed of Perlite or Vermiculite. The bag is resealable to help ensure that each ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponge is kept in perfect condition. Use with h ROOT!T Rooting Gel for strong, healthy cuttingss

Faster more vigorous rooting and reduced plant shock Superior absorption of nutrients and easily maintains perfect water/air ratio Improved water retention and reduces transplant losses

Specially designed irrigation channels to rapidly remove excess water Fully recyclable HIPS – hi-impact polystyrene Tough and durable

Contains micronutrients and beneﬁcial microbes to aid germination

High quality tray and insert filled with 24 Natural Rooting Sponges

High quality tray and insert filled with 24 Stonewool Sponges

Easy to push out plugs

02-090-210 12-550-040

ROOT!T Propagator Tray 57cm x 35.5cm

12-550-030

Not only is it ﬁlled with Cultilène Stonewool Plugs, it is tough, durable and does not allow for any pooling, it really does help to grow big every time.

Use with ROOT!T Rooting Gel for super quick rooting

Fits in Grodan and Cultilène large hole blocks

Product Name ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges 50 Refill Bag ROOT!T Propagator Tray Insert 52.5cm x 32cm

This insert and tray has been completely redesigned and is considered to be the best on the market.

Fits standard seed tray size propagators

Insulates roots better against heat or lack of moisture

Use with ROOT!T large tray and 60 hole insert

Propagation

ROOT!T T Natural Rooting Sponge 50 Refill Bag

Code

Product Name ROOTIT Natural Rooting Sponge 24 Cell Filled Trays

Grow with us.

Code

12-550-100

Product Name Cultilène 24 Cell Filled Trays

Code

12-550-115

ROOT!T Propagation Kits Propagation

ROOT!T Value Propagation Kit The ideal introduction kit to propagation The kit comes complete with a standard seed tray propagator, a 24 cell insert and tray ﬁlled with ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges that oﬀer the latest and fastest rooting available today, ROOT!T Rooting Gel, ROOT!T First Feed and a book on how to grow from cuttings or seeds. The ideal introduction kit to propagation.

ROOT!T Premium Propagation Kit Everything you need to grow from seeds or cuttings

High quality tray and insert filled with 24 Natural Rooting Sponges

The kit comes complete with a high quality seed tray propagator, a 24 cell insert and tray ﬁlled with ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges that oﬀer the latest and fastest rooting available today, a sterile scalpel, ROOT!T Rooting Gel and ROOT!T First Feed and a book on how to grow from cuttings or seeds. The ideal quality introduction kit for propagation.

Dimensions: L:36cm x W:23.5cm x H:17.5cm

High quality tray and insert filled with 24 Natural Rooting Sponges

Dimensions: L:38cm x W:24cm x H:18.5cm

Easy to push out plugs

Easy to pus push out plugs

A Guide to Successful Propagation

A Guide

to Succe

ssful Propa

gation

What’s inside?

Value Propagator

High Quality Propagator tor

24 cell insert with ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges

24 cell insert with ROOT!T OT!T Natural Rooting Sponges ges

ROOT!T First Feed

ROOT!T Rooting Gel

‘How to’ guide on achieving great results from your cuttings and seeds

‘How to’ to guide on achieving great results from your your cuttings and seeds

Product Name ROOT!T Natural Value Rooting Sponge Propagation Kit

Code

12-550-145

Product Name ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponge Propagation Kit

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

12-550-150

ROOT!T Propagation Kits ROOT!T Large Propagator

Perfect for kitchen windows

High quality tray and insert filled with 24 Natural Rooting Sponges

Filled with 24 ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges, this propagator has been designed to ﬁt perfectly onto a windowsill. With its new vent, tray and insert design, not only does it look good it is a great way to successfully grow indoors.

Fits Grodan and Cultilène trays The ROOT!T Large Propagator Lid and the ROOT!T Large Propagator Tray are not only great value, their lightweight design means that they have many uses.

Propagation

ROOT!T Windowsill Propagator

The ROOT!T Large Propagator Lid has two vents for humidity control and the whole lid can be used on its own as a large cloche when growing outdoors. The ROOT!T Large Propagator Tray has been designed to be large enough to fit a whole SBS tray (Cultilène/Grodan/Jiffy) or used with loose growing media as a seed tray/hardening-off tray.

Dimensions: L:39.5cm x W:19cm x H:10.5cm

Also available, the ROOT!T Propagator Tray Insert for Natural Rooting Sponges, takes 60 sponges.

Propagator assembly filled with 60 Cultilène stonewool round plugs (plugs not included)

Easy to push out plugs A Guide

to Succe

ssful Propa

gation

What’s inside? Vented Propagator Lid Propagator Base 24 cell insert with ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges ROOT!T First Feed ROOT!T Rooting g Gel ‘How to’ guide on achieving great results from your cuttings ings and seeds Product Name ROOT!T Windowsill Propagator

Code

Product Name ROOT!T Large Propagator Lid 57cm x 37cm x 15cm ROOT!T Large Propagator Tray 57cm x 35.5cm

12-550-130

ROOT!T Propagator Tray Insert 52.5cm x 32cm

12-550-040

Grow with us.

12-550-035 12-550-030

Propagation with ROOT!T Propagation

ROOT!T Rooting Gel

How to give your cuttings the best start For optimum rooting results, it is important that your growing media or plugs are pre-soaked with water and ROOT!T First Feed, set up with dibble holes ﬁlled with ROOT!T Rooting Gel and are ready to accept the cuttings as soon as possible after the cut has been made. Cuttings should be put straight into the growing medium. ROOT!T Rooting Gel helps to: Seal the cut tissue Protect initial root tissues Protect against disease Feed young roots If using ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponge, soak the ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponge in water immediately prior to use. Add ROOT!T First Feed to your water to give your cuttings a head start. If using ROOT!T Stonewool, pre-soak in water at a pH of 5.5-6.5. Use a quarter strength nutrient or ROOT!T First Feed. Make sure the plugs are totally soaked and allow excess water to drain, or if in a hurry shake out. If using compost in a tray or pot, use free draining compost that is moist, but not too wet. You can add a mix of perlite to aid drainage. Create small dibble holes in the top of the compost that can take ROOT!T Rooting Gel. Add ROOT!T First Feed to your compost to give your cuttings a head start. ROOT!T Rooting Gel has the advantage over other gels and powders as it will remain in contact with the stem for longer and so is more successful in root development. Once the cut has been made, a callous (basal swelling) will form, this is the plant’s way of healing the wound. The roots will then grow from this callous.

ROOT!T Rooting Gel is the first rooting gel specifically formulated for use with growing media. ROOT!T Rooting Gel helps natural root development of cuttings. This fantastic product comes in a gel that stays firm in the plug replacing the need for hormone rooting powder. ROOT!T Rooting Gel, unlike other rooting gels, is placed directly into the central cavity of the plug. The gel forms a seal around the cut surface of the cutting, aiding uptake and helping prevent dehydration and infection. It will work equally effectively with rooting sponges, stonewool plugs, peat plugs, coco coir plugs/fibre or compost. Use in combination with ROOT!T First Feed and ROOT!T Cutting Mist for the strongest rooting around!!

Product Name ROOT!T Rooting Gel

Code

12-560-115

ROOT!T Cutting Mist

Scalpels

Ideal for use on soft and semihardwood material, it helps to prevent losses in the critical ﬁrst few days. It can be used to pre-treat donor plants 2-3 days before taking a cutting and also, to treat cuttings for the following 3 days. ROOT!T Cutting Mist is best used with ROOT!T Rooting Gel, but can be used with other rooting products or even on its own.

Product Name ROOT!T Cutting Mist 100ml

Make sure you apply enough rooting gel to the dibble hole to completely cover the base of the cutting and that there is no air around the base of the cutting. The rooting gel should spill out of the growing media and form a small mound on the surface. Avoid simply pre-dipping your cutting in the rooting gel or using additional rooting hormones.

How to use ROOT!T Cutting Mist For use on soft and semi-hardwood material, for both new cuttings and as a pre-treatment of donor plants. Can be used alongside other rooting products. For optimum results, use in conjunction with ROOT!T Rooting Gel. Spray leaves lightly with an even mist until coating is just visible. Take care not to inhale, always spray away from you. Contains a balanced vitamin and mineral blend to support successful cutting development.

Code

12-560-120

Product Name Scalpels - Box of 10

Code

12-560-120

www.hydrogarden.com

ROOT!T Heat Mats and Thermostats Propagation

ROOT!T Heat Mats Heat your root zone Get a jump start on young plants with the ROOT!T Heat Mat! Adding gentle heat to your plants can speed up germination by days! ROOT!T Heat Mats oﬀer more uniform heating than others on the market. The single mesh element is encased in waterproof, fray–proof layers. ROOT!T Heat Mats are tough and can withstand rugged greenhouse environments. A thermostat is also available for these heat mats to maintain optimum temperatures.

Small 25 cm x 35 cm

Medium

Large

40 cm x 60 cm

40 cm x 120 cm

Product Name ROOT!T Heat Mat Small - 25cm x 35cm ROOT!T Heat Mat Medium - 40cm x 60cm

12-585-005 12-585-010

ROOT!T Heat Mat Large - 40cm x 120cm

12-585-015

Code

ROOT!T First Feed

ROOT!T Heat Mat Thermostat Controller

Baby plant food

Control the heat

Specially formulated to give young plants the best start in life. ROOT!T First Feed contains everything required for healthy growing during the propagation stage. This highly concentrated liquid feed is incredibly easy–to–use and is ideally suited for propagation plugs/ sponges or transplanter blocks/pots. NPK 2.0/1.15/2.3. Includes a book on how to grow from seeds or cuttings. Overall beneﬁts of ROOT!T First Feed: Promotes fast and healthy root development Proven to reduce standard rooting times Boosts resistance to infection and disease Increases your chance of success at this diﬃcult and crucial stage Provides the basis for overall healthy plants

ROOT!T’s electronic temperature controller is compatible with all heat mats and is an optional accessory for the ROOT!T Heat Mats. The thermostat turns the heat mat on and oﬀ. To maintain optimum temperatures, use ROOT!T Heat Mats with the ROOT!T Thermostat giving ultimate temperature control during propagation. Maintain optimum temperatures for speciﬁc plants Easy plug-in operation Easy-to-use and control Temperature control range 20°C to 42°C 2 year warranty

Product Name

Code

Product Name Pr

Code

ROOT!T First Feed 125ml

05-250-005 005

ROOT!T Heat Mat Thermostat Controller RO

12-585-100

Grow with us.

Trays Propagation

11 Litre Square Pot Insert

Garland Square Trays

Make your own DIY cloner

High quality and long life. Square impact resistant, light, long life trays - plant direct or in seed trays and pots. If needed add holes for drainage. Also great to use as part of a gravity-fed system with the AutoPot AQUAvalve and large pots.

An insert that takes 9 x 51mm net pots

Product Name 11 Litre Square Pot Insert 11 Litre Square Pot (250mm)

60cm x 60cm

Code

12-550-175 01-010-038

ROOT!T Tray

80cm x 80cm

ROOT!T Tray Insert 52.5cm x 32cm x 5cm

57cm x 35.5cm

Product Name ROOT!T Propagator Tray 57cm x 35.5cm x 5.5cm

Code

12-550-030

Product Name ROOT!T Propagator Tray Insert 52.5cm x 32cm x 5cm

100cm x 100cm

Code

120cm x 120cm

12-550-040

Garland Giant Plus Tray 120cm x 55cm

Product Name Garland Giant ‘PLUS’ Tray 120cm x 55cm

Product Name Garland Square Tray 60cm x 60cm Garland Square Tray 80cm x 80cm

Code

Garland Square Tray 100cm x 100cm

12-555-035

12-555-030

Garland Square Tray 120cm x 120cm

12-555-040

www.hydrogarden.com

12-555-025 12-555-027

Propagators Stewart Heated Propagator

Stewart Variable Heated Propagator

Stewarts Propagators provide the ideal environment for raising seedlings and cuttings.

Fixed temperature heated propagators featuring a sealed heating unit - insulation beneath the carbon heating mat maintains selected compost temperature at 15-20°C under normal conditions (the temperature can be aﬀected by ambient temperature). These utilise a long life 22 watt heater which uses less power than an ordinary light bulb. Fitted plug included.

The heat and grow variable temperature propagator is fully adjustable, select between 12°C and 28°C. These utilise a long life 8 watt heater which uses less power than an ordinary light bulb. Fitted plug included. Free starter kit includes: 10 Pots 1 Large Seed Tray 2 Small Seed Trays Booklet about growing from seeds and cuttings

All propagators have the following features: Humidity and air temperature controlled via adjustable ventilation panels Durable clear cover, impact resistant, light, long life base tray plant direct or in seed trays and pots

Propagation

Stewart Unheated Propagator

12°C - 28°C Temperature adjustment via the easy-to-use, remote thermostat

Product Name Medium Unheated Propagator (38 x 24 x 18cm) Large Unheated Propagator (52 x 42 x 28cm)

Code

12-550-010 12-550-015

ROOT!T Value Propagation Kit

Product Name Medium Heated Propagator (38 x 24 x 21.5cm) Large Heated Propagator (52 x 41.5 x 28cm)

Code

12-550-050 12-550-055

ROOT!T Windowsill Propagation Kit

Product Name Large Variable Heated Propagator (52 x 41.5 x 28cm)

ROOT!T Large Value Propagator

The ideal introduction kit for propagation

Perfect for kitchen windows

Fits Grodan and Cultilène trays

Dimensions: L:38cm x W:24cm x H:18.5cm

Filled with 24 ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges, this propagator has been designed to ﬁt perfectly onto a windowsill. With its leaf design vents, not only does it look good it is a great way to successfully grow indoors.

The ROOT!T Large Propagator Lid and the ROOT!T Large Propagator Tray are not only great value, their lightweight design means that they have many uses.

What’s inside? Value Propagator 24 cell insert with ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges ROOT!T First Feed

What’s inside?

ROOT!T Rooting Gel

Vented Propagator Lid

‘How to’ guide on achieving great results from your cuttings and seeds

24 cell insert with ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges

The ROOT!T Large Propagator Lid has two vents for humidity control and the whole lid can be used on its own as a large cloche when growing outdoors. The ROOT!T Large Propagator Tray has been designed to be large enough to fit a whole plug tray (Cultilène/Grodan/ Jiffy) or used with loose growing media as a seed tray/hardening off tray.

Propagator Base

ROOT!T First Feed ROOT!T Rooting Gel Product Name ROOT!T Value Rooting Sponge Propagation Kit

Code

12-550-145

Product Name ROOT!T Windowsill Propagator

Grow with us.

Code

12-550-075

Code

Product Name ROOT!T Large Propagator Lid 57cm x 37cm x 15cm ROOT!T Large Propagator Tray 57cm x 35.5cm x 5.5cm

12-550-035 12-550-030

12-550-130

ROOT!T Propagator Tray Insert 52.5cm x 32cm

12-550-040

Code

Propagation Growing Media Propagation

Jiffy-7 Expanding Plugs

Jiffy-7 Trays

These best selling propagating plugs just require wetting. Drop in the seed or cutting and place in a propagator and off it grows. Sold throughout the world. Also works great in NFT, simply drop your new seedlings into your SureGrow Gully. 38mm Jiffy benefits: 30mm Stable structured substrate Peat Coir Environmentally friendly product

Jiffy plug tray. This purpose made Jiffy tray fits 84 Jiffy-7 30 mm coir plugs and measures 52 cm x 31cm. Ideal for volume propagation or to cut down to fit smaller propagators.

Convenience

(loose trays - plugs not included)

Quality Assured

Product Name Jiffy–7 Peat Plugs – 38mm Jiffy–7C Coco Coir Plugs – 30mm

Code

12-580-005 12-580-010

Product Name Jiffy 84 Cell Tray for Jiffy–7C Plugs

Jiffy-7 Large Peat Plug

Code

12-580-050

Cultilene Loose Round Plugs Supplied in a box of 2530

Larger versions of the best-selling propagation plugs from Jiﬀy, 25mm deep when dry expanding to 95mm deep when wetted. They come in a unique air-pruning tray (36 per tray) making them ideal for transplant direct to the ﬁnal planting position, in virtually any substrate orr hydroponic system. The tray also ensures all the expansion is upwards and the plug stays straight.

These round plugs ﬁt all large hole stonewool wool blocks.

They fit the ROOT!T OT!T propagator tray insert ins (12-550-040) (12-550-040 0)

Supplied in a box of 10 trays. Jiﬀy beneﬁts: stable structured substrate convenience

environmentally friendly product quality assured

95mm 22mm

Product Name Jiffy-7 Large 50mm x 95mm Peat Plug (36 per Air-Pruning Tray)

Code

12-580-015

Product Name Cultilène Loose Rounds Plugs

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

60-980-240

Propagation Growing Media Propagation

Cultilène CRB Small Cubes Supplied in an easy–to–use tray Cubes are made to fit the small hole blocks. Cultilène benefits: An effective air-to-water ratio

Excellent controllability

Reliable homogeneity

Inert and pathogen-free

Great strength and dimensional stability Product Name Cultilène CRB 25 x 25 x 40mm Small Propagation Cubes and Tray

Code

02-060-330

Cultilène CRB Large Cubes Supplied in an easy–to–use tray Cubes are made to fit the small hole blocks. Cultilène benefits: An effective air-to-water ratio

Excellent controllability

Reliable homogeneity

Inert and pathogen-free

Great strength and dimensional stability Product Name Cultilène CRB 35 x 35 x 40mm Large Propagation Cubes and Tray

Code

02-060-335

BioBizz Light-Mix Soil mix Light-Mix is an ideal potting soil for organic gardeners who want to have control over the growing process through the application of liquid fertilisers. It ensures a fast development of roots and vigorous new growth. This product is made from Baltic Peat, the best source of peat offering a light fluffy texture with high air exchange.

Product Name BioBizz Light-Mix 20 Litre Bag BioBizz Light-Mix 50 Litre Bag

Tip: Choose Light-Mix as a starter for young plants, then try potting on into All–Mix or VitaLink Professional Enriched Soil after 2-3 weeks growth.

Code

02-075-105 02-075-100

Grow with us.

Growing Media, Nutrients and Additives Propagation

CANNA Terra Seed Mix

Clonex

Give your seeds a kick-start.

Rooting hormone gel for stimulating root development in cuttings

This seed and cutting media is ideal for a base to grow from seed or as a cutting media once rooting has been established. Sow seeds straight into the CANNA Terra Seed Mix and watch them grow.

Product Name CANNA Terra Seed Mix 25 Litre Bag

Clonex is a high performance rooting compound. It is a tenacious gel which will remain in contact around the stem, sealing the cut tissue and supplying the hormones needed to promote root cell development and vitamins to protect the delicate new root tissue.

Code

Product Name Clonex 50ml Clonex 300ml

12-560-050 12-560-062

02-075-040

Clonex 1 Litre

12-560-065

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

Low Energy Grow Light Systems

Hangs 3 ways

Vertical

Propagation

Overhead

EnviroGro T5 Lamps

All units have a power switch on one end

Product Name EnviroGro 61cm (2ft) 24w T5 Lamp (6500k) EnviroGro 122cm (4ft) 54w T5 Lamp (6500k)

Horizontal

Code

03-117-150 03-117-180

En nviroGro T5 Light EnviroGro's newest T5 System delivers performance, flexibility and high lumen output in any growing environment.

Lumen output rated up to 4,000

These systems allow you to choose multiple hanging configurations to meet your garden’s design. Lumen output rated up to 8,000 Powder coated, pre-galvanized steel housing 5 year warranty Low profile Hangs 3 ways – overhead, vertical or horizontal Lumen output 3m grounded power cord rated up to 20,000 On/Off switch

Lumen output rated up to 40,000

Featured on the 8 x 4ft model: Separate power switches allow either the outer 2 lamps each side to be on, the inside 4 lamps to be on or ALL 8 lamps to be on more control for you.

Product Name EnviroGro 2 x 2ft T5 System EnviroGro 4 x 2ft T5 System EnviroGro 4 x 4ft T5 System EnviroGro 8 x 4ft T5 System

Grow with us.

Code

03-140-005 03-140-010 03-140-015 03-140-020

EnviroGro Propagation Light Propagation

EnviroGro Propagation Light Energy saving propagation light for superior plant growth The EnviroGro Propagation Light is a powerful twin tube compact fluorescent system ideal for propagating plants any time, anywhere. This unit radiates a gentle level of heat that complements propagation. In trials, this has been found to be beneficial in seedling growth in areas with cooler temperatures. It can be hung horizontally for propagation or supplementary lighting for season extension, or vertically for side lighting full term plants. The Everbrite aluminium reflector has a durable, corrosion-resistant mirror finish that give 9799% reflection while maintaining the lamp’s colour rendition. The EnviroGro Propagation Light has a 2m mains lead and plug and two hanging hooks. Lamp information (when supplied): The bright Sylvania Lynx-LE lamps should last for an average of 20,000 hours, giving maximum output for 11,000 hours (over one and a half years at 18 hours per day). Daylight colour of 6500k. Using these 55w high quality compact fluorescent lamps is the most efficient way to obtain sufficient light levels using a low level of power. This means you get:

To propagate seeds and cuttings: We recommend the unit is placed 30cm (12”) above the height of the seed tray. If using with a propagator, ensure the lid does not come into contact with the unit. Use a timer and run on for 18 hours and oﬀ for 6 hours continuously, or as required. To provide supplementary light:

Electrical Information: Electronic Fluorescent Ballast for 2X Pl 55W Lamps Input: Ac 220V~240V/50Hz or 60Hz/0.47 Amps Power Factor: 0.99

Hang the unit horizontally above, or vertically by the side, using the hanging hooks supplied. Place the unit approximately 15cm (6”) away from the plant. Check to ensure the unit is not overheating the plant. If there are signs of the leaves scorching, move the unit further away from the plant and recheck. Warning - Do not operate in temperatures over 70°C or in humidity over 70% For more information about plant lighting, go to www.envirogro-lighting.com

optimum light output per watt long lamp life economic running costs cool running, but with a background low level

heat that is beneﬁcial for seedlings.

Sylvania 55w Lynx LE Lamp

Product Name Sylvania 55w Lynx LE Lamp - 865 Colour

Code

03-117-300

Product Name EnviroGro Propagation Light - Sylvania 55w Lamps EnviroGro Propagation Light - without Lamps EnviroGro Propagation Light with EU Plug - Sylvania 55w Lamps EnviroGro Propagation Light with EU Plug - without Lamps

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

03-140-355 03-140-365 03-140-375 03-140-385

Low Energy Lamps LUMii CFL Lamp Hanging Kit

The first dedicated CFL for root development and propagation

When your customers want to hang a lamp vertically, the LUMii CFL Lamp Hanging Kit is just what they need! Very useful for getting extra light to the extremities of your growroom or into thick vegetation. This simple, yet effective hanging bracket allows lamps to hang alone securely; without a reflector! Simply attach to the LUMii Cord Set, the bracket takes stress off the cable and allows the lamp to hang vertically.

The 14000k spectrum of the EnviroGro CFL Super Cool self–ballasted compact ﬂuorescent lamps is quite unique. It is dedicated to root development and propagation. The EnviroGro CFL Super Cool units feature ultra high output compact ﬂuorescent lamps that are powered by an integral power unit. Ideal for tissue culture laboratories, growing stock plants and cloning for hobbyists and professionals. Perfect partner to High Pressure Sodium lamps to increase PAR. A low energy alternative to HID Metal Halide lighting units.

SUPER COOL WHITE

General Description

150W

250W

Product code

03-117-015

03-117-065

14000

Base fitting

E40

Luminous Output (lm)

9000

15000

Average Life Hours (hr)

10000

Rendering index (RA)

Rope ratchets not supplied

UK or EU

plug

Product Type

Colour Temperature (K)

Product Name EnviroGro 150 Watt CFL Super Cool White Lamp EnviroGro 250 Watt CFL Super Cool White Lamp

PROPAGATION

Propagation

EnviroGro CFL Propagation Lamp

COOL

lamp WARM

lamp

Note Lamps should never be hung by the power cord alone.

Code

03-117-015 03-117-065

Product Name LUMii CFL Hanging Kit with 125w CFL Cool Lamp UK LUMii CFL Hanging Kit with 125w CFL Cool Lamp EU LUMii CFL Hanging Kit with 125w CFL Warm Lamp UK LUMii CFL Hanging Kit with 125w CFL Warm Lamp EU

Grow with us.

Code

03-140-520 03-140-525 03-140-530 03-140-535

Kits and Systems

Hydroponic systems Generally speaking, hydroponics can be divided into two ﬁelds – Passive and Active. Passive kits or systems are fed either by hand watering or through capillary action, which can be through direct contact or through the use of a ‘wick’.

Active kits or systems, which come in a variety of designs, use a ‘powered’ hydroponic technique, whether it be with a Pump or Air-Pump. The most important thing to remember is that the best system for you is the one that suits your experience, budget and situation.

Passive Kits and Systems As previously mentioned, Passive kits and systems use hand or capillary watering.

Take care not to overcompact or damage the roots when potting up

The hand watering method depends on how much eﬀort the grower is willing to put in, but does not really oﬀer much more than traditional fertilisation techniques. Capillary watering can be achieved through a range of techniques – using a valve from a reservoir; having pots that sit on a regularly watered capillary matting; sitting pots in a shallow reservoir, where the capillary matting draws the solution up to the media; or placing individual pots in trays or saucers that the solution is put into.

The plant will develop new healthy roots which will grow down towards the saucer

This is a simple, cheap and easy-to-maintain method, but can be prone to over- or under-watering.

Fill with nutrient solution, take care to ensure the saucer doesn’t dry out

www.hydrogarden.com

Flood & Drain is a re-circulating timed hydroponic system. This method is also known as Ebb & Flow or Ebb & Flood. There are two types of Flood & Drain system – the Table System, where media is spread on a table or the plants are in pots spread out on a table; and the Bucket/Pot System, which consists of individual pots being ﬂooded with an inner pot containing the media.

Pump ﬂoods media and plant roots with nutrient solution

The main principle of Flood & Drain is to bring fresh water and nutrients to the root zone by flooding the system and then drawing fresh air (oxygen) to the root zone, therefore draining the system. It is a media-based system, which theoretically can be used with any growing media, though a free-draining media like clay pebbles can be flooded more frequently than a retentive media like stonewool. This in turn refreshes both the nutrient solution and oxygen more frequently. The Flood can be delivered from the top (flushing the old nutrient through better) or from the bottom (much simpler fittings required).

Kits and Systems

Flood & Drain

Solution then drains back into reservoir. This is called a re-circulating system

Flood and Drain tray ﬁlled with clay pebbles

Flood and Drain Reservoir

Grow with us.

Kits and Systems

NFT (Nutrient Film Technique) NFT is a recirculating, continuous flow hydroponic system which uses no growing media except for any starter blocks used. In this growing method, the plants rest in a flat, but sloping tray or channel (gully), often with no support, but using propagation cubes/sponges or small net pots filled with coco coir. A thin ‘film’ of nutrient solution continuously flows down a shallow channel with a slight incline. It is essentially a bare-rooted growing method that has the roots growing out of the planting block to spread across the channel and form a ‘root mat’.

Place rooted plants or cuttings in the holes provided to sit in the nutrient ﬂow

It is important that the roots are always in contact with the air allowing easy access to oxygen. As the system is usually run on a constant basis (during daylight hours) the management of NFT systems has to be more diligent than other types of systems. Should the re-circulating pump fail, the plants will die due to lack of growing media to hold water and food for them. Regular ‘solution changes’ are required to refresh the nutrient solution – the more frequent, the better – and the reservoir should be maintained as close to full as possible to prevent EC, pH and temperature ﬂuctuations.

The nutrient solution is pumped from the reservoir to the top of the gully, then runs through the gully feeding plants and then, back into the reservoir. This is called a recirculating system

www.hydrogarden.com

This is a system that can be recirculating or run-to-waste. This method is commonly used for large-scale commercial hydroponics. Run-to-waste works by the nutrient solution running into the growing media from a single reservoir via an irrigation system and drippers, sprayers or sprinklers. Ideally, there needs to be a certain amount of run-oďŹ&#x20AC; (about 25%) on a daily basis, as this helps to refresh the media content continually.

Plant is placed in media such as clay pebbles and drip-fed the nutrient solution pumped from the reservoir

Kits its and Systems

Drip Irrigation

This method nearly always uses timers. Irrigation pipe

Deep Water Culture (DWC) Systems Also known as bubbler systems, these very popular hydroponic systems require very little growing media, but do require a lot of nutrient/water solution. The plant is supported in a net pot ďŹ lled with a growing media such as clay pebbles and the roots are submerged in a highly oxygenated nutrient/water solution. The bubbles produced by an airstone keep the solution constantly moving and oxygen-rich, so that the roots stay healthy. It is important to monitor EC and pH levels closely with these systems in order to gain optimum results.

Grow with us.

PLANT!T Kits and Systems

range PLANT!T offers a range of products for your indoor and outdoor growing needs. New from PLANT!T is a range of hydroponic growing systems designed to help you gain optimum results and success The PLANT!T range of hydroponic systems includes:

All of the PLANT!T hydroponic systems are designed and manufactured for quick and easy assembly.

gemini - a recirculating hydroponic system (a 1 plant system) aeros - an aerated Deep Water Culture hydroponic system (available in 1 plant or 2 plant options and in a 4 plant recirculating option)

With PLANT!T hydroponic systems, growing bigger and better plants has never been so easy.

titan - a table-based Flood & Drain hydroponic system (available in 4 sizes)

Why choose PLANT!T hydroponic systems? Excellent results

atlas - a table-based recirculating drip irrigation system (available in 12L pot, 18L pot and dripper only options).

Stylish design to utilise any given growing space

All PLANT!T hydroponic systems have been designed to the highest speciďŹ cations to ensure that not only do they perform with excellent results, they look stylish too. The range is easy to set up, operate and maintain. PLANT!T hydroponic systems are suitable for all types of gardener, including commercial growers, keen hobbyists and even those new to gardening.

Manufactured using the highest quality materials Where to use PLANT!T hydroponic systems These systems can be used in commercial greenhouses, nurseries, schools, oďŹ&#x192;ces, greenhouses, sheds and at home.

www.hydrogarden.com

PLANT!T Kits and Systems

gemini

aeros I

aeros II

aeros IV master

aeros module

titan an - S

titan - M

titan itan - L

titan - XL

atlas as - S

atlas - M

aatlas - L

atlas - XL

Grow with us.

PLANT!T aeros Kits and Systems

Heavy duty mesh pot Lid with integrated handles

The PLANT!T aeros is a Deep Water Culture (DWC) system, also commonly known as a bubbler system. These are very popular hydroponic systems that require very little growing media, but do require a lot of nutrient/water solution.

Cable management points. All pipes ﬁt neatly, so no blocked pipes or airlines. All ﬁt correctly so no problems with light or algae

The PLANT!T aeros is available in 1 plant or 2 plant options and also in a 4 plant recirculating option. The plant is supported in a net pot ﬁlled with a growing media such as clay pebbles and the roots are submerged in a highly oxygenated nutrient/water solution. The aeros includes an air pump and submersible airstone(s) to provide a large amount of oxygen to the roots of the plant, resulting in rapid growth. The bubbles produced by the airstone keep the nutrient/water solution constantly moving and oxygen rich, so that the roots stay healthy. It is important to monitor EC and pH levels closely with this system in order to gain optimum results. This is easy to do by simply removing the inspection port cover and taking a pH/EC reading.

Stable footprint

Full instructions are supplied. High Quality Airstone

Purpose design - better than a DIY system - everything you need is included Easy to monitor - remove inspection port cover to check pH/EC readings

Heavy Duty Mesh pot

Proﬁle level indicator

Flexible - plants can be moved around as each aeros is a standalone system Please note: when using the system, the air pump should be positioned above the water level.

www.hydrogarden.com

High quality air pump (Position above water level)

Inspection port & cover

Pipe management points

PLANT!T aeros

PLANT!T aeros II

PLANT!T aeros IV

PLANT!T aeros II

1 Pot Aerated Deep Water Culture (DWC) Systems (boxed)

2 Pot Aerated Deep Water Culture (DWC) Systems (Boxed)

The aeros I includes a single outlet air pump and a submersible airstone to provide a large amount of oxygen to the roots of the plant, resulting in rapid growth.

The aeros II includes a twin outlet air pump and a submersible airstone in each tank that provides a large amount of oxygen to the roots of the plants, resulting in rapid growth.

The bubbles produced by the airstone keep the nutrient/water solution constantly moving and oxygen rich, so that the roots stay healthy.

The bubbles produced by the airstones keep the nutrient/water solution constantly moving and oxygen rich, so that the roots stay healthy.

Product Name PLANT!T aeros I system PLANT!T aeros I system - EU Pump

Total Maximum Volume: 15L

Total Working Volume: 12L

Size (approx). W: 357mm D: 353mm H: 303mm

Code

01-060-010 01-060-030

Code

01-060-015 01-060-035

Size (approx). W: 714mm D: 353mm H: 303mm

PLANT!T aeros IV

PLANT!T aeros module

4 pot Aerated Deep Water Culture (DWC) Systems with recirculation tank (Boxed)

Basic kit to allow you to make up multiple pot kits to your customers specification.

The aeros IV includes 4 aeros modules and a separate nutrient solution master tank with a level indicator. The nutrient solution is recirculated around the whole system with a high quality pump to ensure that each plant receives the correct amount of solution. The two twin outlet air pumps and a submersible airstone in each pot provides a large amount of oxygen to the roots of the plant, resulting in rapid growth.

The aeros Module is the basic kit supplied with a budget golf ball airstone and no pump. This gives you the option of creating a multi-pot system by simply adding a suitable air supply.

Total Maximum Volume: 75L

PLANT!T aeros module

Total Working Volume: 60L

Note: When using the system the air pump should be positioned above water level

Product Name PLANT!T aeros II system PLANT!T aeros II system - EU Pump

Product Name PLANT!T aeros IV system PLANT!T aeros IV system - EU Pump

Code

01-060-020 01-060-040

Grow with us.

Size (approx). W: 1000mm D: 1000mm H: 303mm

Kits and Systems

PLANT!T aeros I

For a Deep Water Culture System of 5 pots or more, choose the ďŹ&#x201A;exibility of the aeros module.

How to build your multi-pot aeros system Select the number of aeros Modules, you need and then purchase an air supply to suit. Add clay pebbles and oďŹ&#x20AC; you grow! For large systems of 5 pots or more, a controller reservoir for recirculation is preferable. You can also upgrade your airstone to the disc type for better distribution and longer life. Product Name PLANT!T aeros module

Code

01-060-005

Total Maximum Volume: 15L Total Working Volume: 12L Size (approx). W: 375mm D: 353mm H: 303mm

PLANT!T gemini Kits and Systems

Laser cut ﬂow-ring means reduced chance of blockages

Cable management points ensures all wires and pipes ﬁt neatly, so no blocked pipes or airlines and no tangled wires. All ﬁt correctly so no problems with light or algae

The PLANT!T gemini is a stand-alone 1 plant recirculating hydroponic system. Plants are supported and grown in a media, such as clay pebbles (10L bag of pebbles supplied in kit) and they are suspended above the tank ﬁlled with nutrient solution. The nutrient solution is pumped through the clay pebbles, via a specially designed laser cut ﬂow-ring, direct to the roots of the plant. This draws vital oxygen into the nutrient solution as it works its way to the plant roots and ensures great growing results.

Integral nutrient solution level indicator

Some beneﬁts of this system are: Great yields - better than hand watering as more nutrients are provided to the roots Flexible - plants can be moved around as each gemini is a standalone system Better results - free draining, highly oxygenated root zone with no nutrient or water build up

Proﬁle level indicator

Product Name PLANT!T gemini system PLANT!T gemini system - EU Pump PLANT!T gemini Flow-Ring Kit (spare part)

Inspection cover for checking nutrient solution

Stable footprint

This is a great mail order kit as it is supplied in a sturdy box and comes complete with media included.

Cable management points

Code

01-060-050 01-060-055 01-060-155

www.hydrogarden.com

Laser cut ﬂow-ring

Clay pebbles supplied

Insert for media options

PLANT!T gemini

Uniform, stable quality pebbles, perfect for your gemini kit. VitaLink Clay Pebbles are supplied with your gemini kit, but when your customer runs out they can buy reﬁll 10L bags or bulk 45L bags.

Kits and Systems

VitaLink Clay Pebbles

Made from 100% natural clay, they are clean, pH and EC stable, and offer both great aeration and drainage. Due to their unique structure and large surface area, they offer the ideal environment to foster beneficial bacterial growth around the root zone leading to healthier plants naturally. VitaLink Clay Pebbles are unlike some other pebbles on the market, as their non-uniform shape results in an increased surface area that leads to better aeration and greater water retention. In addition they are also tumbled in the manufacturing process to give them softer edges that are kinder to new root growth when transplanting. VitaLink Clay Pebbles will not float once fully wet, and are pre-cleaned.

Packaging dimensions: W: 360mm / D: 345mm / H: 365mm

Floor Insert - 1 plant kit, used in 2 ways The PLANT!T gemini is supplied with a ﬂoor insert giving you the option to decide on the amount of media you use. There are two options available: You can use the insert and less media giving greater tank volume You can remove the insert and increase the media volume The choice is yours! 18L growing media

10L growing media

8L Tank

15L Tank Floor insert ﬁtted(supplied in kit)

Grow with us.

Product Name VitaLink Clay Pebbles 10 Litre Bag VitaLink Clay Pebbles 50 Litre Bag

Code

02-050-105 02-050-110

PLANT!T titan Kits and Systems

Choice of planting method – media in pots or ﬁll the table with loose media

The PLANT!T titan is a range of table-based Flood & Drain hydroponic systems, also known as Ebb & Flow or Ebb & Flood. These are popular growing systems for the more experienced grower and use media and nutrient/water solution.

Low level design to maximise headroom adroom

The PLANT!T titan is available in 4 diﬀerent sizes - titan S, titan M, titan L and titan XL.

Tank base designed for strength and eﬃcient emptying with bottom drawing pumps

The main principle of Flood & Drain is to bring fresh water and nutrients to the root zone. The plants sit on the growing table, which sits on top of the tank. During the ﬂood cycle, nutrients are pumped from the tank to the table, which brings fresh nutrient solution to the plant’s roots. During the drain cycle, the nutrients are released back into the tank, drawing fresh air to the roots. A timer can be used to control the number of times a ﬂood cycle is performed.

Table designed for rapid draining

The media is either spread loose on the table or put into separate free-draining pots, such as net pots, that are placed on a table. The PLANT!T titan can be used with any growing media, clay, coco, stonewool or soil; however, a free-draining media, like clay pebbles can be ﬂooded more frequently than a retentive media like stonewool. All PLANT!T titan systems are supplied with innovative, multi-layer table covers, which are white on top and black underneath. These reﬂect light above and exclude light below. The PLANT!T plastic covers are stronger than typical corrugated plastic, however, they are still easy to cut for plant spacing.

Low level design for maximum headroom

Table cover is a white on black material to reﬂect light above and exclude light below

Table and tank are tough and will not buckle with weight of plants and nutrient

Cable management points ensuree that all wires ﬁt neatly, so no tangled cables bles Tanks and tables designed to ﬁt neatly eatly together, so no problems with light ht or algae

High quality pump

Tanks and tables designed to ﬁt neatly, so no problems with light or algae

Flexible, multi-plant system - you decide plant numbers Choice of planting method - media dia in pots or ﬁll table with loose media Table and tank are tough and will not buckle with weight of plants and nutrient

Table design for rapid draining

Tank design for strength and performance

Table cover is a white on black material to reﬂect light above and exclude light below

Tank base designed for strength and eﬃcient emptying with bottom-drawing pumps

Cable management points ensure that all wires ﬁt neatly, so no tangled cables

Available in 4 diﬀerent sizes

How it works Flood and Drain: Pump ﬂoods media and plant roots with nutrient solution. Solution then drains back into the reservoir via a second outlet. This Flood & Drain motion is repeated.

Cable management points

Integrated level indicators

Pump ﬂoods media and plant roots with nutrient solution Solution then drains back into reservoir. This is called a re-circulating system

www.hydrogarden.com

PLANT!T titan PLANT!T titan M

PLANT!T titan L

PLANT!T titan XL

Small self contained, table-based Flood & Drain system, planting area 60cm x 60cm.

Small self contained, table-based Flood & Drain system, planting area 100cm x 50cm.

Small self contained, table-based Flood & Drain system, planting area 100cm x 100cm.

Small self contained, table-based Flood & Drain system, planting area 2 x (100cm x 100cm).

375mm

410mm

370mm

410mm

1195mm

735mm

Kits and Systems

PLANT!T titan S

2390mm

770mm

Tank Volume

1075mm

1060mm

660mm

titan S

titan M

titan L

titan XL

Level 1

10L

20L

40L

Level 2

20L

40L

80L

Level 3

30L

60L

120L

Level 4

40L

80L

160L

Brim Full

65L

110L

225L

Max. Working Volume

50L

100L

200L

titan S

titan M

titan L

titan XL

40L

57L

135L

30L-35L

45L-50L

110L-125L

40kg/25kg

45kg/30kg

100kg/40kg

Table Volume Total Volume Media Volume* Maximum Load**

* Recommended for planting directly into the tray

1075mm

4 3 2 1

Product Name PLANT!T titan S Flood & Drain Kit PLANT!T titan S Flood & Drain Kit - EU Pump PLANT!T titan M Flood & Drain Kit PLANT!T titan M Flood & Drain Kit - EU Pump PLANT!T titan L Flood & Drain Kit PLANT!T titan L Flood & Drain Kit - EU Pump PLANT!T titan XL Flood & Drain Kit PLANT!T titan XL Flood & Drain Kit - EU Pump

Code

01-030-050 01-030-080 01-030-055 01-030-085 01-030-060 01-030-090 01-030-065 01-030-095

** Total spread load / single point load

Grow with us.

PLANT!T atlas Kits and Systems

Choice of pre-selected pot kits or your own pot conﬁguration 3 diﬀerent ranges with 4 sizes available in each

Fully adjustable drippers to tailor irrigation

Tanks and tables designed to ﬁt neatly, so no problems with light or algae Table design for rapid draining The PLANT!T atlas is a range of table-based recirculating drip irrigation systems. Drip irrigation is the most common method of commercial hydroponic growing. Watering and feeding little and often via drip irrigation, provides a more consistent and optimal moisture content in the media for the plants. This results in healthier plants and bigger yields than heavy occasional watering by hand.

Cable management points ensure that all wires ﬁt neatly, so no tangled cables

Plants are grown in pots and placed on the table. Nutrient/water solution is pumped from the tank to the plants via drippers into the pots. All runoff of nutrient/water solution returns to the tank below the table. The fully adjustable drippers mean it is suitable for irrigating in any media, and can be used for everything from automated watering of heavily fertilised composts, to a fully hydroponic regime with inert media such as clay pebbles or stonewool. You can even integrate an organic feed schedule by watering the feed directly onto the soil by hand once or twice a week, with the system doing the rest of the work. Also, by recirculating it, you will not lose valuable nutrients in the run-off or waste water. Each dripper is adjustable and can be tailored to each plant. For each table size, there are two options of pot volume: 12 litre or 18 litre, which come with drippers to match the number of pots on the table, and the delivery arrangement is pre-assembled. Also available is a dripper-only option, where you build your own dripper kit. Choosing this option means you can select your own pot size and number of drippers (up to the recommended maximum for that table size). It is easy to make one system a nursery kit, for bringing plants on in size before transplanting to their final growing position and suitable spacing to reach maturity. Feeding cycles can be manually controlled or timed using a simple segmental or digital timer (not supplied).

Tanks have moulded-in level marks

Table design for rapid draining

Tank design for strength and performance

Tank base designed for strength and eﬃcient emptying with bottom drawing pumps Plant is placed in media such as clay pebbles and drip-fed the nutrient solution pumped from the reservoir.

Cable management points

Integrated level indicators

Pots can be moved around Irrigation pipe

Highly versatile system - useful for any growing media

www.hydrogarden.com

PLANT!T atlas

Tank Volume

S18 option

S12 option

SD option

Table Volume

Level 1

10L

Total Volume

Level 2

20L

Max. load*

Level 3

30L

Level 4

40L

Brim Full

65L

Maximum Working Volume

50L

4 3 2

40L 40kg/25kg

Kits and Systems

PLANT!T atlas S

Options S12

4 Drippers 4 x 12L Pots

S18

4 Drippers 4 x 18L Pots

16 Drippers

W 660mm / D 770mm /H 375mm

Product Name PLANT!T atlas S18 Pot Dripper System PLANT!T atlas S12 Pot Dripper System PLANT!T atlas SD Pot Dripper Kit

Code

01-030-505 01-030-500 01-030-510

Product Name PLANT!T atlas S18 Pot Dripper System - EU Pump PLANT!T atlas S12 Pot Dripper System - EU Pump PLANT!T atlas SD Pot Dripper Kit - EU Pump

Pots and drippers sit above the speciﬁed height.

Code

01-030-555 01-030-550 01-030-560

All ﬁgures are approximate *Total spread load/single point load

PLANT!T atlas M Table Volume

Tank Volume

M18 option

M12 option

Level 1

20L

Total Volume

Level 2

40L

Max. load*

Level 3

60L

Level 4

80L

Brim Full

110L

Maximum Working Volume

100L

57L 45kg/30kg

Options M12

8 Drippers 8 x 12L Pots

M18

6 Drippers 6 x 18L Pots

16 Drippers

MD option 4 3 2

W 1060mm / D 735mm /H 370mm

Product Name PLANT!T atlas M18 Pot Dripper System PLANT!T atlas M12 Pot Dripper System PLANT!T atlas MD Pot Dripper Kit

Code

01-030-605 01-030-600 01-030-610

Product Name PLANT!T atlas M18 Pot Dripper System - EU Pump PLANT!T atlas M12 Pot Dripper System - EU Pump PLANT!T atlas MD Pot Dripper Kit - EU Pump

Grow with us.

Code

01-030-655 01-030-650 01-030-660

Pots and drippers sit above the speciﬁed height. All ﬁgures are approximate *Total spread load/single point load

PLANT!T atlas Kits and Systems

PLANT!T atlas L Tank Volume

L18 option

L12 option

LD option

Table Volume

Level 1

20L

Total Volume

Level 2

40L

Max. load*

Level 3

60L

Level 4

80L

Brim Full

110L

Maximum Working Volume

100L

4 3 2

135L 100kg/40kg

Options L12

16 Drippers 16 x 12L Pots

L18

9 Drippers 9 x 18L Pots

25 Drippers

W 1075mm / D 1195mm /H 410mm

Product Name PLANT!T atlas L18 Pot Dripper System PLANT!T atlas L12 Pot Dripper System PLANT!T atlas LD Pot Dripper Kit

Code

01-030-705 01-030-700 01-030-710

Product Name PLANT!T atlas L18 Pot Dripper System - EU Pump PLANT!T atlas L12 Pot Dripper System - EU Pump PLANT!T atlas LD Pot Dripper Kit - EU Pump

Pots and drippers sit above the speciﬁed height.

Code

01-030-755 01-030-750 01-030-760

All ﬁgures are approximate *Total spread load/single point load

PLANT!T atlas XL Table Volume

Tank Volume

XL18 option

XL12 option

4 3 2

XLD option

Product Name PLANT!T atlas XL18 Pot Dripper System PLANT!T atlas XL12 Pot Dripper System PLANT!T atlas XLD Pot Dripper Kit

Code

01-030-805 01-030-800 01-030-810

Product Name PLANT!T atlas XL18 Pot Dripper System - EU Pump PLANT!T atlas XL12 Pot Dripper System - EU Pump PLANT!T atlas XLD Pot Dripper Kit - EU Pump

Code

01-030-855 01-030-850 01-030-860

www.hydrogarden.com

Level 1

40L

Total Volume

Level 2

80L

Max. load*

Level 3

120L

Level 4

160L

Brim Full

225L

Maximum Working Volume

200L

135L 100kg/40kg

Options XL12

32 Drippers 32 x 12L Pots

XL18

18 Drippers 18 x 18L Pots

XLD

50 Drippers

W 2390mm / D 1075mm /H 410mm Pots and drippers sit above the speciﬁed height. All ﬁgures are approximate *Total spread load/single point load

PLANT!T Tanks, Tables and Covers PLANT!T Tables

PLANT!T has launched a new range of tanks, available in 3 sizes – Small (50 litre), Medium (100 litre) and Large (200 litre)

PLANT!T tables are tough and will not buckle under the weight of plants and nutrient.

Each tank includes a graded volume level indicator and the tank base is designed for strength and eﬃcient emptying with bottom-drawing pumps.

Small - measuring 648mm x 648mm.

Kits and Systems tems

PLANT!T Tanks

Tables come in 3 sizes; Medium - measuring 1048mm x 592mm.

750mm x 600mm x 260mm

1000mm x 700mm x 260mm

Large - measuring 1048mm x 1048mm.

Product Name PLANT!T Small Flood and Drain Table PLANT!T Medium Flood and Drain Table

Code

PLANT!T Large Flood and Drain Table

01-030-110

01-030-100 01-030-105

PLANT!T Table Covers 2000mm x 700mm x 260mm

Tank Volume

4 3 2 1

S Tank

M Tank

LT Tank

LLevell 1

10L

20L

40L

Level 2

20L

40L

80L

Level 3

30L

60L

120L

Level 4

40L

80L

160L

Brim Full

50L

100L

200L

Maximum Working Volume

65L

110L

225L

Product Name PLANT!T Small Tank 50L PLANT!T Medium Tank 100L

Code

PLANT!T Large Tank with Brace 200L

PLANT!T table covers are designed to reﬂect light above from the white surface and exclude light below from the black surface.

Code

01-045-300 01-045-305

Product Name PLANT!T Small F&D Table Cover PLANT!T Medium F&D Table Cover

01-045-310

PLANT!T Large F&D Table Cover

01-030-210

Grow with us.

01-030-200 01-030-205

Pr Product Name PLANT!T S system Tank Cover PLANT!T M system Tank Cover

Code

PLANT!T L system Tank Cover

01-030-260

PLANT!T XL system Tank Cover

01-030-265

01-030-250 01-030-255

POTZ Systems Kits and Systems

Aero 4 Potz System Aero 4 Potz specification Dimensions (L,W,H): 120 x 83 x 41cm Feed Pump: 45 watt Drain Pump: 13 watt Tank Dimensions (L,W,H): 37 x 32 x 95cm

Aero Potz Aero Potz pump the nutrient solution from the main tank at timed minute intervals. The nutrient solution ﬂows through an inline ﬁlter and is then delivered into the top of each Aero Potz through two inverted sprinklers, covering all the roots from above. Excess solution will drain from each Aero Potz and run into a Header Potz which will automatically pump and re-circulate the excess solution back into the main tank.

For more information, go to

www.potzsystems.co.uk If we do not currently oﬀer Potz systems that you may be interested in we may be able get them for you - just ask!

Tank Capacity: 100 litres

Product Name Aero 4 Potz System with 100L Tank

Code

01-065-005

Aero 6 P Potz System Aero 6 Potz specification Dimensions (L,W,H): 170 x 83 x 41cm Feed Pump: 45 watt Drain Pump: 13 watt Tank Dimensions (L,W,H): 37 x 32 x 95cm Tank Capacity: 100 litres

Product Name Aero 6 Potz System with 100L Tank

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

01-065-010

POTZ Systems Aero 16 Potz Sysstem A

Aero 8 Potz specification

Aero 16 Potz specification A ation

Dimensions (L,W,H): 220 x 83 x 41cm

D Dimensions ((L,W,H): 2220 x 183 x 41cm

Feed Pump: 100 watt

F Feed Pump: 2200 watt

Drain Pump: 13 watt

D Drain Pump: 113 watt

Tank Dimensions (L,W,H): 37 x 32 x 95cm

T Tank Dimensions (L,W,H): 550 x 50 x 120cm

Tank Capacity: 100 litres

T Tank Capacity: 2250 litres

Product Name Aero 8 Potz System with 100L Tank

Code

01-065-015 -015

Pr Product Name Aero 16 Potz System with 250L Tank Ae

Code

01-065-025

Aero 12 Potz Sysstem

Aero 24 Potz Sysstem s

Aero 12 Potz specification ation

Aero 24 Potz specification ation

Dimensions (L,W,H): 170 x 183 x 41cm

Dimensions (L,W,H): 320 x 183 x 41cm

Feed Pump: 130 watt

Feed Pump: 240 watt

Drain Pump: 13 watt

Tank Dimensions (L,W,H): 50 x 50 x 120cm

Tank Capacity: 250 litres

Product Name Aero 12 Potz System with 250L Tank

Code

01-065-020

Product Name Aero 24 Potz System with 250L Tank ank

Grow with us. G

Kits and Systems

Aero 8 Potz System

Code

01-065-030

POTZ Systems Kits and Systems

DWC 4 Potz System DWC 4 Potz specification Dimensions (L,W,H): 120 x 83 x 37cm Solution Capacity: 80 litres Re-circulating Pump: 6 watt Air Pump: 15 watt

Tank Dimensions (L,W,H): 37 x 32 x 95cm Tank Capacity: 100 litres Fill Pump: 12 watt Drain Pump: 12 watt

DWC Potz DWC Potz have a pump in the main tank to fill the system and a pump in the Header Potz to drain the system - this is done manually. As the system is filled, gravity will level the solution out into each DWC Potz and the air stones placed inside will provide a constant flow of bubbles. A pump in the Header Potz can be run permanently or at timed intervals with a 15 minute plug timer, to re-circulate the nutrient solution around the system.

For more information, go to

www.potzsystems.co.uk If we do not currently oﬀer Potz systems that you may be interested in we may be able get them for you - just ask!

Product Name DWC 4 Potz System with 100L Tank

DWC 6 Po otz System DWC 6 Potz specification Dimensions (L,W,H): 170 x 83 x 37cm Solution Capacity: 112 litres Re-circulating Pump: 6 watt Air Pump: 15 watt

Tank Dimensions (L,W,H): 37 x 32 x 95cm Tank Capacity: 100 litres Fill Pump: 12 watt Drain Pump: 12 watt

Product Name DWC 6 Potz System with 100L Tank

Code de

01-065-105 -065-105

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

01-065-110 -110

POTZ Systems DWC 16 Potz System D ystem

DWC 8 Potz specification

DWC 16 Potz specification

Dimensions (L,W,H): 220 x 83 x 37cm Solution Capacity: 144 litres Re-circulating Pump: 6 watt Air Pump: 25 watt

Tank Dimensions (L,W,H): 37 x 32 x 95cm Tank Capacity: 100 litres Fill Pump: 12 watt Drain Pump: 12 watt

Product Name DWC 8 Potz System with 100L Tank

Code

01-065-115 115

Dimensions (L,W,H): 220 x 83 x 37cm

Tank Capacity: 250 litres

Solution Capacity: 272 litres

Fill Pump: 12 watt

Re-circulating Pump: 7 watt

Drain Pump: 12 watt

Air Pump: 35 watt Tank Dimensions (L,W,H): 50 x 50 x 120cm

Pro Product Name DWC 16 Potz System with 250L DW 0L Tank

Code

01-065-125

DWC 12 Potz S System ystem stem

DWC 24 Potz Sy System ystem t

DWC 12 Potz specification fication

DWC 24 Potz specification

Dimensions (L,W,H): 170 x 83 x 37cm

Tank Capacity: 250 litres

Dimensions (L,W,H): 320 x 183 x 37cm

Tank Capacity: 250 litres

Solution Capacity: 176 litres

Fill Pump: 12 watt

Solution Capacity: 400 litres

Fill Pump: 12 watt

Re-circulating Pump: 7 watt

Drain Pump: 12 watt

Re-circulating Pump: 7 watt

Drain Pump: 12 watt

Air Pump: 25 watt

Air Pump: 35 watt

Tank Dimensions (L,W,H): 50 x 50 x 120cm

Tank Dimensions (L,W,H): 50 x 50 x 120m

Product Name DWC 12 Potz System with 250L 0L Tank

Code

01-065-120

Kits and Systems

DWC 8 Potz System

Product Name DWC 24 Potz System with 250L 50L Tank

Grow w with us.

Code

01-065-130

PLANT!T Bucket Kits Kits and Systems

PLANT!T Heavy Duty Bucket and Lid Purpose made bucket for DIY hobby Hydro systems while still maintaining function as a storage container. The PLANT!T Heavy Duty Bucket and Lid has been designed to oﬀer maximum ﬂexibility and compatibility with other components to allow you to build your own kits.

01-010-060

01-010-305

Heaviest, strongest bucket on the market Tight fitting lid with indicator areas in the top to show where to cut to fit net pots Side flat panel on bucket to aid easy drilling for pipe inlets and better watertight seals due to its flat area. Designed to take pre-moulded net pot lids that fit inside the inner lip of the bucket allowing any top spillage from drippers to fall back into the bucket

01-010-065

Moulded area in the bucket to take irrigation lines or cable

01-010-270

Stackable when used as storage container, the base locates onto the lid Easy-lift integral handles 20L capacity

330mm

01-010-070

370mm

01-010-300

300mm m 365mm m

Product Name PLANT!T 20L Bucket PLANT!T Bucket Lid

Code

01-010-312 01-010-317

Product Name Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pot 80mm Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pot 140mm

Code

01-010-060 01-010-065

Product Name Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pot 200mm Bucket Lid Mesh Pot 254mm

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

01-010-070 01-010-305

Product Name 10 Litre Round Mesh Pot 254mm Bucket Lid Mesh Pot 152mm

Code

01-010-270 01-010-300

PLANT!T Bucket Kits DIY Drip Ring System

DIY Fizzer System

A simple bubbler system is very easy to make using quality components from our catalogue. The system is ﬁlled with nutrinet solution to the base of the pot when planted.

This simple system re-circulates your nutrient solution from the bucket and delivers a constant feed to the plant via a perforated ring. Similar to the principles of the Waterfarm and Gemini it oﬀers the grower great results.

This is a fusion system based on the Bubbler and the drip ring design.

PLANT!T 20L Bucket

What you need:

The principle is the same as the drip ring system with the addition of an air stone placed in the base of your media pot increasing the oxygen levels around the root zone.

PLANT!T Bucket Lid and Ultra Heavy duty Net Pot (cut lid to ﬁt, see adjacent diagram)

PLANT!T 20L Bucket

What you need:

PLANT!T Level indicator

Net pot lid

PLANT!T Watering Ring

What you need:

PLANT!T Bucket lid 254mm Bucket Lid Net Pot

PLANT!T level indicator

13mm pipe

Then choose your desired air stone, airline, air pump.

Then choose your desired pump.

The DIY Level Indicator comes with all ﬁttings needed to connect to your bucket or tank.

Several can be run off a single multi-outlet air pump or compressor with manifold.

Product Name PLANT!T DIY Level Indicator

Air stone and pump of your choice.

PLANT!T Watering Ring

Code

01-045-120

The Watering Ring is ideal for use with DIY kits or systems. It comes with a laser-cut watering ring and a T-piece, which 13mm (1/2”) tubing can be attached to. The laser cutting process used on the watering ring eliminates swarf, creating very clean holes and reducing the likelihood of blockages.

Optional PLANT!T DIY Level Indicator

Grow with us.

For use with buckets and tanks.

Same as the DIY drip ring system with the addition of your desired air stone, air line, air pump.

You will need to cut the lid to take the net pot, cut 15mm in from the inside lip of the lid. To take the irrigation line drill a 16mm hole in the base of the pot.

Optional PLANT!T DIY Level Indicator

Simply use the inner ring as a guide and cut around it with a sharp blade. You will then find that the net pot fits neatly and flush with the top of the lid.

PLANT!T DIY Level Indicator

DIY Bubbler System

Optional PLANT!T DIY Level Indicator

The bucket lid is specially designed to take the ultra heavy duty net pots.

Build your own bucket kits, some ideas...

Kits and Systems

How to trim the lid to fit the Ultra Heavy Duty net pots

Product Name PLANT!T Watering Ring

Code

01-045-115

Aquatray and Aeroponik Pot Kits and Systems

Aquatray

Aeroponik Pot

For Slab Culture or 13cm Pots

Aeroponics within a pot for ultimate flexibility and no growing media!

Each tray has 2 drain outlets, a raised proďŹ le for better draining.

In this revolutionary new type of pot, the entire root zone is irrigated by a circulating liquid fertilizer. The roots of the plant absorb the nutrients through the irrigation of the dripper, microsprayer from above. The roots lie or hang in the air and are perfectly provided with oxygen and nutrients. The constant exchange of fresh oxygen and circulating nutrients optimizes and maximizes the root zone. This results in accelerated growth and increasing yield.

Suitable for 1m Stonewool slabs and is ideal for CANNA Coco slabs and pot culture using 13cm square pots.

Raised proďŹ le for better draining

Depending on the planning and needs, you decide whether 2 or 3 layers are used within the pot for support. For more info go to www.aeroponik.com

2 drain outlets

Product Name Aquatray 1m with 2 Drain Fittings

Code

01-040-020

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name Aeroponik Aero Grow 19 Black Pot 3 Litre

Code

01-040-080

Bubbler Kits and Accessories Brummie Bubbler Kit

Baby Bubbler Kit

This 16.5L Black Trough is a general all round planter that can be used for DIY hydro kits and comes as part of the ‘Brummie Bubbler’ kit.

The Brummie Bubbler is a hybrid growing system that eﬀectively combines bubbling and dripping methods to produce stunning results. It delivers feeds to a single plant via aerated nutrient solution at the root level and also via an automated drip ring – the latter of which allows you to run the system on full with the plant in place immediately after transplanting. For the ﬁrst time ever you no longer have to initially hand water young plants growing in a bubbler related set up!

Due to the success of the Brummie Bubbler we’ve introduced a slightly smaller, more economical version – the Baby Bubbler.

Dimensions are 450mm x 308mm x 170mm.

Product Name Black Trough 16.5 Litre

Code

01-040-050

PLANT!T Watering Ring The Watering Ring is ideal for use with DIY kits or systems. It comes with a laser-cut watering ring and a T-piece, which 13mm (1/2”) tubing can be attached to. The laser cutting process used on the watering ring eliminates swarf, creating very clean holes and reducing the liklihood of blockages.

Product Name PLANT!T Watering Ring

With a 60L tank, an 11L trough and a single outlet air pump and airstone.

Kits and Systems

Black Trough 16.5L

Code

01-045-115

With the addition of an extra trough and drip ring you can make this ystem a 2-plant kit. You need an extra trough, drip ring, 13mm T connector and a small length of tube.

Product Name Baby Bubbler Kit

Code

01-040-065

Black Trough 11L Dimensions 380mm x 265mm x 164mm

Product Name Brummie Bubbler Kit

Code

01-040-055

Grow with us.

Product Name Black Trough 11 Litre

Code

01-040-045

Flood and Drain Kit and GHE Kits and Systems

Flood and Drain Kit 2 Systems in One All you have to do is add media, plants and nutrient, it’s that easy. Your complete system. This 1m2 kit features our own Flood and Drain tray as well as all fittings, pump, tank and illustrated instructions. This kit is ideal for the growing of any sized plants to full term. Everything from herbs, lettuces, tomatoes and flowers can be grown in this versatile and forgiving system. Can be used with loose media or with pots (not included). By the simple addition of the ‘Flood and Drain Drip Feed Kit’ you can modify this system to a drip feed kit. Flood and Drain Table Kits now come with BUILD!T metal core, high impact nylon coated, robust fittings, black powder coated alloy frame tubing, high quality ABS table, reservoir, submersible pump, feed lines, drain lines and illustrated instructions. Flood and Drain benefits: Easy to use High yield per square metre

General Hydroponics Europe General Hydroponics was founded in the mid 70’s near San Francisco, California, by a group of scientists, researchers and technicians. Today, GH is recognised by the international scientiﬁc community for its reliability, the quality of its products and its sense of innovation. The GHE line of products is vast, often unique, and always in evolution. It is developed by a team of researchers, thoroughly studied, then tested in their greenhouses in California and in France.

Takes up minimal amount of space Expandable system Quality crops all year round

Today, their products are used by growers world wide.They are sought after by the most important laboratories in the world and NASA uses Flora-series and the AeroFlo in their studies on cultivation in their space stations.

For more information, ask your retailer or go to

www.eurohydro.com

Flood and Drain Table Kits now come with BUILD!T metal core, high impact nylon coated, robust ﬁttings and black powder coated alloy frame tubing, see the Tents and Stands section. Product Name HydroGarden 1m2 (3’x 3’) Flood and Drain Kit Drip Feed Kit for HydroGarden 1m2 (3’x 3’) Flood and Drain Kit (subject to availability)

Code

01-050-100 01-050-105

www.hydrogarden.com

GHE AquaFarm, WaterFarm and Accessories Kits and Systems

GHE AquaFarm and WaterFarm

How it works The WaterFarm and AquaFarm are simple quality systems that are ideal for medium to long term plants or even small trees. A small air pump recirculates the nutrient via a drip ring. The plants sit in the Clay Pebbles or a mixture of clay pebbles and Coco Coir. An external seeâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;through tube lets you know when more nutrient is needed. The systems use one pot above the other and the solution is recirculated via a pump and circular dripper around the base of the plant.

GHE Accessories GHE Spare Grommet

GHE WaterFarm Irrigation Kit

Code Product Name me GHE AquaFarm Irrigation Kit 01-005-200 GHE WaterFarm Irrigation Kit 01-005-205

GHE AquaFarm

Product Name GHE Spare Grommet

Code

01-005-022

GHE WaterFarm

A Great 1 Plant Drip Feed System

Air Pumps

The AquaFarm is a larger version of the WaterFarm (see right). Product data sheet available. Supplied with a choice of pump. The kit includes 35 litre reservoir, grow tray, air pump, pumping kit and illustrated, easy to follow instructions.

The WaterFarm is a simple, quality system that is great for longer term plants and trees. The kit includes 12 litre reservoir, grow tray, air pump, pumping kit and illustrated, easy to follow instructions.

HAILEA Low Noise Air Pump

Your choice: Choose to have with either a Marina 75 (high quality option), a Hailea ACO2201 pump (value option) or no pump.

Single output air pump As supplied sup with WaterFarms and AquaFarms, this AquaF single outlet pump produ produces 60 litres o of air per ho hour.

With an advanced aircompressing system, which is extremely low in noise.

Code Product Name GHE AquaFarm Complete System with Marina 75 Pump 01-005-015 GHE AquaFarm Complete System with HAILEA ACO2201 Pump 01-005-017

Code Product Name GHE WaterFarm Complete System with Marina 75 Pump 01-005-005 GHE WaterFarm Complete System with HAILEA ACO2201 Pump 01-005-007

Product Name

GHE AquaFarm System (No Pump)

GHE WaterFarm System (No Pump)

HAILEA Air Pump ACO2201 - 78lph 10-455-230

01-005-020

01-005-010

Grow with us.

Code

Product Name Marina 75 Air Pump

Code

10-455-015

NFT Gully Systems Kits and Systems

SureGrow NFT Gully Our Gully is the most robust on the market with a great range of fittings Our SureGrow Gully is available in three different trough sizes, which accommodates all facets of growing in hydroponics. Whether you are producing flowers, fodder, tomatoes, cucumbers, capsicum, courgettes, strawberries, any type of lettuce, micro and traditional herbs or larger leafy varieties of crops, there is a gully system to suit you. HydroGarden’s leading NFT trough system has proved successful across the world. From Australia to Holland, New Zealand, New Guinea, Fiji, Thailand, Korea, USA, Japan, and Kuwait, users get great results using SureGrow NFT gully kits. The channel is manufactured from food-safe ‘rigid’ PVC and is UV stabilised and white in colour. The convex “Snap-On” lid ensures against rain and weather damage, when used outside, while giving easy access for cleaning. The lid can be supplied undrilled or drilled. The concave base will direct the nutrient towards the centre of the channel. The end caps are designed for a ‘friction fit’. SureGrow Kits require the careful application of sealant to prevent leaks. The end cap is available with a spout. The use of end caps with spouts has markedly reduced the cost by eliminating the need for building or purchasing ‘header or collection boxes’. This is the heaviest channel per metre on the commercial market today. Guaranteed for 20 years, this channel will give the grower confidence and security not matched by any other product. Please note that all the components are priced separately. To make a system from components, you will need a channel, top cover and 2 end caps (1 with a spout). Optional accessories are the Gully Pot and the channel joiner.

HydroGarden NFT Gully benefits: Non-toxic for safe use and handling Manufactured to food-grade specifications for growing edible produce Versatility – can be modified for several growing methods Two-piece design for easy cleaning Low set-up costs Channels carry a 20 year guarantee Concave base Convex lid promotes water run-off UV stabilised for longer life Can be joined inline for extended runs Excellent results SureGrow kit pots and lids Our gully kits come with the pot and lid. The hole is 100mm diameter so can neatly accommodate a 75mm Grodan block or the pot and lid (supplied). The pot is designed to be smaller than the hole so as to allow for easy checking of the root zone and less root damage when lifting. The lid stops algae growth and protects against Thrip and other such root zone pests

www.hydrogarden.com

NFT Gully Systems

155mm (6”) Trough System

55cm wide

This 105cm x 55cm x 47cm high kit features 2 lengths of our SG70 gully as well as all ﬁttings, spreader mat, pump, tank, our 95mm pot and lid x 8 and illustrated instructions. Supplied in boxed form, this kit is ideal for medium to large plants.

47cm

Kits and Systems

SureGrow2 Kit SG70

Everything from tomatoes to ﬂowers can be grown in this versatile system. Has predrilled holes of 100mm to take up to 8 plants. A great greenhouse system for customers who want to try commercial production on a small scale.

Product Name SureGrow2 Kit SG70 Complete

105cm

Code

01-050-010

SureGrow3 Kit SG225 255mm (9”) Trough System

91cm wide

This 105cm x 91cm x 47cm high kit features 3 lengths of our SG225 gully as well as all ﬁttings, spreader mat, pump, tank, our 95mm pot and lid x 9 and illustrated instructions. Supplied in boxed form, this kit is ideal for medium to large plants.

47cm

Everything from tomatoes to ﬂowers can be grown in this versatile system. Has predrilled holes of 100mm to take up to 9 plants. A great greenhouse system for customers who want to try commercial production on a small scale.

Product Name SureGrow3 Kit SG225 Complete

105cm

Code

01-050-110

Grow with us.

NFT Gully Systems Kits and Systems

SureGrow4 Kit SG70 155mm (6”) Trough System

91cm wide

This 105cm x 91cm x 47cm high kit features 4 lengths of our SG70 gully as well as all ﬁttings, spreader mat, pump, tank, our 95mm pot and lid x 16 and illustrated instructions. Supplied in boxed form, this kit is ideal for medium to large plants.

47cm

Everything from tomatoes to ﬂowers can be grown in this versatile system. Has drilled holes of 100mm to take up to 16 plants. A great greenhouse system for customers who want to try commercial production on a small scale.

105cm

Also ideal for LightHouse grow tents.

Product Name SureGrow4 Kit SG70 Complete

Code

01-050-050

SureGrow5 Kit SG50 100mm (4”) Trough System

91cm wide

This 105cm x 91cm x 47cm high kit features 5 lengths of our SG50 gully as well as all ﬁttings, spreader mat, pump, tank, our 51mm pot x 25 and illustrated instructions. Supplied in boxed form, this kit is ideal for herbs and smaller short term crops.

47cm

Has drilled holes of 51mm to take up to 25 plants. A great greenhouse system for customers who want to try commercial production on a small scale. Also ideal for LightHouse grow tents. 105cm

Product Name SureGrow5 Kit SG50 Complete

Code

01-050-120

www.hydrogarden.com

NFT Gully Systems Kits and Systems

Bespoke Gully Orders

Here are 4 separate plans that were actually produced for a commercial grower

SureGrow NFT Gully can be used to build a hydroponic system to ﬁll virtually any growing area, regardless of size or shape. Please ask your retailer if you require advice on layout options and system design. Standard SureGrow Trough and Lid length is 2.8m, but SureGrow Inline Joiners allow lengths to be connected together, and both Troughs and Lids can be cut to order. This allows single Gully to be whatever length is required – though usual recommended maximum NFT channel length is 10-12 metres. SureGrow Lids come undrilled, but a drilling service is also available, with planting hole sizes of 50mm, 75mm or 100mm available – distance apart requested will be assumed from hole centres unless clearly stated otherwise. If you just tell your retailer the number of holes required he will order the most even layout. NOTE: LEAD TIMES – clearly, bespoke Gully orders cannot be delivered the next day. Most orders can be expected within 5 working days, though large orders could take longer – rest assured we would aim to get them in the shortest time possible. We can advise better once we know your detailed requirements. What you need to consider for a complete system Gully size: SG50, SG70 or SG225? Trough spacing – dictated by plant size at maturity and whether access is required for plant maintenance. Staging for Gully and slope for NFT channels – recommended slope for NFT is 1:40 to 1:20 (2.5cm to 5cm per metre). All joins, including end caps, must be sealed with silicon sealant to be watertight. Pump and Tank requirements, delivery and drainage plumbing – all the non-SureGrow parts, HydroGarden should be able to supply everything required, please ask your retailer for advice if unsure.

Key

Plant site

Reservoir tanks underneath the gully

Information required for Bespoke Gully Orders 1. Gully size: SG50, SG70 or SG225? 2. Number of Troughs and Lids required? 3. Length of Troughs and Lids required if not standard (2.8m)? 4. Size and number of holes to be drilled per lid (and preferably spacing) if required? 5. Number of End Caps, Joiners, End Caps with Spout & 32mm Spigots (88.5°) required?

www.hydrogarden.com

Nutrient gutters to return run-oﬀ to large external reservoir

NFT Gully Systems Kits and Systems

Gully SG50/70/225 SG50 - 100mm (4”) 2 Part Gully A 100mm wide by 50mm deep (4” x 2”) gully with detachable lid. A thin, shallow trough suitable for smaller leafed varieties, such as herbs, and ‘fancy’ lettuce. SG70 - 155mm (6”) 2 Part Gully A 155mm wide by 70mm deep (6” x 2.5”) gully with detachable lid. A narrower trough suitable for large leafy plant varieties, such as tomatoes, cucumbers, peppers and courgettes.

rge G2

-S

all

diu

SG225 - 225mm (9”) 2 Part Gully A 225mm wide by 80mm deep (9” x 3”) gully with detachable lid. A versatile trough suitable for large pots and ideal for the production of ﬂowers and animal fodder.

Product Name SG50 Trough 2.8m Length SG50 Lid 2.8m Length Undrilled

SG50 Net Pot

Product Name SG50 Net Pot

Code

01-000-225 01-000-230

PLANT!T Auto Top-Up Kit

Product Name SG70 Trough 2.8m Length SG70 Lid 2.8m Length Undrilled

Code

01-000-325 01-000-330

Product Name SG225 Trough 2.8m Length SG225 Lid 2.8m Length Undrilled

Code

01-000-425 01-000-430

SG50/70/225 Caps and Joiners

Code

01-000-250

PLANT!T Spreader Mat Spigot

Get nutrient solutions to your roots The Spreader Mat breaks the surface tension of water and nutrient and helps to wet the surface of all types of systems. Especially useful for NFT systems. Product Name PLANT!T Spreader Mat - 250m roll x 20cm wide PLANT!T Spreader Mat - 25m roll x 20cm wide

Code

10-490-005 10-490-010

Product Name 32mm Spigot (88.5°) SG50 End Cap SG50 End Cap with Spout SG50 Inline Joiner

Code

01-000-195 01-000-210 01-000-215 01-000-220

Grow with us.

Inline Joiner

End Cap with Spout

End Cap

Product Name 32mm Spigot (88.5°) SG70 End Cap SG70 End Cap with Spout SG70 Inline Joiner

Code

01-000-195 01-000-310 01-000-315 01-000-320

Product Name 32mm Spigot (88.5°) SG225 End Cap S225 End Cap with Spout SG225 Inline Joiner

Code

01-000-195 01-000-410 01-000-415 01-000-420

AutoPot Systems Kits and Systems

AutoPot 1 Pot System What’s in a 1 Pot System?

AutoPot 1 System

1 Pot

Expandable gravity feed system

1 Tray and Lid

The 1 Pot System comes supplied with a tray that accommodates a 15 litre pot, a Marix Disc that is placed inside the pot (the Marix Disc is used to prevent soil/compost from leaving the pot) and a Root Control Disc that is placed under the pot in the tray cavity, gold face up.

1 x 1 Pot Kit Bag

The Root Control Disc or RCD will prevent roots from leaving the pot and discourage them from heading towards the AQUAvalve. An AQUAvalve, which controls the water supply, and 1.5 metres of 4mm pipe that supplies the water to the system, are also supplied. The 1 Pot System is extremely versatile and can be used for a wide range of plant types and sizes. Seasonal ﬂowering plants and perennial shrubs thrive and produce an abundance of blooms and foliage because of the unique action of the AQUAvalve, which is designed to allow the plant to go through a wet and dry cycle. The 1 Pot System is easily extended, so many pots can be linked to a single tank. The pots and trays can be easily moved, so if the plants grow too large they can be spaced further apart with ease. Once set up and a tank ﬁlled with water and liquid feed, this extremely versatile system will completely take care of all your plants’ needs.

Connection kit with ﬁttings and tube 47L Reservoir and Grommet

1 Pot Module contains: 1 x 1 Pot tray and lid 1 x 15 Litre square pot 1 x Zip lock bag containing: 1 x Marix Disc 1 x Root Control Disc 1 x 1.5m x 4mm pipe 1 x AQUAvalve

Product Name AutoPot 1 Pot System with 47L Reservoir

Code

01-025-400

AutoPot 8 Pot System stem

All you need to do is remember to ﬁll up your tank from time to time.

Autopot kits now also available with FlexiTanks. See page 70

Reservoirs and spare ﬁlters are sold separately. Extending your system is easy and quick. Simply buy an extra 1 Pot kit module.

What’s in an 8 Pot System? 8 Pots 8 Trays and Lids 8 x 1 Pot Kit Bag

How to buy an AutoPot system Choose either a set size system from these pages or make your own bespoke kit with your chosen amount of pots.

Amount of pots

Reservoir kit you need to order

Connection kit with ﬁttings and tube

1-4 pots

47L reservoir with connection kit

100L Reservoir

To order bespoke kits, simply order the amount of AutoPot 1 Pot modules you require.

1-12 pots

100L reservoir with connection kit

You then need to calculate what size reservoir you will need to supply your pots with water (see right).

1-24 pots

250L reservoir with connection kit

1-48 pots

250L reservoir with connection kit

Reservoir connection kits include all the pipe and ﬁttings you require. Product Name AutoPot 1 Pot Kit Module 47 Litre Reservoir Plus Connection Kit for up to 4 AQUAvalves 100 Litre Reservoir Plus Connection Kit for up to 12 AQUAvalves

Code

01-025-110 01-025-155 01-025-160

Code Product Name 250 Litre Reservoir Plus Connection Kit for up to 24 AQUAvalves 01-025-165 250 Litre Reservoir Plus Connection Kit for up to 48 AQUAvalves 01-025-170

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name AutoPot 8 Pot System with 100L Reservoir

Code

01-025-420

AutoPot Systems AutoPot 4 Pot System

AutoPot 6 Pot System

What’s in a 2 Pot System?

What’s in a 4 Pot System?

What’s in a 6 Pot System?

2 Pots

4 Pots

6 Pots

2 Trays and Lids

4 Trays and Lids

6 Trays and Lids

2 x 1 Pot Kit Bag

4 x 1 Pot Kit Bag

6 x 1 Pot Kit Bag

Connection kit with ﬁttings and tube

100L Reservoir

47L Reservoir and Grommet

Product Name AutoPot 2 Pot System with 47L Reservoir

Code

01-025-405

AutoPot 12 Pot System

Product Name AutoPot 4 Pot System with 47L Reservoir

Connection kit with ﬁttings and tube

Code

01-025-410

AutoPot 24 Pot System

Product Name AutoPot 6 Pot System with 100L Reservoir

What’s in a 12 Pot System?

What’s in a 24 Pot System?

What’s in a 48 Pot System?

24 Pots

48 Pots

12 Trays and Lids

24 Trays and Lids

48 Trays and Lids

12 x 1 Pot Kit Bag

24 x 1 Pot Kit Bag

48 x 1 Pot Kit Bag

Connection kit with ﬁttings and tube

250L Reservoir

Product Name AutoPot 12 Pot System with 250L Reservoir

Code

01-025-425

Product Name AutoPot 24 Pot System with 250L Reservoir

Grow with us.

Code

01-025-415

AutoPot 48 Pot System

12 Pots

250L Reservoir

Kits and Systems

AutoPot 2 Pot System

Code

01-025-430

Product Name AutoPot 48 Pot System with 250L Reservoir

Code

01-025-435

AutoPot Systems Kits and Systems

AutoPot XL 1 Pot System What’s in a XL 1 Pot System? ystem?

AutoPot 1 Pot XL Pot System

1 Pot

Expandable gravity feed system

1 Tray and Lid

The 1 Pot XL Pot System comes supplied with a tray that accommodates a 25 litre pot, and a Root Control Disc that is placed under the pot in the tray cavity, gold face up. The Root Control Disc or RCD will prevent roots from leaving the pot and discourage them from heading towards the AQUAvalve. An AQUAvalve, which controls the water supply, and 1.5 metres of 4mm pipe that supplies the water to the system, are also supplied.

1 x 1 Pot XL Kit Bag

The 1 Pot XL Pot System is extremely versatile and can be used for a wide range of plant types and sizes. Seasonal flowering plants and perennial shrubs thrive and produce an abundance of blooms and foliage because of the unique action of the AQUAvalve, which is designed to allow the plant to go through a wet and dry cycle. The 1 Pot XL Pot System is easily extended so many pots can be linked to a single tank. The pots and trays can be easily moved at will, so if the plants grow too large they can be spaced further apart with ease. Once set up and a tank filled with water and liquid feed, this extremely versatile system will completely take care of all your plants’ needs. All you need to do is remember to fill up your tank from time to time. Reservoirs and spare filters are sold separately. Extending your system is easy and quick. Simply buy extra 1 Pot XL modules.

Connection kit with ﬁttings ttings and tube 47L Reservoir and Grommet ommet 1 Pot XL Module contains: 1 x 1 Pot tray and lid 1 x 15 Litre XL pot 1 x Zip lock bag containing: 1 x Root Control Mat 1 x 1.5m x 4mm pipe 1 x AQUAvalve Autopot kits now also available with FlexiTanks. See page 70

Product Name AutoPot XL 1 Pot System with 47 Litre Reservoir

Code

01-025-500

AutoPot XL 8 Pot S System ttem How to buy an AutoPot system Choose either a set size system from these pages or make your own bespoke kit with your chosen amount of pots.

What’s in an XL 8 Pot System? 8 Pots

To order bespoke kits, simply order the amount of AutoPot XL 1 Pot modules you require.

8 Trays and Lids

You then need to calculate what size reservoir you will need to supply your pots with water (see right).

8 x 1 Pot XL Kit Bag

Amount of pots

Reservoir kit you need to order

Connection kit with ﬁttings and tube

1-4 pots

47L reservoir with connection kit for up to 4 AQUAvalves

100L Reservoir

1-12 pots

100L reservoir with connection kit for up to 12 AQUAvalves

1-24 pots

250L reservoir with connection kit for up to 24 AQUAvalves

1-48 pots

250L reservoir with connection kit for up to 48 AQUAvalves

Reservoir connection kits include all the pipe and ﬁttings you require. Product Name AutoPot XL Module 47 Litre Reservoir Plus Connection Kit for up to 4 AQUAvalves 100 Litre Reservoir Plus Connection Kit for up to 12 AQUAvalves

Code

01-025-130 01-025-155 01-025-160

Code Product Name 250 Litre Reservoir Plus Connection Kit for up to 24 AQUAvalves 01-025-165 250 Litre Reservoir Plus Connection Kit for up to 48 AQUAvalves 01-025-170

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name AutoPot XL 8 Pot System with 100 Litre Reservoir

Code

01-025-520

AutoPot Systems AutoPot XL 4 Pot System

AutoPot XL 6 Pot System

What’s in a XL 2 Pot System?

What’s in a XL 4 Pot System?

What’s in a XL 6 Pot System?

2 Pots

4 Potss

6 Pots

2 Trays ys and Lids

4 Trays ys and Lids

6 Trayss and Lids

2 x 1 Pot XL Kit Bag

4 x 1 Pot XL Kit Bag

6 x 1 Pot ot Kit Bag

Connection ection kit with ﬁttings gs and tube

Connection ection kit with ﬁttingss and tube

47L Reservoir eservoir and Grommet

100L Reservoir

Product Name AutoPot XL 2 Pot System with 47 Litre Reservoir

Code

01-025-505

AutoPot XL 12 Pot System

Product Name AutoPot XL 4 Pot System with 47 Litre Reservoir

Code

01-025-510

AutoPot XL 24 Pot System S st stem

Product Name AutoPot XL 6 Pot System with 100 Litre Reservoir

What’s in a XL 12 Pot System?

What’s in a XL 24 Pot System? em?

What’s in a XL 48 Pot System?

24 Pots

48 Pots

12 Trays and Lids

24 Trays and Lids

48 Trays and Lids

12 x 1 Pot XL Kit Bag

24 x 1 Pot XL Kit Bag

48 x 1 Pot XL Kit Bag

Connection kit with ﬁttings and tube

Connection kit with ﬁttings and tube 250L Reservoir

Connection kit with ith ﬁttings and tube

Product Name AutoPot XL 12 Pot System with 250 Litre Reservoir

Code

01-025-525

Product Name AutoPot XL 24 Pot System with 250 Litre Reservoir

Grow with us.

Code

01-025-515

AutoPot XL 48 Pot System

12 Pots

250L Reservoir

Kits and Systems

AutoPot XL 2 Pot System

250L Reservoir

Code

01-025-530

Product Name AutoPot XL 48 Pot System with 250 Litre Reservoir

Code

01-025-535

AutoPot Systems Kits and Systems

AutoPot easy2grow 2 Pot System AutoPot easy2grow 2 Pot System Expandable 2 pot growing system

What’s in a 2 Pot System?

Autopot kits now also available with FlexiTanks. See page 70

2 Pots 1 Tray and Lid 1 x 2 Pot Kit Bag

The easy2grow kit will water and feed your plants without the need for pumps, timers or electricity as the water supply is gravity fed from the 47L tank supplied with the kit. Simply top up the tank every few weeks adding liquid feed, such as VitaLink Earth, at the same time to provide nutrients. Any greenhouse crop can be grown in this system. The system can be easily extended by adding extra 2 Pot kit modules.

Connection kit with ﬁttings and tube 47L Reservoir and Grommet

All greenhouse crops such as tomatoes, cucumbers and chillies thrive in this system. In fact the easy2grow kit will grow any plant, edible or ornamental. If your planned system incorporates more than four 2 Pot modules, it is strongly advised that you either increase the size of the water tank used when gravity fed or look to using alternative methods of water delivery. 2 Pot Module contains:

Reservoirs and spare ﬁlters are sold separately. Extending your system is easy and quick. Simply buy an extra 2 pot kit module. All you need to do is use the reservoir guide below to make sure you are using the correct size of tank and pipe for the number of modules you want to add. Each reservoir comes with the correct ﬁttings and pipe for your system.

1 x 2 Pot tray and lid 1 x 8.5 Litre square pot 1 x Zip lock bag containing: 2 x Matrix Discs 2 x Root Control Mat 1 x 1.5m x 4mm pipe 1 x AQUAvalve

The easy2grow 2 pot kit module is a tray and lid, 2 pots and a kit bag of components. Simply order the amount of modules you require and the correct reservoir.

Product Name AutoPot easy2grow 2 Pot System with 47 Litre Reservoir

Code

01-025-450

AutoPot easy2grow ea 2grow 16 Pot System S tem

How to buy an AutoPot system Choose either a set size system from these pages or make your own bespoke kit with your chosen amount of pots.

What’s in an 16 Pot System? 16 Pots

To order bespoke kits, simply order the amount of AutoPot easy2grow 2 Pot modules you require.

8 Trays and Lids

You then need to calculate what size reservoir you will need to supply your pots with water (see below).

8 x 2 Pot Kit Bag

Reservoir kit you need to order

Connection kit with ﬁttings and tube

1-8 pots (4 trays)

47L reservoir with connection kit for up to 4 AQUAvalves

250L Reservoir

1-24 pots (12 trays)

100L reservoir with connection kit for up to 12 AQUAvalves

1-48 pots (24 trays)

200L reservoir with connection kit for up to 24 AQUAvalves

1-96 pots (48 trays)

350L reservoir with connection kit for up to 48 AQUAvalves

Amount of pots

Reservoir connection kits include all the pipe and ﬁttings you require. Product Name AutoPot easy2grow 2 Pot Kit Module 47 Litre Reservoir Plus Connection Kit for up to 4 AQUAvalves 100 Litre Reservoir Plus Connection Kit for up to 12 AQUAvalves

Code

01-025-115 01-025-155 01-025-160

Code Product Name 250 Litre Reservoir Plus Connection Kit for up to 24 AQUAvalves 01-025-165 250 Litre Reservoir Plus Connection Kit for up to 48 AQUAvalves 01-025-170

www.hydrogarden.com

Code Product Name AutoPot easy2grow 16 Pot System with 250 Litre Reservoir 01-025-470

AutoPot Systems AutoPot easy2grow 6 Pot System

AutoPot easy2grow 12 Pot System

What’s in a 4 Pot System?

What’s in a 6 Pot System?

What’s in a 12 Pot System?

4 Pots

6 Pots

12 Pots

2 Trays and Lids

3 Trays and Lids

6 Trays and Lids

2 x 2 Pot Kit Bag

3 x 2 Pot Kit Bag

6 x 2 Pot Kit Bag

Connection kit with ﬁttings and tube

47L Reservoir and Grommet

100L Reservoir

Product Name AutoPot easy2grow 4 Pot System with 47 Litre Reservoir

Code

01-025-455

AutoPot easy2grow 24 Pot System

Product Name AutoPot easy2grow 6 Pot System with 47 Litre Reservoir

Code

01-025-460

AutoPot easy2grow 32 Pot System

Code Product Name AutoPot easy2grow 12 Pot System with 100 Litre Reservoir 01-025-465

AutoPot easy2grow 48 Pot System

What’s in a 24 Pot System?

What’s in a 32 Pot System?

What’s in a 48 Pot System?

24 Pots

32 Pots

48 Pots

12 Trays and Lids

16 Trays and Lids

24 Trays and Lids

12 x 2 Pot Kit Bag

16 x 2 Pot Kit Bag

24 x 2 Pot Kit Bag

Connection kit with ﬁttings and tube

250L Reservoir

Code Product Name AutoPot easy2grow 24 Pot System with 250 Litre Reservoir 01-025-475

Code Product Name AutoPot easy2grow 32 Pot System with 250 Litre Reservoir 01-025-480

Grow with us.

Kits and Systems

AutoPot easy2grow 4 Pot System

Code Product Name AutoPot easy2grow 48 Pot System with 250 Litre Reservoir 01-025-485

AutoPot Accessories and AutoPot easy2GO Kit Kits and Systems

AutoPot Tray and Lids

AutoPot easy2GO Kit easy2GO is the ultimate holiday watering kit for happy, healthy plants. By incorporating the patented AQUAvalve, the easy2GO will keep plants watered for weeks using a simple gardening tray and water butt. The easy2GO is placed directly onto the tray along with your potted plants and distributes water to the pots from below. Unlike other holiday watering kits, the easy2GO provides optimum levels of water to meet the plants requirements - without the need for timers or electricity - ensuring you return from holiday to plants that are thriving.

1 Pot Tray and Lid Product Name AutoPot 1 Pot Tray and Lid

Code

01-025-070

2 Pot Tray and Lid

1 Pot XL Tray and Lid Product Name AutoPot 1 Pot XL Tray and Lid

Code

01-025-135

Product Name AutoPot 2 Pot Tray & Lid

Code

01-025-015

easy2GO can be installed anywhere in the home, greenhouse, conservatory or patio and multiple kits can be linked together to keep larger volumes of plants watered while you’re away. This inexpensive, flexible system can be assembled in minutes and contains all fittings required to connect to a reservoir of your choice. You simply need a water container with a minimum 30 litre capacity and a flat based gardening tray with h a minimum depth of 30mm.

AutoPot Pots High quality square pots These pots come in black high impact plastic. Use with PLANT!T Clay Pebbles or CANNA Coco or a mixture of the two.

15 Litre Square quare Pot

8.5 Litre Square Pot Product Name AutoPot 8.5L Square Pot

Code

01-025-025

Product Name AutoPot 15L Square Pot

XL 25L P Pot Code

01-025-065

Product Name AutoPot XL 25L Pot

Code

01-025-140

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name AutoPot easy2GO Kit

Code

01-025-185

AutoPot AQUAvalve and Cover

Make DIY Tray Kits with The AQUAvalve

Kits and Systems

AutoPot AQUAvalve and Cover

AutoPot Discs AutoPot Root Control Copper Coated Disc

A Low Cost and Simple System, great for tents The AUTOtray system is a great DIY gravity feed system using the AQUAvalve. Put simply - a single AQUAvalve regulates the ﬂow of water to the tray which controls the feeding and watering of each tray and the pots inside.

AutoPot Marix Black Disc

By growing in pots, the grower has the full advantage of being able to remove and change plants when and where necessary. Plants can be lifted from one system to another with ease and without causing stress to the plant. Extending and expanding the tray system can be done with ease at any time. Using connecting ‘T’s, join to the existing 4mm pipe of the system in use. Simply ﬁx to a reservoir for a gravity fed system.

How it works A single AQUAvalve that regulates the flow of water to the tray controls the feeding and watering. By growing in pots the grower has the advantage of being able to remove and change plants when necessary. The use of pots offers the grower a wider choice of potting mediums such as soil mixes, coco fibre, Rockwool, Mapito, perlite, vermiculite and combinations of each. Extending and expanding the AUTOtray system can be done with ease at any time. Simply use connecting T’s and join to the existing 4mm pipe of the system in use. The sandwich of copper matting helps contain the root mass in the pot. This aids moisture uptake and stops the root mass filling the reservoir and blocking the AQUAvalve when the plants are mature.

Copper Matting

AUTOtray Root Controlled Coated Disc

Irrigation Float Switch AutoPot products are centred around its AQUAvalve technology, a simple mechanical device that is small enough to hold in the hand and can best be described as a ‘vacuum float valve’. The AQUAvalve is a simple, but very effective watering device. Keep the AQUAvalve and the tray it sits in clean, free of obstructions and soil particles and it will help you water and feed your plants for many years. The AQUAvalve is guaranteed for 12 months. The AQUAvalve is supplied with all AutoPot tray systems. Once connected to the water supply, the AQUAvalve will control the flow of water to the plants, by simple gravity pressure from a tank or reservoir. No pumps, electricity or timers are required. The AQUAvalve will open and allow water to fill the tray, to a pre-set level of 20mm. When the level is reached, the Product Name AutoPot AQUAvalve AutoPot AQUAvalve Cover

AQUAvalve will shut off and prevent any further water from entering the tray until all the water has been consumed by the plants. When all the water has been exhausted and the tray is empty, the AQUAvalve will open and allow more water to enter the tray. As the plants grow larger, the AQUAvalve will open and close more often and will perform in accordance with the plants’ needs. The AQUAvalve cover, if used in conjunction with the AQUAvalve, allows the grower to create their own basic, but very effective hobby watering system. All that is needed is a flat tray of any shape or size. The user simply places the AQUAvalve in the tray and places the AQUAvalve cover over the top of it. A small weight needs to be placed on the AQUAvalve cover to weigh it down. Ensure that you do not cover the small breather hole on the top of the AQUAvalve cover.

AutoPot Root Control Disc 265mm

Product Name AutoPot Marix Black Disc AutoPot Root Control Copper Coated Disc AUTOtray Root Control Copper Coated Disc AutoPot Root Control Disc 265mm

Code

01-025-055 01-025-050 01-025-075 01-025-080

AutoPot Airdome Supercharge your AutoPots by getting more air to the roots with the airdome. Using an airdome is simple, due to the increased oxygen around the roots it can increase growth by up to 50%.

Code

01-025-030 01-025-035

Grow with us.

Product Name AutoPot Airdome Kit

Code

01-025-180

Water Butts, Stands and Tanks Kits and Systems

Reservoir and Lid

FlexiTank Fits where other tanks cannot go

Reservoir tanks for all your irrigation needs.

The AutoPot FlexiTank revolutionises water storage, it is everything you need in one compact box. It requires no tools for assembly, reduces storage and shipping costs and takes minutes to assemble. It really couldnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t be simpler. Unlike other waterbutts and barrels, the AutoPot Flexi Tank can be stored away when not used, can ďŹ t where other tanks cannot go and is adaptable in ways standard tanks are not.

Heavy duty tank ideal for gravity feed or pumped irrigation systems, such as the AutoPot system. Can also be used as a secondary source of solution for gully systems.

Code Product Name 47L Reservoir and Lid - fitted 4mm grommit 01-045-055

Slimline Reservoirs

Product Na Name 100L Slimli Slimline Water Butt - incl. lid and 13mm tap Slimline W Water Stand - to suit 100L Tank

01-045-155 01-045-160

250L Slimline Water Butt - incl. lid and 13mm tap

01-045-165

Slimline Water Stand - to suit 250L Tank

01-045-170

Code

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name AutoPot 100L FlexiTank AutoPot 225L FlexiTank

01-045-400 01-045-405

AutoPot 400L FlexiTank

01-045-410

Code

Tanks and BigFloat Auto Top-Up Kit Kits and Systems

Rectangular Tanks

PLANT!T BigFloat Auto Top-Up Kit

High quality black plastic tanks Low proﬁle makes these tanks ideal for customers making their own systems. 1000L Black Tank L: 173cm W: 118cm D: 61cm

400L Black Tank L: 129cm W: 86cm D: 46cm

Grow more, less work Reduce the labour of regular tank filling and inspection by fitting a BigFloat Auto Top–Up Kit and secondary reservoir. The float automatically tops-up and maintains nutrient levels in your system reservoirs from a header tank of your choice, no pump is required as it works under gravity. Ideal for unattended growrooms and holiday periods. 200L Black Tank L: 110.6cm W: 72cm D: 31cm

This professional top-up kit is one of the most robust on the market oﬀering peace of mind that your plants are safe if your reservoir starts to run dry. All the necessary ﬁttings are supplied in the BigFloat Auto Top-Up Kit, simply attach to the header tank of your choice up to 400 litres. All reservoirs in this catalogue are suitable to use as header tanks with this kit. Kit Contains:

80L Tank L: 78.5cm W: 48.5cm D: 30cm

1 x 2 metres 13mm Flexible Pipe 1 x 13mm Barbed Tee 1 x 13mm Nut & Tail with 3/4” BSP 1 x 13mm Barb to Snap-on Female Hose Connector

Product Name Rectangular 60L Tank (70cm x 40cm x 27cm) Rectangular 80L Tank (78.5cm x 48.5cm x 30cm) 200 Litre Black Tank Including Plug and Filter 400 Litre Black Tank Including Plug and Filter 1000 Litre Black Tank

1 x Grey Low Pressure Float Valve

Code

60L Tank Ta L: 70cm W: 40cm 40c D: 27cm 27c

01-045-017 45-017 01-045-020 45-020 01-045-200 45-200 01-045-205 01-045-210

Product Name PLANT!T BigFloat Auto Top-up Kit

Grow Gr G row row ow w with ith us it ith u us. s.

Code

01-045-105

Fabric Pots Kits and Systems

PLANT!T Dirt Pots - Flexible Fabric Pots For a more compact root zone with more feeding roots. Ever tried the amazing beneﬁts of air pruning? No? Well if you haven’t and you grow in coco coir or soil then you should. As your plant grows, it sends out roots into the soil from the main tap root and as they reach the bottom or side of a pot they will start to circle it. Having taken a plant out of a pot you will have seen a mass of circling roots at the base. This clumping of roots is commonly known as a root bound plant and it can seriously reduce nutrient uptake. If a root makes contact with light and air it will stop growing and this is known as air pruning. With the unique micro porous fabric that has been specially developed for the PLANT!T Dirt Pot, when your roots hit the side they will try to grow through the material and not circle around it. As the root grows through and reaches the air it is pruned and stops growing. It will now focus on sending out many secondary roots from the pruned root. These secondary roots will then also grow through the pot and be pruned and the same thing happens again. Eventually you get a pot that is full of active roots with no circling. Stronger roots, better roots, more roots = a plant that will grow better and have better nutrient uptake.

PLANT!T Dirt Pot benefits: No root circling = better nutrient uptake and growth More root development = increased nutrient uptake and growth Breathable fabric means superior aeration and manages plant temperatures, keeping plants cooler in summer and warmer in winter, compared with a black plastic pot Easy to use – use with soil; can also be used in a hydro system offering the same benefits with coir, mapito or clay pebbles Can be used outside, in or out of the soil, and can be used to control a root ball allowing you to lift and move plants out of the soil that has been dug in The unique micro porous fabric offers advantages over other plastic air pruning pots, which are harder to irrigate Larger sizes come with cane support loops Made from very heavy duty material that can be used time after time

Due to its breathable nature, the media needs to be kept moist. If the media dries out then the fabric can come away from the media, thus leaving a space for water to drop down the sides and a dehydrated plant. For this reason we recommend that you irrigate from the top with a PLANT!T Watering Ring or drippers. The planters have reinforced seams and strengthtested fabric, so they won’t tear when supporting even the heaviest crop. Incorporated into the design of the 4 larger sizes are handles to allow for moving your crops and loops to take canes for plant support.

Product Name PLANT!T Square Base Dirt Pot without Handle 11L (3 gallon) - Pack of 10 PLANT!T Square Base Dirt Pot with Handle 17L (5 gallon) - Pack of 10 PLANT!T Square Base Dirt Pot with Handle 26L (7 gallon) - Pack of 10 PLANT!T Square Base Dirt Pot with Handle 37L (10 gallon) - Pack of 5 PLANT!T Square Base Dirt Pot with Handle 56L (15 gallon) - Pack of 5

Plastic Pot

Code

01-010-465 01-010-470 01-010-475 01-010-480 01-010-485

In a plastic pot, roots are drawn to the bottom of the pot and circle around the base.

Grow with us.

Fabric Dirt Pot

3 2 1

This triggers a mass of ﬁne roots to grow throughout the pot. This triggers roots to grow oﬀ the side roots, these then get air pruned. Roots hit the side of pot, get air pruned and stop growing.

Round Pots Kits and Systems

3 Litre Round Pot

Product Name 3 Litre Black Pot

7.5 Litre Round Pot

Code

01-010-008

20 Litre Round Pot

Product Name 20 Litre Round Pot

Code

01-010-073

25 Litre Round Pot

Code

01-010-082

35 Litre Round Pot

Product Name 35 Litre Round Pot

Product Name 7.5 Litre Black Pot

10 Litre Round Pot

Product Name 25 Litre Round Pot

Product Name 10 Litre Black Pot

15 Litre Round Pot

Code

01-010-075

Product Name 15 Litre Black Pot

Code

01-010-010

65 Litre Round Pot

Code

01-010-085

Single Black Handle

Code

01-010-087

Product Name Single Black Handle

Code

01-010-094

Product Name 65 Litre Round Pot

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

01-010-092

Square Pots 1.5 Litre Square Pot

3 Litre Square Pot

12 Litre Premium Square Pot

L: 100mm W: 100mm D: 110mm

L: 130mm W: 130mm D: 130mm

L: 150mm W: 150mm D: 200mm

The 12 litre premium square pot is ideal for pot culture and dripper systems. This pot is used in the PLANT!T atlas 12 litre systems. L:248mm x W:248mm x D:297mm

Product Name 0.7 Litre Square Pot (100mm)

Code

01-010-025

Product Name 1.5 Litre Square Pot (130mm)

Code

01-010-030

Product Name 3 Litre Square Pot (150mm)

Kits and Systems

0.7 Litre Square Pot

Code

01-010-035

5.7 Litre Square Pot

11 Litre Square Pot

Square 152mm Net Planter

L: 200mm W: 200mm D: 230mm

L: 250mm W: 250mm D: 260mm

L: 152mm W: 152mm D: 178mm

Product Name 12 Litre Premium Square Pot

Code

01-010-220

18 Litre Premium Square Pot

Product Name 5.7 Litre Square Pot (200mm)

Code

01-010-036

5.7 Litre Square Saucer

Product Name 11 Litre Square Pot (250mm)

Code

01-010-038

11 Litre Square Saucer

Product Name Square 152mm (6”) Net Planter - HG60123

11 Litre Square Pot Insert

Don’t let your pots run dry

Make your own DIY cloner

These sturdy and reusable strong square saucers come in various sizes to match the larger square pots.

An insert that takes 9 x 51mm net pots

Product Name Square Saucer for 5.7 Litre Pot

Code

01-010-037

Product Name Square Saucer for 11 Litre Pot

Code

01-010-039

Code

01-010-330

The 18 litre premium square pot is ideal for pot culture and dripper systems. This pot is used in the PLANT!T atlas 18 litre systems. L:302mm x W:302mm x D:307mm

Product Name 11 Litre Square Pot Insert

Grow with us.

Code

12-550-175

Product Name 18 Litre Premium Square Pot

Code

01-010-225

Saucers and Net Pots Kits and Systems

Heavy Duty Saucers

Net Pots

Sturdy, reusable and heavy duty. Use these to collect excess water drainage and soil spillage. Helps keep plants moist longer, and maintains a cleaner garden.

Get the air to your roots Our range of quality net pots are great for all sorts of systems and propagation.

77mm

51mm 46mm

Product Name Net Pot 46mm Net Pot 51mm Net Pot 77mm

Code

01-010-040 01-010-045 01-010-052

6 Litre Mesh Bottom Round Pot

Product Name Heavy Duty 200mm Green Saucer Heavy Duty 240mm Green Saucer Heavy Duty 300mm Green Saucer Heavy Duty 350mm Green Saucer Heavy Duty 400mm Green Saucer Heavy Duty 460mm Green Saucer

Code

01-010-400 01-010-405 01-010-410 01-010-415 01-010-420 01-010-425

Product Name 6 Litre Mesh Bottom Round Pot 203mm

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

01-010-265

Net Pots Kits and Systems

Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pot Our range of Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pots feature a heavier gauge and denser plastic netting, which is more resistant to cracking. Ideal for use in Aeroponic systems as they oďŹ&#x20AC;er the plants excellent breathing opportunities. They are perfect for orchids as well! Also perfect for use in Flood and Drain and NFT set ups.

Product Name Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pot 80mm Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pot 140mm Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pot 200mm

Code

01-010-060 01-010-065 01-010-070

Heavy Duty Net Baskets

152mm Bucket Lid Net Pot

254mm Bucket Lid Net Pot

10L Round Mesh Pot 254mm

These are great for larger plants, promoting healthy roots by oďŹ&#x20AC;ering even drainage. Allowing roots to grow through the large mesh grid promotes bigger, healthier roots.

Product Name

Code

Large Round Net Basket 228mm 01-010-320

Product Name

Code

Large Square Net Basket 228mm 01-010-325

Product Name

Code

Product Name

Code

Product Name

Bucket Lid Mesh Pot 152mm

01-010-300

Bucket Lid Mesh Pot 254mm

01-010-305

10 Litre Round Mesh Pot 254mm 01-010-270

Grow with us.

Code

Irrigation Fittings

Irrigation Fittings If you’re planning to water and feed several plants simultaneously you’ll need the right equipment for the job. An Irrigation system can easily be set up indoors or outdoors to regularly feed your plants, and the great thing is it can be arranged for just one plant or for hundreds. The HydroGarden range of irrigation pipe and fittings are supplied in 4mm, 13mm and 19mm sizes, and are ideal for pot culture, drip systems, homemade hydroponic irrigation systems and can also be used outside to water hanging baskets, pots and raised beds, etc. Filters, elbows, splitters, caps, reducers and connectors are just some of the useful irrigation fittings we stock. When creating your own irrigation system to feed your plants, these fittings can be used to arrange your pipe exactly where you want it to go. You’ll need a water butt or nutrient tank, and a submersible pump on a timer will automatically control the flow of water in your irrigation system. Use an inline filter just outside the tank to prevent tank debris from entering the lines and blocking them. The regularity and length of feed times you set will largely depend on the type of plants you grow and the pots and containers you are using. A wide selection of fittings that provide total flexibility are detailed on the following pages to help you design and create the perfect irrigation system for your needs.

www.hydrogarden.com

Flood and Drain Fittings and Inline Filter PLANT!T Flood and Drain Fittings

PLANT!T Neoprene Cloning Collars support cuttings with or without the use of artificial media. Propagation can be done with or without the use of a net pot. They are designed to hold new cuttings without damaging any of the plant’s delicate tissue. A slit from the centre makes inserting and removing cuttings simple. Size: 50mm diameter/12.7mm deep. Fits our 51mm Net Pot. Ideal for use with clone machines, hydro systems and aeroponics.

25mm Tub Outlet

Tub Outlet Shoulder to 13mm Barb

Irrigation Fittings

PLANT!T Neoprene Collar

13mm Tub Outlet

19mm Tub Outlet

25mm

Tub Outlet Extension

Tub Outlet Screen

Product Name PLANT!T 13mm Tub Outlet PLANT!T 19mm Tub Outlet PLANT!T 25mm Tub Outlet PLANT!T Tub Outlet Extension - 25mm PLANT!T Tub Outlet Shoulder to 13mm Barb PLANT!T Tub Outlet Screen

Code

13-600-100 13-600-105 13-600-110 13-600-135 13-600-140 13-600-130

Adjustable Height Flood and Drain Fittings

Product Name PLANT!T 50mm Round Neoprene Clone Collar (12.7mm deep) - Blue

Code

01-010-570

Inline Filter

You can now adjust the height of both the Flood and Drain fittings due to the clever modular design of these fittings. Ideal for use with our PLANT!T Flood and Drain Tables and DIY bucket and pod systems. The Tub Outlet is designed to suit a range of water reticulation applications in the hydroponic and nursery industries. The outlet comes with a 13mm, 19mm or 25mm tail, together with an outlet screen and outlet extension. Use and application: The Tub Outlet is the only purpose designed Flood and Drain fitting available, which allows adjustable nutrient level and accommodates different tube sizes.

Product Name 13mm Inline Filter

In Flood and Drain Tables. Use a 13mm outlet and push in screen to supply nutrient to table. Use a 19mm or 25mm outlet with extension and screen to maintain nutrient level. Multiple height levels are available when using different extensions in combination. In Tub Systems. Use a 19mm or 25mm tub outlet to connect nutrient reservoir to grow tub with flexible or poly tubing. In NFT Channel Systems. Use the 13mm tub outlet to supply solution to channel. Use 19mm or 25mm tub outlet to drain back to reservoir. As a Tank Outlet. Use 13mm, 19mm or 25mm tub outlet to transfer nutrient from header tank to float valve in nutrient reservoir. Also suitable for use in other small tanks or trough applications.

Code

13-630-130

Grow with us.

Pipe and Irrigation Fittings Irrigation Fittings

4mm Reservoir Filter & Membrane

4mm Top Hat Grommet

4mm - 13mm Cross Connector

4mm - 13mm Filter/Reducer

As used in AutoPot 47 litre reservoir

Product Name 4mm Reservoir Filter & Membrane

Code

13-615-005

Dripper Line Connector

Product Name 4mm Top Hat Grommet

Code

13-615-010

4mm Barb Goof Repairing Plug

Product Name 4mm - 13mm Cross Connector

Code

13-615-015

4mm Barb Joiner

Product Name 4mm - 13mm Filter/Reducer

Code

13-615-020

4mm Barb Elbow

10 plugs per strip

Product Name Dripper Line Connector

Code

13-625-045

4mm Barb Tee

Product Name 4mm Barb Tee

Product Name 4mm Barb Goof Repair Plug

Code

13-630-005

4mm Barb Cross

Code

13-630-020

Product Name 4mm Barb Cross

Product Name 4mm Barb Joiner

Code

13-630-010

4mm Inline Valve

Code

13-630-025

Product Name 4mm Inline Valve

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name 4mm Barb Elbow

Code

13-630-015

4mm Saddle Clamp

Code

13-630-030

Product Name 4mm Saddle Clamp

Code

13-630-035

Pipe and Irrigation Fittings

Product Name Punch/Spanner

13mm Standard Barb End Plug

Code

13-630-040

13mm Standard Barb Tee

Product Name 13mm Standard Barb Tee

Code

13-630-105

Product Name 13mm Standard Barb Joiner

Code

13-630-110

Barbed Thread Threa hrea Connectors

Code

13-630-120

13mm Inline Valve

Product Name 13mm Inline Valve

Product Name 13mm Standard Barb End Plug

13mm Standard Barb Joiner

Product Name PLANT!T 13mm Barbed to 1/2” Thread Connector

13-630-135

Product Name 13mm Ratchet Clamp

Product Name 13mm Standard Barb Elbow

Code

13-630-115

13mm Standard Barb Cross

Code

01-060-125

13mm Ratchet Clamp

Code

13mm Standard Barb Elbow

Irrigation Fittings

Punch Spanner

Product Name PLANT!T 13mm Barbed to 3/4” Thread Connector

Code

01-060-130

13mm Saddle Clamp

Code

13-630-140

Product Name 13mm Saddle Clamp

Grow with us.

Product Name 13mm Standard Barb Cross

Code

13-630-125

13mm Top Hat Grommet

Code

13-630-145

Product Name 13mm Top Hat Grommet

Code

13-630-150

Pipe and Irrigation Fittings Irrigation Fittings

13mm Nut & Tail with 3/4’’ BSP

Product Name 13mm Nut & Tail with 3/4’’ BSP

Code

13-630-155

Product Name 13mm Barb to Snap-on Female Hose Connector

13mm Double Barb Elbow

13mm Double Barb Tee

For Higher Pressure

Product Name 13mm Double Barb Elbow

Code

13-630-215

19mm LDPE Pipe

Product Name 19mm Flexi Pipe - 10m Length 19mm Flexi Pipe - 50m Length 19mm LDPE Pipe - 25m Length 19mm LDPE Pipe - 100m Length

Barb to Snap-on Female Hose Connector

Product Name 13mm Double Barb Tee

Code

13-630-160

13mm Double Barb End Plug

13mm Double Barb Joiner

For Higher Pressure

Product Name 13mm Double Barb End Plug

Code

13-630-205

19mm/13mm Barb Reducer Tee

Code

13-630-220

19mm/13mm Barb Reducer Joiner

Product Name 19mm/13mm Barb Reducer Tee

Code

13-630-255

19mm Standard Barb End Plug

Product Name 13mm Double Barb Joiner

Code

13-630-210

13mm Pipe

Product Name 13mm Flexi Pipe - 10m Length 13mm Flexi Pipe - 50m Length 13mm LDPE Pipe - 25m Length 13mm LDPE Pipe - 100m Length

Code

13-630-720 13-630-730 13-630-745 13-630-755

19mm Standard Barb Joiner

Code

13-630-760 13-630-770 13-630-785 13-630-795

Product Name 19mm/13mm Barb Reducer Joiner

Code

13-630-260

Product Name 19mm Standard Barb End Plug

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

13-630-305

Product Name 19mm Standard Barb Joiner

Code

13-630-310

Pipe and Irrigation Fittings

Product Name 19mm Standard Barb Elbow

Code

13-630-315

19mm Ratchet Clamp

Product Name 19mm Ratchet Clamp

19mm Standard Barb Tee

Product Name 19mm Standard Barb Tee

19mm Inline Filter

Code

13-630-320

19mm Saddle Clamp

Code

13-630-340

Product Name 19mm Saddle Clamp

Product Name 19mm Inline Filter

19mm Inline Valve

Code

13-630-330

19mm Top Hat Grommet

Code

13-630-345

Product Name 19mm Top Hat Grommet

Product Name 19mm Inline Valve

Code

13-630-350

Product Name 19mm Nut & Tail with 3/4’’ BSP

19mm Double Barb Joiner

19mm Double Barb Elbow

19mm Double Barb Tee

For Higher Pressure

Code

13-630-405

Product Name 19mm Double Barb Joiner

Code

13-630-410

Product Name 19mm Double Barb Elbow

Grow with us.

Code

13-630-335

19mm Nut & Tail with 3/4’’ BSP

19mm Double Barb End Plug

Product Name 19mm Double Barb End Plug

Irrigation Fittings

19mm Standard Barb Elbow

Code

13-630-415

Product Name 19mm Double Barb Tee

Code

13-630-355

Code

13-630-420

Sprayers Irrigation Fittings 86

Product Name

Code

90° Micro Spray (blue base – 33 lph) - Pack of 100

13-630-510

Product Name

Code

Product Name

Code

40° (2x20°) Micro Spray (blue base – 33 lph) - Pack of 100

13-630-505

180° Micro Spray (blue base – 33 lph) - Pack of 100

13-630-515

Product Name

Code

Product Name

Code

360° Micro Spray (green base – 54 lph) - Pack of 100

13-630-540

360° Micro Spray (blue base – 33 lph) - Pack of 100

13-630-520

Product Name

Code

Product Name Pro

Code

180° Micro Spray (green base – 54 lph) - Pack of 100

13-630-535

90° Micro Spray (green bas base – 54 lph) - Pack of 100

13-630-530

Note

Product Name

Code

Flow rates stated are at 100kPa (1 bar) pressure

Micro Spray Mister (yellow base – 18 lph) - Pack of 100

13-630-545

www.hydrogarden.com

Sprinkers and Drippers 1.3mm Micro Sprinkler

Agri Drip Emitter

CANNA D-Block CANNA D-Block prevents blockages caused by inorganic salts in drip irrigation systems, by cleaning the dripper lines during the growing process. It is not harmful to plants and is used with every feed application.

Product Name 4mm Flexible Tube - 10m 4mm Flexible Tube - 100m

Code

13-630-700 13-630-715

Midi Drip Emitter

Product Name Midi Drip Emitter 4 lph

Product Name 1.3mm Micro Sprinkler 60 lph (green)

Code

13-630-550

360째 Dripper

Code

13-630-620

Midi Drip Emitter on Stake

Product Name Midi Drip Emitter on Stake 4 lph

Irrigation Fittings

4mm Flexi Pipe

Code

13-630-625

Product Name 360째 Dripper 0-33 lph - Pack of 100

Product Name Agri Drip Emitter 2 lph

13-630-605

360째 Dripper On Stake

Code

13-630-610

Product Name 360째 Dripper On Stake 0-33 lph

200mm Rigid Riser With Adaptor

Riser Jet Stake

200mm Rigid Riser with Adaptor

Riser Jet Stake

Product Name 200mm Rigid Riser With Adaptor

Code

13-630-630

Product Name Riser Jet Stake

Grow with us.

Code

13-630-615

Code

13-630-635

Product Name CANNA D-Block Pipe Cleaner 1L

Code

10-510-200

PLANT!T Water Timer Irrigation Fittings Gravity feed and mains pressure irrigation controller The PLANT!T Water Timer can be used with mains water from a tap outlet or with a gravity feed system from a tank, waterbutt or reservoir. Simply select the time you want the water supply to be turned on and oﬀ, link up to your irrigation dripper line and the timer will do the rest.

Key features: ideal for watering allotments, lawns, gardens, shrubs, pots, hanging baskets, patio irrigation, roof gardens, holiday watering and sprinklers easy to install and simple to use, with just 2 dials for setting 1. Turn RUN TIME dial to desired irrigation time. 2. Turn FREQUENCY dial to desired time you want between irrigations. no plumbing required ideal for gravity feed allotment systems to control feed from a water butt/reservoir weather resistant operated with two 1.5v AAA alkaline batteries (not included) that can last a full season without needing to be changed auto safety valve shut-off when battery power is low and programme delay button for when you need to do plant maintenance work and don’t want to be irrigating comes with with all required fittings and inline filter

Tap Pressure: Connect to a mains tap to water beds via dripline or any proprietary irrigation kit

Technical specification: working pressure range 0-150 PSI (0-10 BAR) connection: ¾ male /female tap/hose connector frequency: can select to irrigate every 1,2,3,4,6,8,12,24,48,72 hours or 1 week run (on) time: 1,3,5,10,15,20,30,60,90 or 120 minutes

Product Name PLANT!T Water Timer

88 8

Code

01-045-125

Gravity: Connect to a water butt tap to water/feed pots via low pressure drippers or PLANT!T Watering Rings (ﬁlter included)

www.hydrogarden.com www.hy ydr drog oga arrde d n.ccom m

PLANT!T Flood & Drain Controller

Pots and Baskets

The PLANT!T Flood & Drain Controller is designed for use in hydroponic systems with multiple individual planters, ﬂooded from a Reservoir through a distribution Control Tank. All planters ﬁll level with the Control Tank, via feed lines.

Irrigation rigation Fittings

Flood & Drain Controller Float switches in the Control Tank manage the Flood and Drain, with the complete cycle initiated by the controller, therefore only start times need to be set.

Features Easy one-touch manual ﬂood cycle – for testing or occasional extra watering Back-up Battery – to protect time and settings in case of power cut or accidental disconnection Reservoir Low Function – warning and cycle override to protect the pump Drain Damper Function – to ensure proper system drainage Simple Factory Reset – to clear all settings and clock

System Requirements Reservoir (see Kits and Systems) Control Tank (see Kits and Systems) 2 Pumps (see Pumps and Accessories) Pipework & Fittings (see Irrigation Fittings) Planters (see Kits and Systems)

Product Name PLANT!T Flood & Drain Controller PLANT!T Flood Flo & Drain Controller - “French” CEE7/5 Sockets PLANT!T Flood Flo & Drain Controller - “Schuko” CEE 7/4 Sockets

Code

01-060-100 01-060-105 01-060-110

Grow G Gr row ro ow w with i h us. it us

Growing Media

Growing Media Growing media is the material in which you grow your plants. In any type of gardening, whether it is hydroponic or soil-based, you need media to anchor the roots and hold nutrient and moisture for the plant. There are two main categories of growing media – ‘Inert’ and ‘Soil and Soil-type’. The two most common ‘Inert’ media are clay pebbles and rockwool, whilst ‘Soil and

Soil, Compost and Soil Mixes Soil is nature’s best effort at a growing substrate and it acts as the support for plants as well as a source of food and water. Soil comes in a range of forms, from light and sandy to heavy and clay-like. Compost is the best example of a ‘Soil-type’ media, which has been formulated to emulate different types of soils to suit the plants that are being grown. There are a variety of soil mixes available on the market specifically developed to enable you to achieve excellent results. Many pre-mixed composts contain peat due to its high water and nutrient holding abilities. However, with the growing concern of peat bog depletion, some composts now contain less peat but have replaced it with ingredients that still provide high water and nutrient-holding capabilities.

Soil-type’ media cover an array of products including soil, compost and coco coir. We oﬀer a range of growing media that have been selected due to their high quality and superior capacity for holding nutrient solutions whilst still retaining a good balance of oxygen and moisture.

Coco Coir

Clay Pebbles

Other media

Coconut coir is rapidly becoming the media of choice for both passive hydroponic and soil-based gardeners who are concerned with the depletion of rare peat bogs. It is a waste material from coconut production and is sustainable. Due to the structure of this growing media, it means that it allows for better drainage and air retention.

Clay pebbles are inert, baked pellets of expanded clay. The inner core is porous and will absorb and release nutrient and water to the plants as required. Clay pebbles will not compact, which means that there is excellent aeration around the root zone. Clay pebbles can be re-used, but it is important that they are thoroughly re-washed ﬁrst.

There are other growing media that can be used, such as, gravel, vermiculite and perlite.

Coco coir has usually been pre-treated or washed to help eliminate the high levels of salts that can be found in this media. Naturally, coco coir has a slightly acidic pH and holds practically no nutrient content of its own apart from potassium. Due to the natural breakdown process, coco coir naturally releases potassium, which is one of the main nutrients plants need, and so it is important to compensate by using a coco-speciﬁc nutrient.

Clay pebbles are a pure hydro media that can be used in pot culture, mixed with other growing media (such as at the bottom of pots to aid with drainage and aeration) or as top dressing.

Tip: Always rinse your clay pebbles with fresh water before use. This will help to eliminate dust and small particles that can block drippers and pumps. It will also assist in ensuring that the clay is pH neutral before your plants are placed in the system.

However, whichever media you decide to use, it is important that you take into account the issue of compaction, and the air-to-water ratio.

Soil

The ultimate pre–fertilised soil BIOCANNA Bio Terra Plus is specially designed and formulated for use with BIOCANNA’s Bio Vega and Bio Flores or CANNA’s Terra Vega and Terra Flores nutrients.

Growing Media

BIOCANNA Bio Terra Plus Soil Mix

CANNA Terra Professional and Seed Mix

Change to BIOCANNA’s Bio Flores after the first signs of flowering appear and if using artificial light, after changing the day length. When used with these nutrients, new and experienced growers alike will achieve the optimum results possible. BIOCANNA Bio Terra Plus is composed of different high grades of peat, bark, and coco coir. Product data sheet available. Made to the high RHP quality mark standard.

CANNA T Terra P Professional f i l CANNA Terra Professional Mix contains a range of peat as well as perlite and is nutrient enriched. CANNA Terra Professional Soil Mix is pH neutral and is made to the high RHP quality mark standard.

CANNA T Terra Professional Plus+ CANNA Terra Professional Plus+ Soil Mix is a complex blend of peat with added nutrients to aid rapid growth. It has a great air/water ratio and outstanding drainage properties. CANNA Terra Professional Plus+ Soil Mix is pH neutral and is made to the high RHP quality mark standard.

Product Name CANNA Terra Professional Soil Mix 50 Litre Bag CANNA Terra Professional Plus+ Soil Mix 50 Litre Bag

Code

CANNA Terra Seed Mix 25 Litre Bag

02-075-040

CANNA T Terra S Seed Mix This seed and cutting media is ideal for a base to grow from seed or as a cutting media once rooting has been established. Sow seeds straight into the CANNA Terra Seed Mix and watch them grow.

02-075-050 02-075-075

Product Name BIOCANNA Bio Terra Plus Soil Mix 50 Litre Bag

Grow with us.

Code

02-075-025

Soil Growing Media

VitaLink Professional Enriched Soil With slow-release feed and beneficial microbes

Bigger, better plants from added beneﬁcial microbes

VitaLink Professional Enriched Soil is scientifically proven to deliver fast, healthy plant growth and heavy yield. It contains 40% wood fibre, 40% peat and 20% bark fines with added beneficial microbes and nutrient. This mix creates an excellent physical structure to boost aeration and drainage. The added beneficial microbes increase nutrient uptake, improve plant establishment and prevent disease. The nutrient in this soil will feed plants for up to four weeks. A reduced peat mix, VitaLink Professional Enriched Soil is perfect for the eco-minded grower.

Product Name VitaLink Professional Enriched Soil 50 Litre Bag

Unique soil blend designed for a bumper harvest Better drainage, excellent aeration due to wood ﬁbre and easy rewetting It’s simple, feeds plants for up to 4 weeks Reduced peat mix for today’s eco–minded grower

Code

02-075-200

BioBizz Light-Mix and All-Mix Light-Mix Light-Mix is an ideal potting soil for organic gardeners who want to have control over the growing process through the application of liquid fertilisers. It ensures a fast development of roots and vigorous new growth. This product is made from Baltic Peat, the best source of peat offering a light fluffy texture with high air exchange.

All-Mix Pre-fertilised professional soil. This bestselling growing media was developed to be the best potting soil for organic cultivation. It consists of Peat Moss, Sphagnum Peat, Worm Humus, Perlite and Pre-Mix.

Product Name BioBizz Light-Mix Potting Soil 20 Litre Bag BioBizz Light-Mix Potting Soil 50 Litre Bag

Code

02-075-105 02-075-100

Product Name BioBizz All-Mix Potting Soil 20 Litre Bag BioBizz All-Mix Potting Soil 50 Litre Bag

Code

02-075-115 02-075-110

www.hydrogarden.com

Coco Coir CANNA Coco Natural

CANNA Coco, still the best

An affordable, less buffered Coco

High quality, cleaned and pre-treated Coco Coir ideal for pot culture or other bulk uses. It is buffered and contains Trichoderma, a beneficial fungus which will feed off any nasty pathogens that may come into contact with your crop. Very easy to use and gives great results.

BioBizz Coco-Mix Neutral Coco substrate Coco-Mix is an organic substrate that can be used in combination with specialist coco nutrients such as CANNA Coco. The pH falls between 5-6. Coco-Mix may be used in all hydroponic media systems. Due to its neutral structure, Coco-Mix is also ideal to mix into pre-used soil allowing the grower to recycle old substrate (ﬂush your soil ﬁrst). To grow with BioBizz in Coco, use the Light-Mix grow schedule on the BioBizz grow chart.

CANNA Coco Natural is an affordable growing medium. The buffering is not as heavy as CANNA Coco Professional Plus+. If you would like to pre-buffer this CANNA Coco to the same level as its premium cousin, it is worth while looking at the CANNA COGr Buffer Agent. All in all, this is a very trustworthy Coco, just not as easy to use as CANNA Coco Professional Plus+. The choice is yours. Product Name CANNA Coco Coir Natural 50 Litre Bag

Code

02-055-002

CANN NA Coco Slabs

Product Name CANNA Coco Professional Plus+ 50 Litre Bag

Code

02-055-005

Growing Media

CANNA Coco Professional Plus+

Product Name BioBizz Coco-Mix 50 Litre Bag

Code

02-055-025

CANNA COGR Coir Slabs

The biggest and the best.

The professional’s choice of coco slab.

This media format feature high quality, cleaned and pre-treated Coco Coir and is ideal for drip feed systems using AquaTrays, Gully System drip feed kits or other suitable support. sup

The CANNA COGR media format features high quality, cleaned and pre-treated Coco Coir. COGR slabs are pre-compressed and require CANNA’s range of COGR nutrients and buﬀers.

Product Name CANNA Coco Slab 1m

Code

02-055-010

Grow with us.

Product Name CANNA COGR Slab 1m

Code

02-055-015

Clay Pebbles Growing Media

CANNA Aqua Clay Pebbles

VitaLink Clay Pebbles

Quality Horticultural Clay Pebbles

CANNA Aqua Clay Pebbles are baked clay pellets that form an ideal substrate for use by experienced growers. Thanks to their unique structure, CANNA Aqua Clay Pebbles oﬀer the ideal basis for growers who want to control the application of nutrients and the humidity level of their plants throughout the entire process of cultivation in a simple way. CANNA Aqua Clay Pebbles are manufactured from special types of clay that have a low soluble salt content. Because of this, they are particularly suited for use in hydroponic cultivation systems.

VitaLink Clay Pebbles oﬀer the following beneﬁts over competitor products.

We recommend using CANNA Aqua or VitaLink Max or VitaLink easy with this product.

VitaLink Clay oﬀers a tumbled surface without sharp edges that can cut delicate roots and harm plants making them vulnerable to pest and diseases. Ensures good root aeration (non compaction). Extremely stable in both pH and EC and helps prevent excess acidity build up. Performs excellently in Flood and Drain systems where oxygen exchange in thick root mass is essential. Strong structural integrity means they are less likely to break and compact, which can lead to blocked dripper systems. The pebbles drain freely and do not hold any excessive water, which is why they provide good oxygen levels around the root and why they are particularly suitable for Flood and Drain systems. They are also used extensively for Multi Pot systems and drip-fed WaterFarm type systems.

Product Name CANNA Aqua Clay 20 Litre Bag CANNA Aqua Clay 45 Litre Bag

Code

02-050-032 02-050-035

Product Name VitaLink Clay Pebbles 10 Litre Bag VitaLink Clay Pebbles 50 Litre Bag

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

02-050-105 02-050-110

Other Media BioBizz Worm-Humus Natural worm manure Worm-Humus is 100% organic worm manure of a very high quality. To be used in the rejuvenation of All-Mix or for use in potting mixtures, garden beds etc.

PLANT!T Vermiculite l

PLANT!T Perlite l

For propagation and water retention

For improving aeration and drainage

Another ﬁrm favourite with keen gardeners is Vermiculite and when you want to retain water, then choose to add Vermiculite to your chosen media.

Perlite has been used by gardeners the world over for many years and when you want to improve drainage of your chosen media then use Perlite.

PLANT!T Vermiculite can be used for:

PLANT!T Perlite can be used for:

Propagation from seed – its retention of water makes it good for sustaining the growth of seeds

Soil conditioning – increasing aeration and drainage in heavy, hard to manage soils

Potting compost for container planting – it retains moisture, protects against adverse weather and aids re-wetting

Repairing/laying down lawns – gives additional aeration and drainage when raked into spiked holes

Soil conditioning – its excellent water-holding capabilities makes it an excellent addition to sandy or poor soils

Planting trees and shrubs – loosens and aerates soil to encourage age root developmqent

Product Name PLANT!T Vermiculite 10 Litre Bag PLANT!T Vermiculite 100 Litre Bag

Code

02-070-010 02-070-005

Product Name PLANT!T Perlite 10 Litre Bag PLANT!T Perlite 100 Litre Bag

Grow with us.

Growing Media

PLANT!T Vermiculite and Perlite

Code

02-065-010 02-065-005

Product Name BioBizz Worm-Humus 40 Litre Bag

Code

05-225-015

Stonewool Cubes and Trays Growing Growin Gro ng M Media ed a edi

Cu ultilène Cubes 02-060-355

02-060-360

Cultilène is one of the world’s leading substrate producers. They have a great reputation in the industry as a company that puts the grower first. Cultilène stonewool products are made from a specifically developed type of mineral wool. Cultilène growing blocks, slabs and plugs have a very firm structure. A very high consistency and very thin fibre structure gives optimum root development leading to increased yield. For more information about Cultilène products visit www.cultilene.com or ask your local retailer

All Cultilène growing media pro products are completely pathogenfre free. Smaller fibre diameter gives a higher water holding capacity. High porosity allows easy root H penetration, good water movement pen and optimum drainage. Grow Blocks feature grooves at the Gro ba base to promote better drainage. Available in different sizes to suit all Ava types of plants. Blocks can be placed type in grow pots filled with Mapito or Mini Cubes or on top of a slab to M provide for a larger growing volume. prov

02-060-320

02-060-310 02-060-325

02-060-315

Product Name Cultilène Cube 28/35 Small Hole 75mm x 75mm x 65mm Cultilène Cube 28/35 Small Hole 100mm x 100mm x 65mm

Code

02-060-320 02-065-310

Cultilène Cube 150mm Large Hole 150mm x 150mm x 135mm 02-060-355

Cultilène CRB Cubes

02-060-325 02-060-315

Cultilène 75mm NFT Deep Cube with large hole

02-060-360

Cultilène Cultipot 3.3L Filled Pot Large Hole

02-060-365

Cultilène blocks – how they work All these blocks are designed to be the next transplant stage after propagation, in CRB cubes or Cultilène round plugs. CRB small cubes (25mm x 25mm x 40mm) ﬁt all products with ‘small hole’ description. CRB large cubes (35mm x 35mm x 40mm) and Cultilène round plugs ﬁt all products with ‘large hole’ description. Before you transplant into blocks, pre-soak with a hydroponic nutrient solution pH 5.5-5.8 and allow excess water to drain thoroughly.

Supplied in an easy–to–use tray Cubes are made to ﬁt the small hole blocks. Cultilène benefits: An eﬀective air-to-water ratio Reliable homogeneity Great strength and dimensional stability Excellent controllability Inert and pathogen-free Code Product Name Cultilène CRB 25mm x 25mm x 40mm Small Propagation Cubes and Tray - 150 per tray 02-060-330 Cultilène CRB 35mm x 35mm x 40mm Large Propagation Cubes and Tray - 77 per tray 02-060-335

Product Name Cultilène Cube 38/35 Large Hole 75mm x 75mm x 65mm Cultilène Cube 38/35 Large Hole 100mm x 100mm x 65mm

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

After transplanting, water as necessary – always with a hydroponic nutrient solution, at a pH suitable for the plant type (usually between 5.8 and 6.5). 75mm and 100mm cubes can be transplanted into Cultilène slabs or into hydroponic systems once roots are clearly visible from underneath. 150mm cubes and the pre-ﬁlled pot are designed to be the ﬁnal growing substrate to maturity. Note: ROOT!T Rooting Sponges can also be transplanted into stonewool blocks.

Stonewool Loose Material and Slabs Cultilène OptimaXX and MaXXima Slabs

Cultilène Mini Cubes

Cultilène Stonewool OptimaXX

Cultilène Mini Cube is a cube–like loose substrate, made of Stonewool. Mini Cubes provide a perfect water buﬀer, with a very high water-holding-capacity. The water content in a pot of Mini Cubes is at a maximum of 85%. Not only are Mini Cubes lightweight, they also provide large air-spaces, since there are always open spaces amongst the cubes. Mini Cubes maintain their cubic shape throughout cultivation. Due to these unique features, the substrate typically has an air-space volume of 30%, depending on the size and shape of the pot. This means that long irrigation cycles are possible without causing lack of oxygen to the roots.

1 metre and 1.33 metre slabs Cultilène Stonewool OptimaXX slabs are for the ﬁnal stage of planting. Recommended for larger, long term crops with extensive roots like peppers, tomatoes or cucumbers.

Cultilène Mapito

The mainly horizontal ﬁbre structure of the OptimaXX product ensures good root penetration throughout the slab. The ﬁbre structure ensures optimum exchange within the slab and accurate control of moisture content and nutrition. Typically, seedlings in blocks are placed onto slabs.

Cultilène Mapito is a Stonewool substrate. Roots thrive in this mixture, which explains its popularity. It oﬀers the grower a good air to water ratio and excellent nutrient retention.

1 metre and 1.33 metre slabs

Mapito is a very good hydroponic grow media for GHE AquaFarm and/or WaterFarm systems. Available in 80 litre bags.

Product Name Cultilene 10mm Mini Cubes 75 Litre Bag Cultilene Mapito 80 Litre Bag

Code

02-060-345 02-060-350

Top Tip: Some growers recommend rinsing the Mapito out to lower the current EC value. Also adjust the pH value between 5.5-5.8. Once this has been done you can start with the desired EC value.

Cultilène Stonewool MaXXima MaXXima slabs are excellent for use in vertical growing systems as they have fewer linear ﬁbres in their structure, which ensures more even nutrient distribution when drip feeding vertically.

Advantages of OptimaXX and MaXXima Slabs A well aerated slab in all seasons

Cultilène Round ound Plugs

The excess water runs oﬀ quickly and eﬃciently, so that the roots stay active

Supplied in a box ox of 2530

The (horizontal) ﬁbre direction facilitates control of water content and EC

These round plugs ﬁt all large hole stonewool blocks.

All positive properties of the slab remain during the entire crop (e.g. ﬁrmness and structure)

Product Name Cultilène Loose Round Plugs gs - Box of 2530 Cultilène 24 Cell Filled Trays - Box of 8

Growing Media

Cultilène Loose Substrate

Code

60-980-240 12-550-115

They fit the ROOT!T propagator tray insert (12-550-040)

Product Name Cultilène OptimaXX Slab 1m x 150mm x 75mm Cultilène OptimaXX Slab 1.33m x 150mm x 75mm

Code

Cultilène MaXXima Slab 1m x 150mm x 75mm

02-060-380

Cultilène MaXXima Slab 1.33m x 150mm x 75mm

02-060-385

Grow with us.

For more information about Cultilène products visit www.cultilene.com or ask your local retailer

02-060-370 02-060-375

Other Media Growing Media

Grodan Cubes

Grodan SBS Propagator Cubes

02-060-140

02-060-175

Use ROOT!T Gel to aid rooting 02-060-250

02-060-150

02-060-180

Product Name Grodan 75mm (3”) DM4G Cube 27/40 Small Hole Grodan 75mm (3”) DM4G Cube 42/40 Large Hole

02-060-140 02-065-150

Grodan 100mm (4”) DM6.5G Cube 27/35 Small Hole

02-060-175

Code

Product Name Grodan 100mm (4”) DM6.5G Cube 40/35 Large Hole Grodan Hugo 150mm (6”) DM32G Cube 40/40 Large Hole

Code

02-060-180 02-060-250

Grodan Vital Slabs 1 metre and 1.33 metre wrapped slabs

Small Propagator Cubes

Grodan Rockwool growing slab represents the finest in Dutch growing technology and it is the slab most widely used throughout the world by commercial and hobby growers. This new generation of slabs from Grodan replaces the Expert slab and offers the same superior quality with the addition of being simpler to water, safer to buffer and due to its more open fibrous structure, offers faster root development. The nature of the new fibres also delivers a firmer slab which guarantees a stable root volume right up until the end of the cultivation cycle.

Small starter cubes for growing from seed and cuttings ﬁt into the small hole cubes. Size: 25mm x 25mm x 40mm

Large Propagator Cubes Large starter cubes for growing from seed and cuttings ﬁt into the large hole cubes. Size: 36mm x 36mm x 40mm

These slabs are wrapped in a white/black plastic ﬁlm designed to keep light away from the slab and with UV inhibitors to allow use for up to two years.

Product Name Grodan Vital 100 Wrapped 1m Slab 150 x 75mm Grodan Vital 133 Wrapped 1.33m Slab 150 x 75mm

100

Code Product Name Grodan SBS 25/150 Small Propagator Cubes - 150 per tray 02-060-100 Grodan SBS 36/77 Large Propagator Cubes - 77 per tray 02-060-110

Code

02-060-220 02-060-225

www.hydrogarden.com

Jiffy Jiffy 7 Large Plugs

Jiffy y Tref Hydroponic Mix A new substrate mix containing a reﬁned blend of coco, white peat, pumice and perlite, to give optimum performance when fed with a hydroponic nutrient solution. It also has start-up nutrients included (so it can just be watered for up to two weeks) and is pH buﬀered to 5.8.

Growing Media

Jiffy 7 Expan nding nding g Plugs

The best properties of four substrates in just one bag.

Larger versions i of the best-selling propagation plugs from Jiffy Jiffy, 25mm deep when dry expanding to 95mm deep when wetted. They come in a unique air-pruning tray (36 per tray) making them ideal for transplant direct to the final planting position, in virtually any substrate or hydroponic system. The tray also ensures all the expansion is upwards and the plug stays straight. Supplied in a box of 10 trays.

Environmentally friendly product

Jiffy benefits:

Convenience

Stable structured substrate

Quality Assured

38mm 30mm

Convenience Quality assured

22mm

Peat

95mm

Coir

Environmentally friendly product

Product Name Jiffy 7 Peat Plugs – 38mm (1000 loose) Jiffy 7 Coco Coir Plugs – 30mm (1155 loose)

Code

12-580-005 12-580-010

Code C d P d tN Product Name Jiffy 7 Large 50mm x 95mm Peat Plug (36 per Air-Pruning Tray) 12-580-015

Grow with us.

Product Name Jiffy Tref Hydroponic Mix with Pumice - 45L Bag

Code

02-055-110

101

Nutrients and Additives

Nutrients and Additives If plants are grown in ‘Inert’ media, the plant’s nutritional needs must be met by the nutrient solution supplied. Nutrients are the collective term for the mineral elements that a plant requires to grow. There are 13 essential mineral elements that a plant requires, which are split into three groups – primary, secondary and trace. It is vital to use a nutrient solution that is designed for the speciﬁc growing media, as it helps to provide a complete and balanced feed to your plant. Nutrient ratios are commonly noted as NPK ratios, which stand for Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P) and Potassium (K), which are the three main mineral elements

required for plant growth. Secondary elements are, for example, Sulphur (S) which is needed for photosynthesis and Calcium (Ca) to help with transportation of nutrients around the plants; whilst the trace elements are, for instance, Boron (B) for building cell walls. It is important that a balance of all of these elements are included to achieve the best plant results. All of our nutrient brands contain everything that a plant requires in exactly the right ratios to obtain maximum results. All the nutrients are mineral elements, which are water-soluble, so as to be readily available to the plants in the system.

Types of nutrients available There are a range of nutrients available that are tailored for all growing methods – whether that be hydroponically, in soil or in coco coir. These nutrients come in one-part, two-part and three-part combinations and the choice very much depends on the amount of control a grower wants over their growing. Vegetative and generative are the two diﬀerent stages of plant development and depending on the type of crop you are growing your plant will pass through both stages or just one. The term vegetative is the stage your plant goes through when it is growing from a seedling into a mature plant and also encompasses all leafy crops – lettuce, for example - that do not produce ﬂowers or 104

Additives fruit. Whilst generative refers to the ‘bloom’ stage of the plant’s life cycle, in which the plant ﬂowers and reproduces seeds and fruit.

of Phosphorus, which is needed by the plant at the ﬂowering and fruiting stage as it helps with ﬂower and seed development.

Most nutrient manufacturers have developed separate ‘grow’ and ‘bloom’ formulations to help the plant at diﬀerent stages of its development.

Some nutrients are also supplied in hard and soft water varieties. In the UK, most of the water is termed as being ‘hard’, and as such, contains high levels of bicarbonates, calcium and magnesium. In addition to this, by using hard water there can be issues with pH, as the pH level can rise and this can lead to some nutrients becoming unavailable to the plant.

The ‘grow’ nutrient is to be used for plants in vegetative growth, as it contains an increased level of Nitrogen, which the plant needs at this stage of development. This type of nutrient can also be used for plants which do not ﬂower or produce blooms or fruit. The ‘bloom’ nutrient is specially designed for the generative stage of the plant’s cycle. This is because it has an increased level

In these circumstances, it is best to use a hard water nutrient mix, as this has less of certain minerals that are already in the ‘hard’ water and therefore compensates.

www.hydrogarden.com www.h yd drogarden.com

An additive is anything that is added to the nutrient solution to supplement the main nutrient, boost growth or improve the overall health of the plant. Nutrient additives come in a range of diﬀerent forms – boosters, stimulants, beneﬁcial microbes, health tonics and quality enhancers. All of these products can really boost the results you get from your plants and it is important to use the right one for your plant’s growth stage. Tip: To get optimum results, we recommend using additives alongside a plant nutrient as some additives work by encouraging more nutrient uptake. If there is little nutrient in your growing media, then you will not see the benefit of the additive.

pH is a measure of how acidic or alkaline the nutrient solution is. The pH scale runs from 0 to 14; 7 being neutral, below 7 is classed as acidic and above 7 classed as alkaline. The majority of plants prefer it to be mildly acidic when growing hydroponically, therefore somewhere between 5.8 and 6.5, as otherwise nutrient availability can be aﬀected and some elements become unavailable to the plant.

Soils

Strongly Acidic

Most tap water is between pH 7 and 8. Monitoring the pH is vital, as it helps to ensure that the plant has the optimum amount of nutrient mix available to it that it needs. As you can see from the chart, some elements are less available to the plant, when the pH is out of the optimum range. Please note that adding nutrient alters the pH of the overall solution.

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

Strongly Alkaline

Strongly Acidic

Water Culture

NITROGEN

PHOSPHORUS

POTASSIUM

CALCIUM

MAGNESIUM

IRON

MANGANESE

BORON

COPPER & ZINC

ZINC

MOLYBDENUM

COPPER

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

8.5

9.0

9.5

Acceptable pH range for soils is 5.5 to 7

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

Strongly Alkaline

7.5

8.0

8.5

Acceptable pH range for water culture is 5.8 to 6.5

Have I got hard water?

Measurement of nutrient strength

Organic Feeds

As previously mentioned, some nutrients come in both hard and soft water varieties.

Different plants need differing strengths of nutrient mixes throughout the growth cycle, especially if fruiting or flowering is to occur. To measure the strength of a solution, a CF (Conductivity Factor) or EC (Electrical Conductivity) meter is needed. CF or EC is the measurement of how much dissolved nutrient is contained within the solution.

Here at HydroGarden, we oﬀer several ranges of organic nutrient feeds – BIOCANNA and BioBizz. BIOCANNA and BioBizz are both 100% organic and are ideally suited to soil-based growing. Sugar Peak Catalyst is an especially useful organic additive that introduces beneﬁcial enzymes and bacteria to non-organic nutrients.

The easiest way to tell what water you have is to look inside your kettle. If there is a build-up of limescale inside, then you live in a ‘hard’ water area. Whilst if you live in a soft water area, soap and shampoo will lather up easier than when using hard water.

Nutrients and Additives

What is pH?

Therefore the higher the number, the stronger the nutrient solution. In general, leafy vegetables like lettuces will need a weaker strength solution than a fruiting or ﬂowering plant, such as, peppers, tomatoes or roses.

Grow with us.

105

VitaLink Nutrients Nutrients and Additives

VitaLink PlantStart One-part nutrient for seeds, cuttings and young plants VitaLink PlantStart has been speciﬁcally developed to give young plants the best start in life. It contains a key ratio of boron and calcium, which is scientiﬁcally proven to promote fast and healthy plant growth. This water soluble, one-part nutrient is incredibly easy-to-use and is ideally suited for any propagation plug or transplanter block/pot.

NPK 2.0/1.1/2.3* Product name

Volume

Code

VitaLink PlantStart

250ml

05-200-405

VitaLink PlantStart

1 litre

05-200-410

VitaLink Max Two-part hydroponic nutrient VitaLink Max has a strong reputation with growers for promoting healthy plants and yield. This product also reduces cleaning tasks due to high quality mineral salts. VitaLink Max is suitable for use with clay pebbles, perlite and rockwool. It can be used with re-circulating and run-to-waste hydroponic systems.

VitaLink Nutrients

Measuring cap

Tested time and time again, all of the VitaLink nutrients are scientiﬁcally proven to deliver excellent plant growth, health and yield. VitaLink nutrients give excellent results when growing in either hydro, coir or soil.

All VitaLink Nutrients and Additives now come with a measuring cap.

Growth Hard Water – NPK 5.2/2.6/7.8* Bloom Soft Water – NPK 5.0/4.6/9.6*

VitaLink Max Growth is a two-part nutrient (A & B) containing all the essential nutrients for aggressive vegetative growth.

Bloom Hard Water – NPK 5.0/4.6/9.6*

VitaLink Max Bloom is a two-part nutrient (A & B) containing all the essential nutrients for abundant ﬂowering or fruiting.

*Please note, in accordance with EU labelling legislation, NPK stands for N,P2O5 and K2O

106

Growth Soft Water – NPK 5.2/2.6/7.8*

www.hydrogarden.com

Product name

Volume

Code

VitaLink Max Growth (Soft Water) A & B

1 litre

05-200-005

VitaLink Max Growth (Hard Water) A & B

1 litre

05-200-025

VitaLink Max Growth (Soft Water) A & B

5 litre

05-200-010

VitaLink Max Growth (Hard Water) A & B

5 litre

05-200-030

VitaLink Max Growth (Soft Water) A & B

10 litre

05-200-011

VitaLink Max Growth (Hard Water) A & B

10 litre

05-200-031

VitaLink Max Bloom (Soft Water) A & B

1 litre

05-200-015

VitaLink Max Bloom (Hard Water) A & B

1 litre

05-200-035

VitaLink Max Bloom (Soft Water) A & B

5 litre

05-200-020

VitaLink Max Bloom (Hard Water) A & B

5 litre

05-200-040

VitaLink Max Bloom (Soft Water) A & B

10 litre

05-200-021

VitaLink Max Bloom (Hard Water) A & B

10 litre

05-200-041

VitaLink Nutrients VitaLink Coir

VitaLink Earth

An advanced one-part hydro nutrient

Superior one-part coir nutrient

One-part soil nutrient

VitaLink easy allows for simple growing with great plant results. Ideal, regardless of technique, as it enables low-maintenance growing. VitaLink easy Growth is a one-part nutrient containing all the essential nutrients for aggressive vegetative growth. VitaLink easy Bloom is a one-part nutrient containing all the essential nutrients for abundant ﬂowering or fruiting.

VitaLink Coir is an advanced, yet easy-to-use coco coir formulation that is scientiﬁcally proven to deliver excellent plant results. This product comes in a separate growth and bloom formulation, meaning no mixing of nutrients is required.

VitaLink Earth is a mineral nutrient that has been developed to contain everything plants need for fast growth, healthy plant development and large yield when growing in soil.

Growth Soft Water – NPK 2.7/1.3/3.8*

Growth Soft Water – NPK 2.6/1.0/1.5*

Growth Hard Water – NPK 2.7/1.3/3.8*

Growth Hard Water – NPK 2.6/1.0/1.5*

Bloom Soft Water – NPK 2.5/2.0/4.8*

Bloom Soft Water – NPK 2.5/2.0/2.3*

Bloom Hard Water – NPK 2.5/2.0/4.8*

Nutrients and Additives

VitaLink easy

Bloom Hard Water – NPK 2.5/2.0/2.3*

Product name

Volume

Code

Product name

Volume

Code

VitaLink easy Growth (Soft Water)

1 litre

05-200-100

VitaLink Coir Growth (Soft Water)

1 litre

05-200-200

VitaLink easy Growth (Hard Water)

1 litre

05-200-130

VitaLink Coir Growth (Hard Water)

1 litre

05-200-230

VitaLink easy Growth (Soft Water)

5 litre

05-200-105

VitaLink Coir Growth (Soft Water)

5 litre

05-200-205

VitaLink easy Growth (Hard Water)

5 litre

05-200-135

VitaLink Coir Growth (Hard Water)

5 litre

05-200-235

Product name

Volume

Code

VitaLink easy Bloom (Soft Water)

1 litre

05-200-115

VitaLink Coir Bloom (Soft Water)

1 litre

05-200-215

VitaLink Earth Growth

1 litre

05-200-300

VitaLink easy Bloom (Hard Water)

1 litre

05-200-145

VitaLink Coir Bloom (Hard Water)

1 litre

05-200-245

VitaLink Earth Growth

5 litre

05-200-305

VitaLink easy Bloom (Soft Water)

5 litre

05-200-120

VitaLink Coir Bloom (Soft Water)

5 litre

05-200-220

VitaLink Earth Bloom

1 litre

05-200-315

VitaLink easy Bloom (Hard Water)

5 litre

05-200-150

VitaLink Coir Bloom (Hard Water)

5 litre

05-200-250

VitaLink Earth Bloom

5 litre

05-200-320

Grow with us.

Growth – NPK 4.0/1.0/4.0* Bloom – NPK 2.0/2.0/4.0*

107

VitaLink Additives Nutrients and Additives

VitaLink Buddy - Bloom Booster A concentrated flowering booster for a superior yield The product is rich in potassium and phosphorus. During flowering, an increase in the potassium to nitrogen ratio accelerates the reproductive processes and encourages plants to divert more energy to their flowers/fruits. Extensive scientific trials prove that VitaLink Buddy not only helps to enhance the size of flowers, but also improve their quality. The Benefits: Boosts yield Improves flowering and fruiting quality Enhances plant health Faster, better results Highly concentrated

NPK 0.0/3.7/6.0* Product name

Volume

Code

VitaLink Buddy

250ml

06-250-045

VitaLink Buddy

1 litre

06-250-055

VitaLink Buddy

5 litre

06-250-060

VitaLink BioPlus - Root Booster A host of vitamins to boost rooting and relieve plant stress VitaLink BioPlus contains a mixture of vitamins, beneﬁcial bacteria and fungi, which will help to stimulate the roots of the plant and increase root mass. This product will also protect the delicate root system of the plant and reduce stress caused by cloning and transplant shock. The Benefits: Gives increased roots Reduces plant stresses, such as cloning/ transplant shock Boost the plant’s immune system Regenerates sick plants Targets the plant’s energy for maximum yield

Product name

Volume

Code

VitaLink BioPlus

250ml

06-250-005

VitaLink BioPlus

1 litre

06-250-012

VitaLink BioPac - Health Booster A natural bio-stimulant for enhanced crop quality VitaLink BioPac contains a blend of beneficial bacteria, microbes and fungi, as well as natural plant extracts aand Humic and Fulvic acids. The beneficial microbes that are contained in VitaLink BioPac help to convert unavailable nutrients into available nutrients, improve the functioning of the root zone and suppress u disease, resulting in a healthy, heavy productive crop. d The Benefits: Converts unavailable nutrients into available nutrients Boosts nutrient uptake via the roots Product name Guards against pests and disease Enhances growth rates, flowering and yield VitaLink BioPac Ideal for soil and hydro, with proven long VitaLink BioPac shelf life

108

www.hydrogarden.com

Volume

Code

250ml

06-250-020

1 litre

06-250-025

VitaLink Additives

Calcium–rich plant strengthener for healthier and stronger plants VitaLink Foliar is a calcium-rich foliar feed, scientifically proven to help produce stronger, healthier plants. As VitaLink Foliar is sprayed onto the leaves, which absorb up to five times more nutrient than the roots, it limits the potassium/calcium competition. This allows plants to use both calcium and potassium more effectively, resulting in the production of large and healthy yields and flowers. The Benefits: Boosts plant health and strength due to calcium content Increases resistance to pests and disease Promotes superior flowering Product name Perfect for indoor growing VitaLink Foliar Ideal for promoting best results when VitaLink Foliar growing in coco

Volume

Code

250ml

06-250-070

1 litre

06-250-080

Nutrients and Additives

VitaLink Foliar - Strength Booster

VitaLink Fulvic - Growth Enhancer Nutrient transporter for faster results VitaLink Fulvic is a pure fulvic acid product that improves the way plants use nutrient in order to boost the results from plants at every stage of their life cycle – rooting, growth and ﬂowering! It can be used as a foliar spray or as a root drench by adding to the nutrient tank. The Benefits: Boosts plant results at every life cycle stage Improves the way plants transport nutrients Maximises the results from other plant products A pure fulvic acid product Starts to work as soon as the additive is applied

Product name

Volume

Code

VitaLink Fulvic

250ml

06-250-120

VitaLink Fulvic

1 litre

06-250-125

VitaLink Flush - Boost Harvest Quality A root wash for improved ripening and plant quality Flushing plants near the end of the life cycle with VitaLink Flush will help to improve ﬁnal crop quality. This is because ause VitaLink Flush removes excess nutrients which results in improved appearance and yield. Made from natural minerals and plant extracts, VitaLink Flush is particularly useful when taste and texture of the crop is important. The product is most commonly used in hydroponic systems, but also gives great results when used with soil as well. The Benefits: Promotes faster ripening Increases plant quality and yield Corrects over-fertilisation Aids quicker plant recovery Better than ﬂushing with just water

NPK 0/0.8/0* Product name

Volume

Code

VitaLink Flush

250ml

06-250-150

VitaLink Flush

1 litre

06-250-155

Grow with us.

109

CANNA Nutrients Nutrients and Additives

CANNA Start

CANNA Aqua

Propagation nutrient

2 part re-circulation hydroponic nutrient

Balanced one-part nutrient for seedlings and rooted cuttings. For use on ROOT!T Rooting Sponges, CANNA Terra Seed Mix, Rockwool, Jiﬀy Plugs or similar propagation media.

The CANNA Aqua range had been developed especially for re-circulation techniques such as NFT or Flood & Drain. CANNA Aqua contains silicic acids, humic acids and fulvic acids. It is rich in trace elements, amino acids and vitamins. As a result, it is capable of forming a semi–permeable membrane on the roots, which improves the capacity of the plant to absorb water and nutrients. This ensures excellent resistance against diseases and a perfect growth/bloom.

CANNA Start gives you all the micro and macro nutritional elements for a seedling or cutting to develop into a strong healthy plant.

110

Product name

Volume

Code

CANNA Aqua Vega A&B

1 litre

05-205-200 5-200

CANNA Aqua Vega A&B

5 litre

5-205 05-205-205

Product name

V Volume l

C Code d

CANNA Aqua Vega A&B

10 litre

5-210 05-205-210

CANNA Start

500ml

05-205-335

CANNA Aqua Flores A&B

1 litre

05-205-215

CANNA Start

1 litre

05-205-340

CANNA Aqua Flores A&B

5 litre

05-205-220

CANNA Start

5 litre

05-205-345

CANNA Aqua Flores A&B

10 litre

05-205-225

CANNA Hydro

CANNA Terra

2 part hydroponic nutrient

1 part soil nutrient

The bestselling nutrient in the UK. CANNA Hydro Vega and CANNA Hydro Flores are available in both soft and hard water.

This range of CANNA nutrients is designed to be used in soil only. For best results, use with CANNA Professional and Professional Plus soil mixes. CANNA Terra nutrients can be used inside or outside, the choice is yours. The one part nutrient is easy–to–use and gives great results. Product data sheets available.

Product name

Volume

Code

CANNA Hydro Vega A&B (Hard Water)

1 litre

05-205-005

CANNA Hydro Vega A&B (Soft Water)

1 litre

05-205-006

CANNA Hydro Vega A&B (Hard Water)

5 Litre

05-205-010

CANNA Hydro Vega A&B (Soft Water)

5 Litre

05-205-011

CANNA Hydro Vega A&B (Hard Water)

10 Litre

05-205-015 05-015

CANNA Hydro Vega A&B (Soft Water)

10 Litre

05-205-016 05-016

Product name

Volume

Code e

CANNA Hydro Flores A&B (Hard Water)

1 litre

05-205-020 05-020

CANNA Terra Vega

1 litre

05-205-050 05-050

CANNA Hydro Flores A&B (Soft Water)

1 litre

05-205-021

CANNA Terra Vega

5 litre

05-205-055 05-055

CANNA Hydro Flores A&B (Hard Water)

5 Litre

05-205-025

CANNA Terra Vega

10 litre

05-205-060

CANNA Hydro Flores A&B (Soft Water)

5 Litre

05-205-026

CANNA Terra Flores

1 litre

05-205-065

CANNA Hydro Flores A&B (Hard Water)

10 Litre

05-205-030

CANNA Terra Flores

5 litre

05-205-070

CANNA Hydro Flores A&B (Soft Water)

10 Litre

05-205-031

CANNA Terra Flores

10 litre

05-205-075

www.hydrogarden.com

CANNA Nutrients CANNA COGr

2 part coir nutrient

A unique coco coir growing method for the experienced grower which produces bigger and better plants from coir

Coco Coir has a great buffer capacity. On the one hand this is an advantage, because it makes growing on CANNA Coco very user–friendly. However, this also makes it difficult to provide the slab or bag, from the beginning, with the right types and amount of nutrients. After years of research by way of soil, run-off and leaf analysis, CANNA was able to develop a fertiliser, which is specially adapted to the properties of the coco substrate. As CANNA Coco contains natural chelate, humic acids and fulvic acids, the plant can optimally absorb all nutrients. The market leader and best seller worldwide.

After years of research, CANNA developed 3 revolutionary nutrients for advanced coir growing; COGr Buﬀering Agent, COGr Vega and COGr Flores. These products, combined with the unique COGr Slab, provide the plant with optimal conditions for rooting, growth and bloom. COGr slabs can be reused up to 3 times without any loss of quality. The CANNA COGr range is a proven system that is rapidly becoming the method of choice for growing in coco slabs in Holland.

Nutrients and Additives

CANNA Coco

At the heart of this system are compressed unbuffered slabs of coco that require the grower to soak with special COGr Buffering Agent. Then feed with a dedicated COGr Vega feed during the vegetative stage, switching to COGr Flores during the flowering period. These nutrients contain added humic and fulvic acids for improved nutrient uptake as well as silicon for increased resistance to pests and disease. For growers wanting to use the system in pots, the slabs are simply buffered in the normal way and then the contents are emptied into pots. Each slab makes 21-25 litres of coco when decompressed. A 1 litre pack of COGr Buffering Agent dilutes up to 500 litres, one application per crop. A 2 litre pack of CANNA COGr nutrients (1 Litre A, 1 litre B) makes up to 250 litres of full strength nutrient. This is a universal formulation for hard and soft water.

Product name

Volume

Code

CANNA COGr Vega A&B

1 litre

05-205-250

CANNA COGr Vega A&B

5 litre

05-205-255

CANNA COGr Vega A&B

10 litre

05-205-260

CANNA COGr Flores A&B

1 litre

05-205-265

CANNA COGr Flores A&B

5 litre

05-205-270

Product name

Volume

Code

CANNA COGr Flores A&B

10 litre

05-205-275

CANNA Coco A&B

1 litre

05-205-035

CANNA COGr Buffering Agent

1 litre

05-205-280

CANNA Coco A&B

5 litre

05-205-040

CANNA COGr Buffering Agent

5 litre

05-205-285

CANNA Coco A&B

10 litre

05-205-045

CANNA COGr Buffering Agent

10 litre

05-205-290

Grow with us.

111

CANNA Additives Nutrients and Additives

CANNAZYM

CANNA RHIZOTONIC

Enzyme blend

Root stimulant

CANNAZYM has had a face-lift and a whole new fresh look on life. CANNA introduced this revolutionary product to the market many years ago. It remains unmatched in purpose and performance; quietly protecting the investments of our growers from the ravage of root disease and pot binding.

The world’s purest, most powerful organic “stress reliever” which stimulates extremely fast root development, protects against moulds such as Pythium, Fusarium, Mildew and Botrytis while increasing the plant’s natural immune system.

CANNAZYM continues to be the only enzyme product on the market today that speciﬁcally targets the food source and underlying cause of root binding, old cast oﬀ and dead root material. It has also been developed over many years and now uses the latest technology resulting in an even better product.

based on leading Dutch plant research. In conjunction with this, RHIZOTONIC also contains oligosaccharide chemistry, a high quality saccharine that is a powerful prebiotic.

RHIZOTONIC contains a carefully integrated and balanced formulation of the ﬁnest Norwegian seaweed extracts and biogrowth stimulant

RHIZOTONIC with its advanced oligosaccharide chemistry and biogrowth stimulants will produce explosive new root growth immediately (within several hours in some cases) saving you several weeks of valuable time in the process. The faster new roots are growing, the quicker the increase in plant vigour and future yields.

Product name

Volume

Code

Product name

Volume

Code

CANNAZYM

250ml

06-255-019

CANNA RHIZOTONIC

250ml

06-255-005

CANNAZYM

1 Litre

06-255-025 25

CANNA RHIZOTONIC

1 Litre

06-255-015 5

CANNAZYM

5 Litre

06-255-030 30

CANNA RHIZOTONIC

5 Litre

06-255-017 7

CANNA PK 13/14

CANNA BOOST Accelerator

Bloom booster

Growth enhancer

PK 13/14 is a dynamic ﬂowering super-booster that will totally amaze you. It is an extremely concentrated formulation containing a carefully balanced and integrated blend of pure phosphorous and potassium elements for superior ﬂowering results.

CANNA BOOST Accelerator is CANNA’s new flagship flowering stimulator, specially developed for fast growing plants, it improves quality and increases yields. CANNA BOOST stimulates the development of flowers that have formed recently and this can make the fruits fuller than normal. This also results in a more homogeneous harvest because the fruits mature gradually. CANNA BOOST doesn’t just guarantee higher yields but also better taste. Something extra for the CANNA grower.

This unique combination of elements can be called a superbloomer that develops heavier, larger, sweeter crops extremely quickly. PK 13/14 has been proven by professional growers worldwide to increase the weight of your harvest signiﬁcantly, crop after crop. Unlike substandard potash products, PK 13/14 has a guaranteed composition of 13% P205 and 14% K20.

Use with PK 13/14 for even higher yields.

PK 13/14 is totally unique, absolutely safe, easy-to-use and incredibly eﬀective. A proven product that every grower should be using.

112

Product name

Volume

Code

Product name

Volume

Code

CANNA PK13/14 Bloom Booster

250ml

06-255-033

CANNA BOOST Accelerator

250ml

06-255-100

CANNA PK13/14 Bloom Booster

1 Litre

06-255-040 40

CANNA BOOST Accelerator

1 Litre

06-255-110 0

CANNA PK13/14 Bloom Booster

5 Litre

06-255-045 45

CANNA BOOST Accelerator

5 Litre

06-255-120 20

www.hydrogarden.com

CANNA Additives CANNA Spanner Prevents side eﬀects to the

Flush excess nutrients from the crop

ﬂavour of your crop by ﬂushing all excess salts from crop and substrate

Gets rid of excess nutrients in plants and substrates. CANNA FLUSH is an additive to clean substrate and plants of any excess nutrients. To be used in the case of over-fertilisation, it eﬀectively cleans the substrate without killing any useful bacteria or beneﬁcial fungi, which can be the case when using RO or de-mineralised water. When used just before harvest, it makes sure the plant expels excess minerals which will lead to a clean and tasteful harvest.

Nutrients and Additives

CANNA FLUSH

CANNA Tap Cap

Easier opening

Measuring Tool

Make opening CANNA 5 litre and 10 litre ‘Jerry’ Cans easier, with the CANNA Spanner.

The CANNA tap is a measuring tool for the 5L and d 10L cans of CANNA, making king it easier to measure the correct rrect amount in your feed tank.

Can be used on all growing substrates

Better than ﬂushing with reverse osmosis (RO) water or de-mineralised water, as this can cause irreversible imbalances to the micro and bacteria life in your substrate

Fully biodegradable Prevents damage to plant by accidental accumulation of salts in your substrate

06-255-160 0

CANNA FLUSH

1 Litre

06-255-165 5

CANNA FLUSH

5 Litre

06-255-170 0

CANNA Mono Single mineral element additives If your plants are suﬀering from a deﬁciency problem then this may be the answer.

Friendly fungi to protect your plants Trichoderma harzianum (Tri002/3) is the only variety that has a scientifically-proven stimulating and resistance-increasing effect on the root environment, and the chitinase production of the plant resulting in a better root development, more root hairs and increased excretion of enzymes and hormones. As a result, the plant gains more vitality and develops quicker. AkTRIvator powder is suitable for all types of substrate culture as well as for growing in soil and re–circulating irrigation systems. AkTRIvator granules must be mixed with soil and provide strong and balanced growth of the beneficial mould. As a result of this, the development of other negative moulds and micro-organisms in soil is greatly reduced – a true beneficial bacteria. Ideal for soil and coco mixes.

Product name

Volume

Code

CANNA Ca 15% (Calcium)

1 Litre

05-205-080

CANNA Fe Plus (Iron Chelate)

1 Litre

05-205-085

CANNA MgO 7% (Magnesium Sulphate) 1 Litre

05-205-090

CANNA N 20% (Nitrogen)

1 Litre

05-205-095

CANNA P 20% (Phosphor)

1 Litre

05-205-100

CANNA K 20% (Potassium)

1 Litre

05-205-105

CANNA Trace Mix

1 Litre

05-205-110

Iron Phosphorus

CANNA AkTRIvator

Nitrogen

250ml

10-485-205

Magnesium

CANNA FLUSH

Code

CANNA Tap Cap

Trace Mix

Code

Product name

10-485-200

Potassium

Volume

Code

CANNA Spanner

Calcium

Product name

CANNA pH Adjustment CANNA oﬀer pH adjusters developed speciﬁcally for use with CANNA nutrients. The pH Down is available in both grow and bloom formulations. There is also a product for cleaning drippers – D-Block Product name

Volume

Code

CANNA pH Down Bloom Pro

1 Litre

09-420-040

Product name

Volume

Code

CANNA pH Down Grow Pro

1 Litre

09-420-035

CANNA AkTRIvator Powder

10g

06-255-050

CANNA pH Up Pro

1 Litre

09-420-045

CANNA AkTRIvator Powder

250g

06-255-055

CANNA Organic pH Down

1 Litre

09-420-030

CANNA AkTRIvator Granule Soil Mix

250g

06-255-060

CANNA D-Block Pipe/Dripper Cleaner

1 Litre

10-510-200

Grow with us.

113

BIOCANNA Nutrients Nutrients and Additives

BIOCANNA Bio Vega

BIOCANNA Products

Natural grow nutrient

With its introduction in 2003, BIOCANNA was the ﬁrst EKO certiﬁed range of products for the organic cultivation of fast growing plants. Organically produced plants are better suited to the life philosophy of many enthusiasts.

BIOCANNA Bio Vega has been developed to meet the plant's needs during the growing phase and its organically compounded nitrogen (betaine nitrogen) is easily released in response to the plant’s needs. Complete absorption of the correct nutrients is therefore guaranteed from the start of cultivation. In this way, even the fastest growing plants have an optimum start to ﬂowering.

Increased biodiversity – BIOCANNA contains organically compounded nutritional elements. In contrast with mineral plant feeding, these natural compounded nutritional elements keep the micro ﬂora's biodiversity in balance. The development of soil pathogens in fungi and bacteria is reduced in a natural way and the plant’s defences are strengthened. This results in healthier plants and a higher yield. For more information on BIOCANNA, ask for the BIOCANNA Infopaper, or go to: www.biocanna.com BIOCANNA Dosage Chart: When

Light

What

ml/10L

Week 1

18h

Bio Vega

10-20 20

What

ml/10L

Product name

Code

Week 2

12h

Bio Vega

BIOCANNA Bio Vega 1 Litre

05-205-305

Week 3

12h

Bio Vega

BIOCANNA Bio Vega 5 Litre

05-205-310 Week 4-6

12h

Bio Flores

30-40

Bio BOOST

Week 7+

12h

Bio Flores

30-40

Bio BOOST

Last 1-2 Weeks

12h

Bio BOOST

BIOCANNA Bio Flores Natural flowering nutrient BIOCANNA Bio Flores ensures that a balanced range of nutritional elements are available, adjusted to the soil’s nutrient retention properties. Bio Flores stimulates the formation of fruits in this way and it also contains all the nutrients that the plant needs during its ﬂowering phase. Hop extract is one of the ingredients in BIOCANNA Bio Flores and because of its characteristics BIOCANNA Bio Flores provides the necessary minerals for fast growing plants in natural proportions. Hop extract also contains lupuline, luparol, lupulon and humulon for extra ﬂowering power.

BIOCANNA Top Tip Due to the presence of pH buﬀering fruit acids in BIOCANNA Bio Vega and BIOCANNA Bio Flores, the nutritional solution does not need to be acidiﬁed. Because the fruit acids serve as natural chelates, the nutrients can be absorbed across a wider pH course (up to pH 7). It is important to shake bioproducts well before use. Apply diluted nutrient solution 1 to 3 times a week. Not only the plants, but also micro-organisms really prosper in a diluted solution of BIOCANNA Bio Flores and BIOCANNA Bio Vega. It s advisable to use the prepared solution within two days. BIOCANNA Bio BOOST is not a nutrient, but a metabolism stimulator and for that reason supports the working of other CANNA products, such as PK 13/14. BIOCANNA nutrients give fantastic results when used with BIOCANNA Bio Terra Plus Soil Mix.

114

Product name

Code

BIOCANNA Bio Flores 1 Litre

05-205-315

BIOCANNA Bio Flores 5 Litre

05-205-320

www.hydrogarden.com

BIOCANNA Additives BIOCANNA Bio BOOST

The ultimate pre–fertilised soil

Natural yield booster

BIOCANNA Bio Terra Plus is specially designed and formulated for use with BIOCANNA’s Bio Vega and BIOCANNA’s Bio Flores or CANNA's Terra Vega and CANNA’s Terra Flores nutrients. Change to BIOCANNA’s Bio Flores after the first signs of flowering appear and if using artificial light, after changing the day length. When used with these nutrients, new and experienced growers alike will achieve optimum results. BIOCANNA Bio Terra Plus is composed of different high grades of peat, bark, and coco coir. Product data sheet available. Made to the high RHP quality mark standard.

BIOCANNA Bio BOOST is a naturally fermented plant extract which stimulates flowering and improves the taste. BIOCANNA Bio BOOST increases a flowering plant’s metabolism and contains a very effective combination of amino acids, vitamins and enzymes. The bio-active components increase the metabolism which is just what the plants need during flowering. The plants make more fruit sugars and tissue, which gives a better taste and a high end product. The unique formula is suitable for cultivation both indoors and outdoors.

Product name

Code

BIOCANNA Bio BOOST 250ml

05-205-330

BIOCANNA Bio BOOST 1 Litre

05-205-325

Nutrients and Additives

BIOCANNA Bio Terra Plus Soil Mix

BIOCANNA Bio RHIZOTONIC Bio root stimulator One of the most powerful and best selling root stimulators on the market is now available for organic growers. BIOCANNA Bio RHIZOTONIC stimulates the development of root hairs, root tips and increases the plant’s resistance to disease. A powerful root system ensures that the plant can absorb more nutrients and grow faster. BIOCANNA Bio RHIZOTONIC is, among other things, an ideal remedy for stressed plants, such as cuttings during potting on. BIOCANNA Bio RHIZOTONIC also restores and strengthens plants that are unhealthy or look generally poorly.

Product name

Code

Product name

Code

BIOCANNA Bio RHIZOTONIC 250ml

06-255-135

BIOCANNA Bio Terra Plus Soil Mix 50 Litre Bag

02-075-025

BIOCANNA Bio RHIZOTONIC 1 Litre

06-255-140

Grow with us.

115

GHE General Organics Nutrients and Additives

GHE GO BioThrive Grow

About GHE General Organics The General Organics (GO) range provides gardeners with a complete line of superior plant foods and supplements. The products bring together the time-tested materials of traditional gardening with the ecological and efficient methods of the future. GO has a deep commitment to sustainability, quality, simplicity and innovation. Launched into the North American market by GH US in 2008, GO has received fantastic success. California is home to some of the world’s best growers, so having passed the ‘Californian Test’ you know that you can really trust the products. GO includes certified organic fertilisers, as well as new additions, some of which have been developed in California and others in France. All the GO line has the same objective: to improve plants’ health and their resistance to sickness, and to increase flowering and fruiting not only in quantities, but most importantly, in quality. Even though they all serve the same objective, they do not all work in the same way. They work in synergy at different levels of the plant’s physiology. The GO line offers a new concept where you do not need to follow pre-established feeding programmes. Instead, you can choose your preferred supplements and mix them according to your own needs.

GHE GO Box

GHE GO BioThrive Bloom

GO BioThrive Grow is formulated to maximize vegetative growth by supplying plants with a custom diet that stimulates vigorous root and foliage development. Through proper nutrition, it creates a strong platform for later ﬂower, fruit and seed production. Use GO BioThrive Grow to give all types of plants a strong start.

GO BioThrive Bloom provides flowering and fruiting plants with essential nutrients, perfectly balanced for superior blooms and bountiful harvests. Specially designed to maximize flower, fruit, and seed production, this unique formulation will give you bigger, more nutritious and delicious yields. GO BioThrive Bloom benefits all kinds of plants during the flowering and fruiting phases of growth.

For all plants, during their growth cycle.

For all plants, during their ﬂowering and fruiting cycles.

Product name

Code

Product name

Code

GHE BioThrive Grow 500ml

05-215-360

GHE GO BioThrive Bloom 500ml

05-215-380

GHE BioThrive Grow 1 Litre

05-215-365

GHE GO BioThrive Bloom 1 Litre

05-215-385

GHE BioThrive Grow 5 Litre

05-215-370

GHE GO BioThrive Bloom 5 Litre

05-215-390

GHE GO BioRoot Plus

GHE GO BioBud

GO BioRoot Plus is a natural root growth supplement that helps plants establish healthy and vibrant root systems. It contains vitamins, enzymes, organic and humic acids that stimulate root mass. GO BioRoot Plus is outstanding for seedlings and cuttings, helping young plants develop strong and massive root systems. For mature plants, GO BioRoot Plus will maintain health by improved nutrient uptake. Also, use GO BioRoot Plus to soak your seeds in order to increase the germination percentage while improving the health of the young seedling.

Your Starter Kit includes (500ml unless stated) BioThrive Grow BioThrive Bloom BioRoot Plus BioBud BioWorm BioWeed Urtica

GO BioBud is a powerful bloom stimulator that generates explosive flowering and massive fruit production. GO BioBud increases metabolic activity and mineral uptake by utilising bio-stimulants and organic transport enhancers. This induces abundant, dense floral clusters during the crucial flowering and fruiting phases. The results are spectacular flowering and more flavourful fruits. GO BioBud works naturally and allows plants to express the best of their genetic potential.

Diamond Black

116

Product name

Code

Product name

Code

GHE BioRoot Plus 500ml

06-280-200

GHE BioBud 500 ml

06-280-220

Product name

Code

GHE BioRoot Plus 1 Litre

06-280-205

GHE BioBud 1 Litre

06-280-225

GHE GO Box

05-215-350

GHE BioRoot Plus 5 Litre

06-280-210

GHE BioBud 5 Litre

06-280-230

www.hydrogarden.com

GHE General Organics GHE GO BioWeed

GO BioWorm excels when used as a foliar spray, but it is also an excellent all-purpose soil enhancer, rich in micro-organisms and microelements that contains no chemical additions. It nurtures plants and soil at the same time and stimulates microbial activity. Also, the enzymes in the worm’s digestive system kill potential pathogens, giving to the product a natural protective eﬀect, when applied on plant foliage.

GO BioWeed is derived from a blend of cold processed seaweeds that act as a plant and soil vitality enhancer. Seaweeds have long been recognised as stress-reducing agents and powerful plant boosters. GO BioWeed encourages proliﬁc root and foliage growth as well as larger ﬂowers and fruits. GO BioWeed works synergistically with all fertilizers to promote vigorous, healthy growth.

Product name

Code

Product name

Code

GHE GO BioWorm 500ml

06-280-240

GHE GO BioWeed 500ml

06-280-260

GHE GO BioWorm 1 Litre

06-280-245

GHE GO BioWeed 1 Litre

06-280-265

GHE GO BioWorm 5 Litre

06-280-250

GHE GO BioWeed 5 Litre

06-280-270 270

GHE GO Urtica

Nutrients and Additives

GHE GO BioWorm

GHE GO Diamond Black Black

GO Urtica is a nettle brew. It is a fermentation process of nettles in water that oﬀers exceptional nutrition and protection to your plants. Nettle is a plant exceptionally rich in silica and iron. Also rich in nitrogen, potassium, magnesium, microelements, enzymes and trace minerals. Like for kelp emulsion, nettle tea stimulates the plant’s immune system, improving their resistance to insect and disease attacks.

GO Diamond Black is derived from wood - a new natural source of humic acid. This new technology provides a clean product, free of residues. GO Diamond Black is made of pure ligno-humates and contains an exceptionally high percentage of plant-active humates. These organic compounds improve nutrient absorption, stimulate microbial activity, promote soil structure, increase nutrient retention and reduce water usage in the landscape. Additionally, GO Diamond Black can also be utilized as an additive for making compost.

Product name

Code

Product name

Code

GHE GO Urtica 500ml

06-280-280

GHE GO Diamond Black 500ml

06-280-300

GHE GO Urtica 1 Litre

06-280-285

GHE GO Diamond Black 1 Litre

06-280-305

GHE GO Urtica 5 Litre

06-280-290

GHE GO Diamond Black 5 Litre

06-280-310

Grow with us.

117

GHE Nutrients Nutrients and Additives

How GHE Flora works Incorporating the concept of a three part nutrient, Flora is a dynamic, evolving formula, constantly updated, and adapted to the latest scientiﬁc discoveries. It allows you to match the needs of your plant through its diﬀerent stages by changing the ratios between the liquids, as well as, their concentration.

GHE FloraGro

GHE FloraBloom

Lush Foliar Growth

Strengthen your Plants

Promotes a lush structural and foliar growth.

During growth, it increases root formation and health. During ﬂowering and fruiting, it enables the plant to fulﬁl its genetic potential to the maximum. Of special importance for hydroponic growers, FloraGro and FloraBloom both contain silicate (in the form of silicic acid) to complete the diet and strengthen the structure of your plants.

Flora series consists of 3 components: FloraGro – Promotes a lush structural and foliar growth. FloraBloom – During growth, it increases root formation and health. During flowering and fruiting, it enables the plant to fulfil its genetic potential to the maximum. Of special importance for hydroponic growers, FloraGro and FloraBloom both contain silicate (in the form of silicic acid) to complete the diet and strengthen the structure of your plants. FloraMicro – Provides the plant with all the necessary microelements, in a chelated form. It also includes sub microelements and organic buffers which help to stabilise the solutions pH. FloraMicro compliments FloraGro and FloraBloom with secondary and major nutrients. Between these three products, there exists a synergy which creates the magic of the system.

118

Product name

Code

Product name

Code

GHE FloraGro 500ml

05-215-003

GHE FloraBloom 500ml

05-215-028

GHE FloraGro 1 Litre

05-215-005

GHE FloraBloom 1 Litre

05-215-030

GHE FloraGro 5 Litre

05-215-010

GHE FloraBloom 5 Litre

05-215-035

GHE FloraGro 10 Litre

05-215-015

GHE FloraBloom 10 Litre

05-215-040

GHE FloraMicro So oft Water

GHE FloraMicro Hard Water

Microelements

Provides the plant with all the necessary microelements, in a chelated form. It also includes sub microelements and organic buﬀers which help to stabilise the solutions pH. FloraMicro compliments FloraGro and FloraBloom with secondary and major nutrients.

Product name

Code

Product name

Code

GHE FloraMicro (Soft Water) 500ml

05-215-053

GHE FloraMicro (Hard Water) 500ml

05-215-078

GHE FloraMicro (Soft Water) 1 Litre

05-215-055

GHE FloraMicro (Hard Water) 1 Litre

05-215-080

GHE FloraMicro (Soft Water) 5 Litre

05-215-060

GHE FloraMicro (Hard Water) 5 Litre

05-215-085

GHE FloraMicro (Soft Water) 10 Litre

05-215-065

GHE FloraMicro (Hard Water) 10 Litre

05-215-090

www.hydrogarden.com

GHE Nutrients

GHE FloraKleen is formulated to remove fertiliser residues that can accumulate over time in hydroponic systems, growing media and potting soils. Product name

Code

GHE FloraKleen 500ml

06-280-180

GHE FloraKleen 1 Litre

06-280-185

GHE FloraKleen 5 Litre

06-280-190

Nutrients and Additives

GHE FloraKleen

GHE Bio Bloom GHE Bio Bloom stimulates ﬂowering, as good assimilation increases natural immunity and allows better resistance to disease. Your crops will be healthier and your harvests more abundant.

Product name

Code

GHE Bio Bloom 30ml

06-280-070

GHE Bio Bloom 60ml

06-280-075

Product name

Code

GHE Bio Protect 30ml

06-280-090

GHE Bio Protect 60ml

06-280-095 -095

GHE Bio Protect GHE Bio Protect strengthens the plants immune system and repels insects, by increasing the production of alkaloidal repulsive saps in the leaves and the ﬂowers.

GHE Bio Roots GHE Bio Roots stimulates the development of micro-organisms in the root mass and promotes the growth of roots and rootlets. It improves the root’s biotope and hardens the root cap. Product name

Code

GHE Bio Roots 30ml

06-280-050

GHE Bio Roots 60ml

06-280-055

Grow with us.

119

GHE Nutrients Nutrients and Additives

GHE Mineral Magic

GHE Ripen

GHE Diamond Nectar

Natural Silicate Powder

Forcing Solution

Fulvic and Humic acid growth enhancer

GHE Mineral Magic is a natural silicate powder, particularly important in hydroponics and soilless cultivation as it contains silicate. Silicate is recognized as an essential element for higher plants. GHE Mineral Magic contains ancient sea-bed deposits of biologically transformed organic matter, plus naturally formed silicic acid clay.

GHE Ripen is a comprehensive plant additive used during the late ﬂowering stage of the plant. Also known as ‘forcing solution’, it is speciﬁcally designed to speed up and enhance the ripening process, thus increasing the level of active compounds in medicinal, aromatic and culinary plants.

A natural bio-stimulator with Fulvic and Humic Acid. Soluble Humates (the humic and fulvic acids family) contain a myriad of natural plant growth promoting compounds, plus nutrient enhancing ingredients.

GHE Ripen acts at diﬀerent levels:

GHE Mineral Magic contains 63 minerals and provides a naturally soluble form of Silicon, which enters plant cells and builds a hardened shield against disease and insect attack

It gives the plant a strong signal that it is coming to the end of its life. The plant reacts by speeding the ripening process, in a last eﬀort to spread its genes It brings to the plants all the mineral salts they need, in a form easy to assimilate In case of a previous accumulation of nitrate or microelements, it helps metabolise these residues, which will improve the taste of the crop In case of a severe infestation of fungi or insects, it allows you to accelerate the natural cycle and get something out of a crop otherwise completely lost

It improves uptake and utilisation of nutrients and minerals by growing plants It transports nutrients to all plant parts: roots, stems, foliage, flowers and fruit It affords growers the benefits of natural organic matter in a liquid form In hydroponics and soilless cultivation, it helps create an environment closer to soil conditions It is adapted to hydroponics and soil. Pour directly into the reservoir or use as a foliar spray

GHE Mineral Magic’s natural colloids improve cation exchange capacity to nutrient solutions. This enhances nutrient availability It stabilizes nutrient solution pH and conductivity, which reduces stress for rapidly growing plants It protects against toxicity of metals GHE Mineral Magic meets organic guidelines as a natural additive for plant nutrient solutions. It is not a fertilizer, and must be used in conjunction with fertilizers to enable plants to grow.

120

Product name e

Code

GHE Ripen 500ml

06-280-040

GHE Ripen 1 Litre

Fulvic acid enhances plant growth and yield:

06-280-045

Product name

Code

Product name

Code

GHE Ripen 5 Litre

06-280-046

GHE Diamond Nectar 500ml

06-280-020

GHE Mineral Magic 1 kg

06-280-015

GHE Ripen 10 Litre

06-280-048

GHE Diamond Nectar 1 Litre

06-280-025

www.hydrogarden.com

BioBizz Nutrients Nutrients and Additives

BioBizz Bio-Grow and Bio-Bloom

BioBizz Fish-Mix

BioBizz Pre-Mix

Organic plant food for soil and coco

Complete liquid plant food (great for outdoor growing)

Organic dry fertiliser – great for soil mixes

Bio-Grow is a liquid plant food which promotes lush growth and is suitable for most soil mixtures. It is a fertiliser and soil activator that can be used with drip irrigation systems (not suitable for NFT and dripper systems with pipes 4 mm and smaller). Bio-Grow can be used late in ﬂowering as a plant tonic and as an additive alongside Bio-Bloom in the ﬂowering cycle to increase sugar levels.

Pre–Mix is a dry fertiliser comprised of 100% natural ingredients derived from organic matter, rock meal and trace elements. This microbially active blend was formulated to guarantee vigorous growth, abundant ﬂowering and maximum resistance to disease and fungal attack.

Fish-Mix has always been a trusted friend to the organic gardener because it conditions the soil, stimulating microbial activity and accelerating growth.

Bio-Bloom natural bloom formula is a complete fertiliser used from the beginning of fruit or ﬂower production until harvest. It is packed with naturally occurring minerals, micronutrients, amino acids and hormones of vegetable origin to ensure exuberant ﬂowers and fruit sets. Bio-Bloom can be applied through manual watering or automatic drip irrigation systems.

Diluted strongly and used as a foliar spray, produces spectacular results. Preferably use on substrates during the growing period of the plant.

Tip: Make your own soil mixture: (1000 litres) 50% Potting Soil or Coco-Mix (500 litres), 30% Perlite (300 litres) 15% BioBizz Worm-Humus (150 litres). 5% Pre-Mix (50 litres)

A great product for outdoor growing of vegetables and herbs.

Important: Mix well and evenly.

Product name

Code

Product name

Code

BioBizz Bio-Grow 500ml

05-225-020

BioBizz Bio-Bloom 500ml

05-225-050

BioBizz Bio-Grow 1 Litre

05-225-025

BioBizz Bio-Bloom 1 Litre

05-225-055

Product name P

Code

BioBizz Bio-Grow 5 Litre

05-225-030

BioBizz Bio-Bloom 5 Litre

05-225-060

BioBizz Pre-Mix 5L Pot

05-225-005

BioBizz Bio-Grow 10 Litre

05-225-035

BioBizz Bio-Bloom 10 Litre

05-225-065

BioBizz Pre-Mix 25L Bag

05-225-010

Tip: Fish-Mix for explosive vegetative growth. Mix 25% Bio-Grow to 75% Fish-Mix as an alternative to 100% Bio-Grow in the growth phase for fantastic vegetative growth.

BioBizz Worm-Humus Natural worm manure Worm-Humus is 100% organic worm manure of a very high quality. To be used in the rejuvenation of All-Mix or for use in potting mixtures, garden beds etc.

122

Product name

Code

BioBizz Fish-Mix 500ml

06-300-025

BioBizz Fish-Mix 1 Litre

06-300-030

BioBizz Fish-Mix 5 Litre

06-300-035

Product name

Code

BioBizz Fish-Mix 10 Litre

06-300-040

BioBizz Worm-Humus 40 Litre Bag

05-225-015

www.hydrogarden.com

BioBizz Nutrients BioBizz Bio-Heaven

Humic & Fulvic acid based bloom stimulant

Plant Energy – Booster

Top-Max is a 100% vegetable based organic bloom enhancer, which encourages rapid cell division during flowering and increases the production of sugars in the fruit or flowers, resulting in larger blossoms and fruit with enhanced flavours, oils and aromas. Suitable for all substrates and mediums.

BioBizz Leaf-Coat Lays a barrier against fungal and insect attack Leaf-Coat 100% Organic Plant Strengthener is a ready-to-use product that can be applied to plants growing in soil, coconut substrate and rockwool up to two weeks before the end of the ﬂowering period.

Bio-Heaven is a specially formulated plant booster, which contains selected biological stimulants, such as amino acids. As a result, Bio-Heaven enhances utilisation and translocation of nutrients and rids the plant of toxins built-up during periods of stress, repairs chlorophyll and restimulates the plant. It provides a valuable source of carbon for soil micro-organisms and is compatible with all fertiliser brands, both organic and mineral. All this leads to a vastly improved yield and quality of harvest. Try it, you won't be disappointed.

Product name

Code

Product name

Code

BioBizz Top-Max 500ml

06-300-060

BioBizz Bio-Heaven 250ml

06-300-100

BioBizz Top-Max 1 Litre

06-300-065

BioBizz Bio-Heaven 500ml

06-300-105

BioBizz Top-Max 5 Litre

06-300-070

BioBizz Bio-Heaven 1 Litre

06-300-110

BioBizz Top-Max 10 Litre

06-300-075

BioBizz Bio-Heaven 5 Litre

06-300-115

BioBizz R Root-Juice

BioBizz Alg-A-Mic

Stimulates rapid root growth and root protection

An organic pick–me–up for stressed and yellowed plants

Root-Juice is a 100% vegetable based root stimulator, which creates explosive root growth in already rooted plants, accelerates nutrient uptake, enhances toleration of high EC values and creates stronger plants that are resistant to disease. It activates and stimulates the microorganic life around the root system. Suitable for all substrates and mediums.

Alg-A-Mic vitality booster utilises cold-pressed seaweed concentrate to provide an assortment of micronutrients, vitamins, amino acids and hormones of vegetable origin. It increases plant health and disease resistance, whilst increasing chlorophyll levels, giving leaves a vibrant green colour.

Product name

Code

Product name

Code

BioBizz Alg-A-Mic 500ml

06-300-005

BioBizz Root-Juice 250ml

06-300-045

BioBizz Alg-A-Mic 1 Litre

06-300-010

Product name

Code

BioBizz Root-Juice 1 Litre

06-300-050

BioBizz Alg-A-Mic 5 Litre

06-300-015

BioBizz Leaf-Coat 500ml (inc Spray Nozzle)

10-475-500

BioBizz Root-Juice 5 Litre

06-300-055

BioBizz Alg-A-Mic 10 Litre

06-300-020

Grow with us.

Nutrients and Additives

BioBizz T Top-Max

123

BioBizz Try Packs Nutrients and Additives

BioBizz Try Pack - Indoor Pack If indoor cultivation is your choice and you don’t know how to start, let BioBizz make it easy for you. Try the Indoor Pack, one of the new Try-Packs from BioBizz. The Indoor Pack contains Bio-Bloom, Bio-Grow, and Top-Max. A combination that will allow the grower to gain experience with the BioBizz organic fertilizers range as it provides basic feeding for 1-4 plants.

The In contain door Pack s the fo llowing :

BIO•BL O BIO•gr OM ow top•ma x

250 ml

Product name

Code

BioBizz Try Pack - Indoor Pack

05-225-205

BioBizz Try Pack - Outdoor Pack If the climate in your region allows it and outdoor cultivation is your choice, but you don’t know how to start, then try the Outdoor Pack from BioBizz. BioBizz Fish-Mix contained in this pack boosts all of the natural minerals and (micro) organisms and stimulates the production of useful bacteria. The high levels of proteins will also help to create a rich organic outdoor substrate. But remember, don’t try it at home or you will have to keep the windows open for a week!

124

The Ou contain tdoor Pack s the fo llowing :

BIO•BL OOM

Fish•m f M

top•ma

250 ml

Product name

Code

BioBizz Try Pack - Outdoor Pack

05-225-210

www.hydrogarden.com

BioBizz Try Packs Nutrients and Additives

BioBizz Try Pack - Stimulant Pack Do your plants need a boost? The Stimulant Pack from BioBizz could be just what you need. The Stimulant Pack contains Root-Juice, Top-Max, and Alg-A-Mic; a combination that will allow both the hydroponic and the organic grower to gain experience with the BioBizz organic stimulant range as it provides basic feeding for 1-4 plants. An ideal pack if you wish to take a step further and get the maximum out of your harvest organically. With the BioBizz Stimulant Pack, you will get sweeter taste, bigger plants, and better results than ever, even hydroponically!

The In contain door Pack s the fo llowing :

root•j

uice 250 ml

alg•a• mi top•ma c x

250 ml

Product name

Code

BioBizz Try Pack - Stimulant Pack

05-225-215

BioBizz Try Pack - Hydro Pack Do you grow hydroponically but you are tired of feeding minerals to your plants? Do you want to enjoy the natural taste of an organic harvest but can’t let your system go? Let BioBizz make it easy for you with the Hydro Pack. The Hydro Pack contains Bio-Bloom, Bio-Heaven, and Top-Max. A combination that will allow the hydroponic grower to gain experience with the BioBizz organic products that are suitable to be applied in any hydroponic system. Get the best of both worlds with the organic quality and the hydroponic quantity. The Hydro Pack will stimulate an optimal root development and protection by using organics in your hydro system.

The Ou contain tdoor Pack s the fo llowing :

BIO•BL OOM

250 ml bio•he aven 250 ml top•ma x 250 ml tm

Product name

Code

BioBizz Try Pack - Hydro Pack

05-225-220

Grow with us.

125

Growth Technology Nutrients Nu Nut rient nts and Addi Additives itiv t es

Ionic Hydro Grow and Hydro Bloom

Ionic PK Boost

Nitrozyme

One-part nutrient for Hydroponics

Nutrient Supplement

Foliar feed to produce new growth

Ionic is a unique single pack nutrient, designed to deliver the complex proﬁle of mineral elements a plant needs, in an easy-to-use format. Available in hard and soft water formulas.

Ionic PK Boost is a nutrient supplement designed to be used in the ﬁnal few weeks before harvest. PK Boost allows the grower easy control of the extra phosphorus and potassium that can lead to bumper yields. PK Boost is an ideal addition to Ionic Bloom but it can also be used very eﬀectively with any good quality nutrient solution of the Bloom variety.

Produces new leaf growth on older plants for cutting material.

Great for beginners.

Ionic PK Boost: fully formulated solution – based on research and analysis contains full proﬁle of crucial elements needed for heavy ﬂowering

TIP: Use ESSENTIALS Wetter with Nitrozyme to reduce the surface tension of your nutrient solution to aid foliar feeding and stop run oﬀ.

crucial element ratio of 14:15 highly concentrated – just 1ml per litre in the tank easy to use

126 26

Product name

Code

Ionic Hydro Grow (Soft Water) 1 Litre

05-210-010

Ionic Hydro Grow (Soft Water) 5 Litre

05-210-020

Ionic Hydro Grow (Hard Water) 1 Litre

05-210-025

Ionic Hydro Grow (Hard Water) 5 Litre

05-210-035

Ionic Hydro Bloom (Soft Water) 1 Litre

05-210-040

Product name

Code

Ionic Hydro Bloom (Soft Water) 5 Litre

05-210-050

Product name

Code

Nitrozyme 100ml

06-295-005

Ionic Hydro Bloom (Hard Water) 1 Litre

05-210-055

Ionic PK Boost 1 Litre

05-210-070

Nitrozyme 300ml

06-295-006

Ionic Hydro Bloom (Hard Water) 5 Litre

05-210-065

Ionic PK Boost 5 Litre

05-210-080

Nitrozyme 1 Litre

06-295-007

www.hydrogarden.com www.hydrogard en.com

Growth Technology

Seedling nutrient Formulex is a general-purpose product that has a thousand uses for the hobby grower. Professionals rely on Formulex for feeding seedlings, transplants and clones. Formulex remains popular with all growers as it is cost-eﬀective and straightforward. In addition, it may be used for foliar feeding and for pre-treating Rockwool.

Formulex has a buﬀered pH and usually requires no pH adjustment. It is extremely versatile and easy-touse. It is an ideal nutrient for soil-grown plants and perhaps the ultimate fertiliser for all house plants. Formulex is a complete, balanced and stabilised solution containing all the macro and micronutrients required for optimum plant growth.

Product name

Code

Formulex 500ml

05-210-005

Formulex 1 Litre

05-210-006

Nutrients and Additives

Formulex

Clonex Rooting hormone gel for stimulating root development in cuttings Clonex is a high performance rooting compound. It is a tenacious gel which will remain in contact around the stem, sealing the cut tissue and supplying the hormones needed to promote root cell development and vitamins to protect the delicate new root tissue: it seals cut tissue instantly, eliminating the risk of infection or embolism it contains rooting hormone at 3000 parts per million, the full strength required for explosive root development it contains a full proﬁle of nutrients and trace elements to nourish and empower the new plants it is a gel – far safer than liquids or powders because it cannot splash or blow about. Unlike liquids and powders, Clonex will remain in contact with the stem right through the rooting period

Product name

Code

Clonex 50ml

12-560-050

Clonex 300ml

12-560-062

Clonex 1 Litre

12-560-065

Grow with us.

127

Growth Technology Nutrients and Additives

Sugar Peak Catalyst

Dry Flower Clearing Solution

Super booster

Do you want to ensure all nutrients and residues are cleared from the plant during the final stages of growth?

Sugar Peak Catalyst is a booster, put simply it will sweeten produce and enhance the aromas of ﬂowers and culinary herbs. It is an array of naturally occurring hormones, vitamins, sugars, amino acids, chelate, plant acids and macro and micronutrients that promote healthy plant growth.

15 billion microbes per ml Bio-Link Plus is organic and contains about 15 billion microbes per millilitre compared with about 8 billion in other microbial products – this is due to the advanced brewing process. It also contains 3 Trichoderma plus 7 bacillus strains.

Then use Dry Flower Clearing Solution as it greatly increases yield at the end of the crop by stressing the roots to drive minerals to the reproductive flowers where they are converted into bigger flowers. Where taste and texture is important, Dry Flower Clearing Solution makes all the difference. The product can also be used to correct the effects of over-fertilisation, use Dry Flower Clearing Solution for 1 to 2 days to reduce and flush out unwanted nutrients from your system and to restore roots back to a healthy feeding pattern. Dry Flowerr h Clearing Solution is not a plant food! C d!

It also stimulates crop production for higher yields. Use throughout all stages of plant development. May also so be used as a foliar feed. Sugar Peak Catalyst is best used in conjunction with a regular fertilisation programme.

128

Beneficials Bio-Link Plus

Will improve nutrient availability and eﬃciency resulting in improved plant response. Improves the ﬂavour and texture of herbs and other crops. Will improve plant yields and enhance crop quality.

Product name

Code

Product name

Code

Sugar Peak Catalyst 1 Litre

06-325-045

Dry Flower Clearing Solution 1 Litre

06-275-040

Sugar Peak Catalyst 5 Litre

06-325-050

Dry Flower Clearing Solution 5 Litre

06-275-045

How do I use Bio-Link Plus?

How do I use it?

Bio-Link Plus reintroduces a wide range of naturally occurring beneficial microbes and fungi that have long since largely disappeared from the environment. These naturally occurring organisms aid the natural process of plant growth and development. Bio-Link Plus is made using a unique sophisticated brewing process that helps maximise the microbe colonisation and shelf life of the product, offering the maximum benefit to growers and their crops. As well as increasing plant growth and quality, Bio-Link Plus strengthens plants making them more able to withstand insect and disease attack.

Hydroponic and Greenhouse Applications. Add Bio-Link Plus to your nutrient tank. We also recommend that Bio-Link Plus be used as a foliar spray. Nutrient Tank Application. Mix Bio-Link Plus at a rate of 15 millilitres per 50 litres of water and thoroughly agitate. Works best when nutrient tank is suitably aerated. Repeat every 7 days. Initial Foliar Spray Application. Mix Bio-Link Plus at a rate of 25 millilitres per litre of water and spray lightly over crop until run-oﬀ. Repeat at Maintenance Application.

Propagation – Seeds and Cuttings. Mix Bio-Link Plus at a rate of 50 millilitres per litre and pre-soak cutting media. Pre-soak seeds for 15 minutes as an inoculant and to aid propagation. Soil and Potting Mix Applications. Bio-Link Plus can be safely applied to soil and potting mixes providing the soil moisture content exceeds 40%.

Helps to break down nitrogen containing compounds making them available to the plant and includes a nitrogen-fixing bacteria that enhances vegetative growth. Aids the development opment of healthy root systems, making the plant nt stronger and more resistant to adverse growing conditions. Beneficial microbes assist in the digestion of minerals making them more plant available. Beneficial microbes reduce salt build–up in the growing media, increasing nutrient penetration and hence plant absorption.

No animal by-products are used in the manufacture of Bio-Link Plus.

Initial Soil Application. Mix with water and apply Bio-Link Plus at a rate of 20 millilitres per square metre. Repeat at Maintenance Application. Maintenance Soil Application. Mix with water and apply Bio-Link Plus at a rate of 10 millilitres per m2. Repeat every 14 to 21 days depending upon the seasonal pressures for the duration of the crop.

www.hydrogarden.com

Product name

Code

Beneficials Bio-Link Plus 250ml

06-320-005

Beneficials Bio-Link Plus 1 Litre

06-320-010

Growth Technology Nutrients and Additives

SUPERthrive

BudLink A source of silicon for your plant

All–round plant tonic The world renowned SUPERthrive is a great plant tonic and general growth promoter. Plants require more than one vitamin for optimum performance. SUPERthrive is full of vitamins.

BudLink is a highly soluble silica–based nutrient supplement. The use of BudLink will increase weight and bulk, assist nutrient uptake as well as strengthening plants and improving disease resistance.

SUPERthrive is NOT a fertiliser, but an additive. Use SUPERthrive on any plant at any stage of growth or flower. On indoor plants, it brings out more new flower and leaf buds. On outdoor plants and bare–rooted plants, it starts new root and foliage action. on. It helps develop earlier and larger flowers.

Reduces moisture loss More eﬃcient uptake of nutrients Improved cell development

Application:

Stimulates plant’s immune system

on seeds to help during germination and get earlier vegetable and ﬂower crops to revive sick plants or to help plants recover from any stress to guard against transplant shock

Increased weight and bulk If this product is out of stock... ESSENTIALS Silicon+ has the same beneﬁts and is also a great source of silicon for your plants.

Product name

Code

SUPERthrive 30ml

06-260-010

SUPERthrive 60ml

06-260-015

SUPERthrive 120ml

06-260-020

Product name

Code

SUPERthrive 480ml

06-260-025

BudLink 1 Litre

06-310-005

SUPERthrive 960ml

06-260-030

BudLink 2 Litre

06-310-007

SUPERthrive 3.8 Litre

06-260-035

BudLink 5 Litre

06-310-010

rootgrow HYDRO Pouch

Bio Harvest Bio-Stimulant Root Growth Promoter

Rootgrow Hydro is a granular stimulator designed specifically for the hydroponic market. It contains beneficial microbes (mycorrhizal fungi and rhizobacteria) to help plants absorb nutrients more efficiently.

A dry, water soluble root booster with nitrogen ﬁxing, phosphorous solubilising and growth promoting bacteria. All the bacteria in BioStimulant also contain proven growth promoting substances, amongst which are humic extracts, sea kelp extracts and amino acids. Recommended for use with BioHarvest nutrients, but works orks great with all brands of plant food! d!

It helps to stimulate root development, increasing the root surface area and nutrient uptake. This is a one treatment product - simply sprinkle into the transplant hole or roll wet propagation plugs in it to give direct contact with the roots ensuring colonisation.

Product name

Code

Product name

C Code d

rootgrow HYDRO pouch - 400g

06-320-100

BioHarvest Bio-Stimulant 100g Tub

06-320-050

Grow with us.

129

HALO Growth Promoter Nutrients and Additives

How does HALO work? HALO heralds a new technology in plant stimulants and health. HALO is the first product of an entirely new class of crop production technology utilising the Harpin Alpha Beta protein, a powerful new plant technology. Both laboratory and field studies have shown that HALO treated plants exhibit accelerated growth, early flowering, early fruit set and increased fruit set. These observed effects on growth and development can lead to increased yields and a shortened time to harvest. HALO is foliar applied, on application a message or signal is sent throughout the plant, initiating a sequence of physiological and biochemical reactions that activate plant growth and stress-defence pathways. The result is a healthier, more productive crop. The active ingredient in HALO is Harpin Alpha Beta, a naturally occurring protein that activates the plant’s natural defence system. This is not to be confused with Harpin EA which is used in a well-known product in the USA. Harpin EA is the first generation science with only a single receptor. HALO Harpin Alpha Beta is the latest generation of the Harpin protein with 4 receptors. This increase in both number and nature of these active sites upon the protein enable lower dose rates and a wider efficacy and positive effect on the crop. In addition to its main active, HALO also benefits from a blend of essential micronutrients: Iron, Manganese, Zinc and Copper. These micronutrients are specially chelated to be slow released over a period of 3-10 days. HALO® utilises a patented process for chelating the microelements with polysaccharides, which maintains the availability of the nutrients both on the leaf and within the soil, maximising the effects of the Harpin protein.

What is Harpin Protein and how does it work?

HALO (Harpin) HALO has been extensively tested throughout the world and will provide the following benefits:

Harpin Alpha Beta

a higher growth rate when using lights due to an increase in photosynthesis by up to 25%. In addition, nutrient uptake in plants is also increased. Ultimately, HALO provides value to growers by increasing yield and fruit quality activates growth mechanisms that result in improved plant vigour, increased plant stamina and an improved stress defence response activates cell wall expansion, cell elongation, protein and sugar transport and promotes ﬂower initiation, fruit set and size activates defence mechanisms increasing the plant’s ability to defend itself against certain viral, bacterial and fungal plant diseases

1. The Harpin protein binds to the plant’s receptors. Plants are naturally equipped with early warning receptors that detect Harpin proteins.

pre-harvest applications reduce the incidence of Botrytis (bud rot) and extends crop shelf life

2. The receptors react to Harpin as if it were a pathogen – stimulating the plant to act. The plant responds by sending a signal (or message) throughout itself, initiating a sequence of physiological and biochemical reactions.

Application Method: Foliar Spray

3. The plant reaction activates both growth and stress-defence pathways within the plant. The growth response is most pronounced – increasing the plant’s current processes. This response increases nutrient uptake, photosynthesis, vigour and reproductive activity of the plant. The stress-defence response improves plant stamina, increasing stress tolerance. Plant stress can be caused by environmental events, physiological shifts in plant growth and outside biological agents. The benefit of stress-defence response depends on the severity and duration of a particular stress condition.

Timing of Application – Since the plant needs to convert the eliciting effects from HALO into biochemical processes, it is evident that best effects are obtained when the product is applied to physiologically active plants. Treatments are recommended around critical crop physiological growth stages, such as flower induction, fruit set, fruit enlargement and pre-harvest. In some perennial crops, the treatment of HALO in the previous season can affect the plant in the following growth cycle or spring and can also benefit cuttings/clones taken from the treated plant. This can result in earlier bud formation and hence, greater flowering. Trials are also showing great benefits as a seed soak in some crops and this research is continuing. Application Rates – Foliar applications: Mix dry, soluble HALO in water at a dilution rate of 5g (10ml) per litre of tap water. A 100g tub will provide 20 litres of foliar spray. A 2.5g (5ml) soluble sachet will give maximum benefit if mixed with 500ml of water. Mixed in 1 litre of water will be less concentrated, but will still offer good results. Apply every 2 weeks in flowering and once during the last week.

130

Product name

Code

HALO 100g

06-305-005

HALO Sachets 5 x 2.5g

06-305-006

The use of an ESSENTIALS Wetter is beneficial for maximising the benefits of HALO

www.hydrogarden.com

4. Growth and stress-defence responses interact and contribute to overall plant health. Improved plant health can result in one or more of the following outcomes: increased yield, improved quality and extended shelf life.

HALO Growth Promoter

A collaborative experiment has been carried out with researchers at the NASA Ames Center in California to measure HALO Harpin Alpha Beta Protein eﬀect on photosynthetic activity in a closed system growth chamber equipped for simultaneous measurements of multiple physiological parameters. After treatment with Harpin, there was demonstrated signiﬁcant increases in net photosynthetic rates that persisted for days.

Figure 2. Harpin treatment of tomato plants results in increased CO2 ﬁxation. Three week old Marglobe tomato plants were sprayed to run oﬀ with 40 ppm Harpin. Untreated controls (UTC) were kept separate during the application. The photosynthetic rate was measured with the Li-Cor LI 6400 over a period of 6 days after application. All measurements were made each day between 10:00 am and noon. Photosynthetic rates increased 19.8% after 1 day and 25.4% after 4 days.

Nutrients and Additives

NASA – over the moon with the effects of HALO

A HALO treated plant will have accelerated growth, early flowering and fruit set and increased fruit set. All leading to an increase in yield and a shortened time to harvest

Figure 2.

The finding that net photosynthetic activity is elevated in response to Harpin provides important insight into how HALO produces enhanced growth and yield. A Li-Cor LI 6400 portable photosynthesis meter is being used to assess effects of Harpin on various crops in laboratory and field studies. Measurements made in tomatoes, grapes, asparagus and strawberries have all shown increased photosynthetic activity in response to Harpin application. Results of tests – Figure 1. Harpin treatment increases daytime photosynthesis and night time respiration in wheat plants. Wheat plants were grown through antithesis phase in a closed system growth chamber (NASA Ames Center) permitting continuous measurement of photosynthetic activity. Photosynthetic rates were monitored both before and after treatment with Harpin. Baseline measurements were made to establish the pretreatment level of photosynthetic activity. Leaves were sprayed with Harpin solution (20 ppm.) 30 minutes prior to the beginning of the daily photo period. Days 1, 2 and 3 represent the days following Harpin application. See the peaks in increased light usage. Figure 1.

Nasa Conclusions – Harpin treatments elicit increased photosynthetic rates in diverse plant species. All plant species tested have exhibited an increase in photosynthetic activity upon Harpin treatment as compared to untreated controls. Harpin treatment results in increased net CO2 uptake and therefore, increased photosynthetic rate for a wide range of plant species tested thus far including wheat, tomatoes, asparagus, grapes and strawberries. Elevated photosynthetic rates were demonstrated using two independent methods of measurement in controlled laboratory conditions and in ﬁeld conditions. Photosynthetic rates remain elevated above basal levels for at least four days following a single Harpin treatment. For more information, go to www.halo-harpin.com

Control

HALO

Pump Up Compression Sprayer For spraying larger areas Our high quality pump up compression sprayer is ideal for foliar feeding or for larger applications of HALO. Includes calibration markings for easy concentrate dilution and adjustable brass nozzle for maximum versatility.

Product name

Code

Pump Up Compression Sprayer 2 Litre

10-505-025

Grow with us.

131

ESSENTIALS Products Nutrients and Additives

ESSENTIALS Wetter

ESSENTIALS Silicon+

ESSENTIALS OxyPlus (H2O2)

New beneficial bacteria based wetter for foliar feed and rehydrating dry soils

ESSENTIALS Silicon+ enables the grower to add this beneficial mineral to any nutrient solution

A concentrated preparation of naturally occurring bacteria and biodegradable wetting agents for aiding foliar feeding and soil re–wetting. Now with the added beneﬁt of a bacterial shield against disease and to aid in nutrient absorption.

ESSENTIALS Silicon+ produces a stronger plant by enhancing cell structure and also aids the development of root systems. The high pH of ESSENTIALS Silicon+ enables the product to be used as a pH Up in hydroponic systems.

ESSENTIALS OxyPlus is a liquid additive that can be used in hydroponic or soil systems to increase oxygen content and maintain system cleanliness. It can also be used in seed germination and as a preventative against Pythium. ESSENTIALS OxyPlus is a must have product for all serious growers. Here are some general uses for ESSENTIALS OxyPlus: ESSENTIALS OxyPlus in Hydroponic Systems to raise oxygen levels: Use 5ml per 10 litres of fresh nutrient tank solution (stir thoroughly). Between fresh batches of solution either use test strips or add an extra 2mls per 10 litres 3 times a week, this will maintain levels at approx 30 - 50 ppm.

Beneﬁts of use in Foliar application – Used in combination with a foliar feed of your choice Vital for foliar feeding to reduce the surface tension of water. It will ensure the adhesion of droplets on diﬃcult to wet leaves

ESSENTIALS OxyPlus for post harvest clean ups: Used as a sterilising agent between crops, ESSENTIALS OxyPlus will clean your system, killing harmful bacteria and pathogens very eﬀectively. ESSENTIALS OxyPlus will help promote rapid decomposition of organic material within the medium, tanks, pipes, drippers, etc. Remember to ﬂush the system thoroughly with fresh plain water before installing new plants. Use 50ml per 10 litres of water. Alternatively, you can use ESSENTIALS RoomClean.

Will assist in the plant’s ability to absorb the nutrient solution through the plant tissue Includes beneficial bacteria, such as strains of Bacillus subtilis which helps prevent against fungal disease Beneficial bacteria element helps condition leaves Benefits of use in soil Overcomes the water repellent properties of hydrophobic (dry) soils, especially when irrigation has failed or in drought conditions allowing the soil to be re-wet more effectively Allows more effective water penetration through the soil by distributing water both horizontally and vertically, thus reducing wasteful run-off Environmentally friendly and nontoxic components Improves root structure of plants Helps prevent again against nst fungal disease Improves nutrient ient in intake ntake

132

Product name

Code

ESSENTIALS Silicon+ 250ml

06-265-025

Product name

Code

ESSENTIALS Silicon+ 1 Litre

06-265-030

ESSENTIALS OxyPlus (H2O2) 17.5% 250ml

06-265-005

Product name

Code

ESSENTIALS Silicon+ 5 Litre

06-265-035

ESSENTIALS OxyPlus (H2O2) 17.5% 1 Litre

06-265-010

ESSENTIALS Wetter 250ml

06-290-005

ESSENTIALS Silicon+ 10 Litre

06-265-037

ESSENTIALS OxyPlus (H2O2) 17.5% 5 Litre

06-265-015

www.hydrogarden.com

No matter how you grow, VitaLink has the answer!

Growing Media

Plant Additives

VitaLink Plant Nutrition

VitaLink Plant Additives

VitaLink Growing Media

Ask in store for more details or visit www.vitalink.eu

Air and Nutrient Control

Air and Nutrient Control When growing using hydroponic methods, the plants are grown in an inert media and the plant's nutrition is supplied from the nutrient mix. In fact a plant obtains only 25% of what it needs through its roots, the other 75% comes from the air in the form of Carbon Dioxide (CO2). The nutrients and water mix you use in hydroponic growing are the sole source for a number of mineral elements. It is important that you use nutrients that are made for hydroponics and that the water is good quality - tap water is usually ﬁne. This means that nutrients are a key factor in hydroponic growing. A complete and balanced formula is needed to obtain the best results from your chosen system and for your plants. In soil-based gardening it is impossible to know how little or how much of a particular mineral is available to the plants. In hydroponics we must provide ALL the minerals necessary for successful plant growth. We therefore

136

use feeds that contain all of the 14 essential minerals required. For these reasons ordinary soil based garden plant foods are unsuitable for use in hydroponic systems. However, hydroponic nutrients are especially good for use on soil based plants due to the complete feed they represent. In general there are 2 types of nutrients available to the hydroponic grower - a 'Grow' nutrient and a 'Bloom' nutrient. The 'Grow' nutrient is used for young plants, plants in vegetative growth and for plants which do not ﬂower or produce blooms or fruit. The 'Bloom' nutrient is used for ﬂowering and fruiting when necessary. Some nutrients are also supplied in a Hard Water and Soft Water formulation. In the UK most of our water is termed as being 'hard' and as such contains high levels of bicarbonates. In these circumstances it is better to use a hard water mix which has less of the minerals that are already found in the 'hard' water.

www.hydrogarden.com

All of the nutrient brands supplied by HydroGarden contain everything that a plant requires in exactly the right ratios to obtain maximum results. All the nutrients are mineral elements that are water soluble so as to be readily available to the plants in the system. Nutrient ratios are commonly noted as NPK ratios, each representing the ratio of Nitrogen (N), Phosphorous (P) and Potassium (K). These are the three main minerals required for plant growth, but are not the only ones. HydroGarden oﬀers a complete range of nutrient formulations. This includes single pack nutrients whereby the complete nutrient is contained within one bottle or pack, twin packs, where each 'grow' and 'bloom' nutrient is supplied in an A and B pack separately, through to nutrient ranges that perform speciﬁc functions at each stage of the plants growing cycle.

vegetables and soft fruit ďŹ&#x201A;owers herbs

Not so easy to grow Grow nutrient

Quite easy to grow Very easy to grow

Bloom nutrient

Crop

Ease of Growing

Asparagus

14/18

6.0/6.8

Banana

18/22

5.5/6.5

Nutrient Needed

Comments

Broccoli

28/35

6.0/6.8

Cabbage

25/30

6.5/7.0

Celery

18/24

6.5

Common Bean

20/40

6.0

Needs support

Courgettes

18/24

6.0

Needs support

Cucumbers

17/25

5.5

Needs support

Leek

14/18

6.5/7.0 6.0/7.0

Lettuce

8/12

Marrow

18/24

6.0

Okra

20/24

6.5

Pak-Choi

15/20

7.0

Peppers

18/22

6.0/6.5

Rhubarb

16/20

5.5/6.0 6.0/7.0

Spinach

18/23

Strawberries

18/22

6.0

Tomatoes

20/50

6.0/6.5

African Violet

12/15

6.0/7.0

Carnation

20/35

6.0

Ficus

16/24

5.5/6.0

Rose

15/25

5.5/6.0

Basil

10/16

5.5/6.0

Parsley

8/18

5.5/6.0

Sage

10/16

Air and Nutrient Control

Hydroponic crops and typical target CF for nutrient and pH

Need support

Needs support

5.5/6.5 To convert the CF values into EC, divide by ten (e.g. a reading of 14 CF becomes 1.4 EC)

Grow with us.

137

Air and Nutrient Control Air and Nutrient Control

CO2 Release System

ESSENTIALS Trident Meter

Used to dose CO2 from a gas bottle

3 in 1 Test Meter

Here at HydroGarden, we believe that safety should come before anything else, that’s why our CO2 release components are made by GasArc, widely renowned as the best hardware on the market. Our CO2 kit comes ready wired and assembled for use and complete with 10 metres of layﬂat tubing. Full instructions are included. One year warranty. Use only with vapour release CO2

Highly accurate professional all-in-one meter for easy nutrient control.

Trident features: accurate and rapid conductivity, pH and temperature measurement temperature reading in either ºC or ºF nutrient strength in EC, CF or ppm easy push-button calibration auto turn-oﬀ to preserve batteries

supplied with long life AA batteries low battery indicator temperature compensation replaceable probe housing

Ideal for the following uses: Floriculture, Agriculture, Horticulture, Hobby hydroponics, Laboratory/Scientiﬁc, Commercial hydroponics

Product Name ESSENTIALS Trident pH-EC-CF-TEMP Meter - Twin Probe Pack ESSENTIALS Trident Replacement Probe Set/Housing

How does Trident Meter work?

Specifications

Trident pH,EC/CF and Temp Meter

Measuring Range

The trident is available with an upgraded pH probe housing, allowing it to now do twice as many tests as before (minimum 700 before degradation), that's twice as many as your standard handheld meter. Making the Trident great value for money. The all-in-one conductivity, pH and temperature meter is designed to make nutrient measurement quick and easy.

Code

09-440-005 09-440-020

ppm

Temp.

0 - 14 pH

0 - 4 EC

0 - 40 CF

0 -2800 ppm

0-50°C/ 122°F

Resolution

0.1 pH

0.1 EC

1 CF

100 ppm

0.1°C

Accuracy

±0.2 pH

±0.2 EC

±0.2 CF

±5% FS

±0.5°C

Operating Temperature

0 - 50°C

Temperature Compensation

Automatic 0 - 50°C

Power Source

4 x 1.5 V AA size batteries

Battery Life Other Features

Approximately 50 hours Low battery alert, Auto oﬀ, Impact resistant ABS plastic

Dimensions

Diameter 36 mm x length 415mm

Weight

Product Name CO2 Release Kit - wired up CO2 Layflat Release Pipe

138

Code

09-400-005 09-400-045

Unit weight with battery 300 g, without battery 210g

Suitable for Horticulture

Suitable for Aquaculture

www.hydrogarden.com

3 1

EC/CF/PPM

in pH TEMP Test Meter

pH and EC Meters

The ESSENTIALS pH and EC meters are convenient and easy to use and are designed for testing nutrient solutions. Just immerse the meter’s sensor into the nutrient solution and take the reading directly. The ESSENTIALS EC meter gives direct accurate readings of nutrient solution and is very helpful in mixing nutrient concentrate with water. All readings are automatically temperature compensated.

ESSENTIALS pH Meter

ESSENTIALS Meter Store for pH Meters

Highly accurate, professional meters for easy nutrient control

Prolong accuracy and life of pH probes with a storage solution

The ESSENTIALS pH meter is truly the most rugged glass type pH tester around. It is water and drop resistant. Easy-to-use, just dip the sensor into test solution, stir and wait. The unit will deliver a stable reading in about 20 seconds.

It’s diﬃcult to exaggerate the importance of maintenance and storage solutions. Expensive equipment is often utilised well below its full capabilities due to lack of proper maintenance of sensors. pH probes should always remain in ESSENTIALS Meter Store when not in use to prevent the probe from drying out. With ESSENTIALS Meter Store, keeping pH probes in tip top condition is no longer a problem. Includes probe foam to cut to the size of your meter cap to assist in keeping the probe wet. keep

The ESSENTIALS pH meter is a rugged glass type pH tester. It is water and drop–shock resistant. Both meters are easy to use. Just dip the sensor into test solution, stir and wait. The units will deliver a stable reading in about 20 seconds.

Air and Nutrient Control

Highly accurate meters for easy nutrient control

Economical The meters have a minimum lifespan of about 1 to 3 years depending on rate of sampling.

Product Name ESSENTIALS pH Meter

Code

09-410-020

Rugged All ESSENTIALS testers are water resistant, which allows for easy washing. Even if the tester is accidentally dropped into the water, it will remain aﬂoat so as to enable immediate retrieval without damaging the electronics.

Energy Saving The energy saving feature shuts oﬀ the tester when it is not in use. The unit also displays a low battery symbol to warn you before it degrades the accuracy of important readings.

Product Features

ESSENTIALS EC Meter Highly accurate, professional meters for easy nutrient control Product Name ESSENTIALS Meter Store 30ml (inc. meter sponge)

The ESSENTIALS EC meter gives direct accurate readings of nutrient solution and is very helpful in mixing nutrient concentrate with water. All readings are automatically temperature compensated. Easy-to-use, just dip the sensor into test solution, stir and wait. The unit will deliver a stable reading in about 20 seconds.

Code

09-430-100

Thirsty Light Bugs The Thirsty Light Bugs are a digital plant moisture sensor that blinks an LED light to alert the user as to when it is time to water a potted plant. It is designed to be unobtrusive when left in the soil of a plant, where is continuously monitors conditions, testing the moisture level once per second. These moisture sensors can be used indoors or out.

Digital calibration at a push of a button Water resistant Energy saving shut-oﬀ and battery warning Lit screen for when under dark foliage Shock and drop proof

The Thirsty Light Bugs come in three fun designs – Bumble Bee, Butterﬂy and Ladybird.

We recommend using ESSENTIALS Meter Store with the pH Meter to prolong pH probe life. Product Name ESSENTIALS EC Meter

Code

09-415-020

Grow with us.

Produc Name Product Thirsty Light Bumble Bee Thirsty Light Ladybird Thirsty Light Butterfly

Code

09-415-100 00 09-415-105 05 09-415-110 10

139 1 3

pH Control Air and Nutrient Control

ESSENTIALS pH Up Necessary to control the pH of nutrient solutions Quality adjusters necessary to control the pH of nutrient solutions. Concentrated for the professional grower.

Product Name ESSENTIALS pH Up (50% Potassium Hydroxide) ESSENTIALS pH Up (50% Potassium Hydroxide)

Volume

Code

250ml 1 Litre

09-420-070 09-420-075

ESSENTIALS pH Up ‘Easy Control 25’ Due to concerns over safety, we have reformulated our pH adjusters to a 25% strength and called them ‘EASYCONTROL 25’. This has the following beneﬁts: Easier to use for novice growers, as there is less chance of overdosing Safer to handle Quality adjusters are necessary to control the pH of nutrient solutions.

Keep locked up and out of reach of Children

140

Product Name ESSENTIALS pH Up EasyControl 25 (25% Potassium Hydroxide) ESSENTIALS pH Up EasyControl 25 (25% Potassium Hydroxide)

www.hydrogarden.com

Volume

Code

250ml 1 Litre

09-420-020 09-420-025

pH Control Air and Nutrient Control

ESSENTIALS pH Down Necessary to control the pH of nutrient solutions Quality adjusters necessary to control the pH of nutrient solutions. Concentrated for the professional grower.

Product Name ESSENTIALS pH Down (81% phosphoric acid) ESSENTIALS pH Down (81% phosphoric acid) ESSENTIALS pH Down (81% phosphoric acid)

Volume

Code

250ml 1 Litre 5 Litre

09-420-055 09-420-060 09-420-065

ESSENTIALS pH Down ‘Easy Control 25’ Due to concerns over safety, we have reformulated our pH adjusters to a 25% strength and called them ‘EASYCONTROL 25’. This has the following beneﬁts: Easier to use for novice growers, as there is less chance of overdosing Safer to handle Quality adjusters are necessary to control the pH of nutrient solutions.

Product Name ESSENTIALS pH Down EasyControl 25 (25% phosphoric acid) ESSENTIALS pH Down EasyControl 25 (25% phosphoric acid)

Volume

Code

250ml 1 Litre

09-420-005 09-420-010

Grow with us.

Keep locked up and out of reach of Children

141

Calibration Fluids Air and Nutrient Control

ESSENTIALS pH Buffer 4

ESSENTIALS Calibration Fluid

ESSENTIALS pH Buffer 7

Necessary to calibrate pH meters

Necessary to calibrate EC/CF meters

Necessary to calibrate pH meters

Use ESSENTIALS Buﬀer 4 solution to calibrate pH meters. ALL calibration solutions should be at room temperature for successful and accurate calibration.

Use ESSENTIALS calibration solutions to calibrate EC/ CF meters. New CF Standard now makes it easier for you to calibrate as it is set to read CF28 at 20 degrees (room temperature). ALL calibration solutions should be at room temperature for successful and accurate calibration.

Use ESSENTIALS Buﬀer 7 solution to calibrate pH meters. ALL calibration solutions should be at room temperature for successful and accurate calibration.

Product Name ESSENTIALS pH Buffer 4 Sachet ESSENTIALS pH Buffer 4 ESSENTIALS pH Buffer 4

Volume

Code

30ml 250ml 1 Litre

09-430-017 09-430-015 09-430-020

Product Name ESSENTIALS CF Standard 2.8ms Sachet ESSENTIALS CF Standard 2.8ms ESSENTIALS CF Standard 2.8ms

Volume

Code

30ml 250ml 1 Litre

09-430-007 09-430-005 09-430-010

Product Name ESSENTIALS pH Buffer 7 Sachet ESSENTIALS pH Buffer 7 ESSENTIALS pH Buffer 7

Volume

Code

30ml 250ml 1 Litre

09-430-027 09-430-025 09-430-030

ESSENTIALS pHix-!T Reduce pH adjusting ®

ESSENTIALS

ent Growroom Managem m management

ESSENTIALS®

Solutions for successful

Maintaining growing envia clean ronment Good

practice in the growro om is fungus prevent ion and a healthy the key to insect and ® crop. Keep all algal Keep the floor ESSENTIALS biomas s off the clean. as this can create the perfect surface of your growin g media Regular use environment of ESSENT IALS ® for disease ® . biomass at BlockClean bay. will keep this

Roots NEED oxygen. Roots should never sit in stagnant or ponding nutrient solution, so always aerate your nutrient solution with an air pump and air stone.

ESSENTIALS

Well or spring water can be following topics high in methane and organic This booklet covers the sulphates, both of which environment ESSENTIALS® Do not use mulch. OxyPlus will O Maintaining a clean growing remove. Insects and fungi free oxygennt manageme or composting growroom The thrive under ESSENTIALS® for successful material so pick dead decaying Solutions OxyPlus releases up fallen leaves leaves Grower’s tools is extremely O pH in a nutrient solution and dispose often transpor effective at eliminati or greenhouse, of growroom t many microsco a hydroponic them. fungi that could ng many running pic When pests, ultimately destroy disease and general causing diseases organisms and a nutrient solution and solution nutrient sanitary precautio your crop. This of your spores.O EC/CF in good management means regular ns must be taken. list of priorities. should be high on your growroom hygiene Clean your in a nutrient solution growroom afterO Oxygen harvesting For tidy and free of A separate set environment clean and limiting outbreaks of Botrytis growing of your indoor keeping a By tools Keep is good practice (bud rot) and nutrient uptake is easy to become a problem. keep clean. Disinfect Pythium (root to wash down O Maximising diseases need never biomass, manythese rot), it all equipment, after each use and of your the nutrient by soaking entire floor with reservoirs, the pH, EC and oxygen levels in or on the washing check ESSENTIALS® regular walls poor plant with ESSENTIA ® levels can can mean plant out RoomCle hydroponics RoomCle silicon LS immediately an. Similarly off the correct anin O Using concentrate. any fluctuation when taking after use, solution, serious You naturalaand becomes as ESSENTIA ® clones always safe product. LS RoomCle be readjusted before it and should sure you growthmake an is a have of your nutrient solutions won’t take long ® products your scalpel and board O ESSENTIALS – The checkingcleaned Regular with ESSENTIALS RoomCleproblem. in®the long run.Allow this to air dry, repeat an. if possible or and can save a lot of damage problem. Spray if you had a previous any mother plants disease as, Neem Repel down with a Take care not neem oil solution before you put to leavereally... simple decompo It’s them such back in as an sing organic material in your ® range of professional extra line of defence. nutrient ESSENTIALS Use the solution or trays your problem this material plants Ifwith – s remain once to provide your should always products growroom the be ESSENTIA room is 100% removed it will cause LS® RoomCle andasthey will reward cleaned with a depletion an, unplug all growing better of conditions oxygen. Lack room with ozone electrical equipme oxygen at the more of yield. from a unit such growth and faster nt and fill the withzone youroot is the sterilisation and as, the Hydrozo leading cause of root death. will eliminate any missed spores. ne. This is the final for at least 2 hours and then on growroom Evacuate the For more information put on the intake room full power for several hours, and exhaust fans at management go to: which removes the ozone.

ESSENTIALS

growroo

ESSENTIALS®

ESSENTIALS pHix-!T is a pH buﬀer. It is a blend of inorganic salts that ﬁx and maintain the pH level of liquid to approximately 6.0 for up to 7-10 days. This product is best used when plants are established in a hydroponic system and growing vigorously.

2 4 11 13 16 20 22

www.growcontrol.co.uk 3

142

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name ESSENTIALS pHix-!T soft water 250ml ESSENTIALS pHix-!T soft water 1 Litre ESSENTIALS pHix-!T soft water 5 Litre

Volume

Code

250ml 1 Litre 5 Litre

09-420-100 09-420-105 09-420-110

pH Control, Oxygen and Hygiene Products ESSENTIALS RoomClean

Necessary to control the pH of nutrient solutions

ESSENTIALS Organic RoomClean is a powerful, 100% natural cleaner and disinfectant for growrooms and greenhouses.

CANNA oﬀer pH adjusters suitable for use with CANNA nutrients. pH Down is available in both Grow and Bloom formulations.

Organic CANNA organic pH Down adjuster. Ideal for use with hydro organic growing methods using BIOCANNA Bio.

Product Name CANNA pH Down Bloom Pro CANNA pH Down Grow Pro CANNA pH Up Pro CANNA Organic pH Down

Volume Code

1 Litre 1 Litre 1 Litre 1 Litre

09-420-040 09-420-035 09-420-045 09-420-030

When used regularly, RoomClean will keep your growroom and growing equipment clean and free from fungi and bacteria. RoomClean can be used on all hard surfaces, such as metal, plastic, glass, wood, vinyl and painted surfaces. RoomClean is supplied in a 1L concentrate at a 25:1 concentration (it goes further than its competitors and is natural) ideal for mixing in a bucket for disinfecting growrooms at the end of a crop. RoomClean is also supplied in a ready to use spray bottle (RTU) form. Ideal to have at hand anytime

CANNA D Block

ESSENTIALS OxyPlus (H2O2)

CANNA D-Block is a product that is preventive against blockages when used in addition to your main nutrient products (in the same tank). It makes sure your pipe work stays clean and blocked pipes belong to the past, so that your plants get the feed they need. If you are growing organically only use CANNA D-Block as a ﬂush to clean your pipes and drippers between crops. Product Usage: Prevents blockages by inorganic salts in drip systems, has a cleaning function during cultivation and is biologically degradable. The product is not detrimental to plants and can be given with every feeding cycle. The functioning of the product is based on anionic detergents.

ESSENTIALS OxyPlus is a liquid additive that can be used in hydroponic or soil systems to increase oxygen content and maintain system cleanliness. It can also be used in seed germination and as a preventative against Pythium. ESSENTIALS OxyPlus is a must-have product for all serious growers. Here are some general uses for ESSENTIALS OxyPlus: ESSENTIALS OxyPlus in Hydroponic Systems to raise oxygen levels: Use 5ml per 10 litres of fresh nutrient tank solution (stir thoroughly). Between fresh batches of solution either use test strips or add an extra 2ml per 10 litres 3 times a week, this will maintain levels at approx 30 - 50 ppm. ESSENTIALS OxyPlus for post harvest clean ups: Used as a sterilising agent between crops, ESSENTIALS OxyPlus

Product Name CANNA D-Block Pipe/Dripper Cleaner

Volume Code

1 Litre

10-510-200

Grow with us.

Air and Nutrient Control

CANNA pH Adjustment

to mop up spillages or kill unwanted algae growth on growroom surfaces. There is no need to remove plants from the growroom before using this product. Kills harmful bacteria No need to remove plants Safe for children and pets

Product Name ESSENTIALS RoomClean Concentrate ESSENTIALS RoomClean RTU spray

Volume Code

1 Litre 750ml

10-510-005 10-510-050

will clean your system, killing harmful bacteria and pathogens very eﬀectively. ESSENTIALS OxyPlus will help promote rapid decomposition of organic material within the medium, tanks, pipes, drippers etc. Remember to ﬂush the system thoroughly with fresh plain water before installing new plants. Use 50ml per 10 litres of water. Alternatively you can use ESSENTIALS RoomClean.

Product Name ESSENTIALS OxyPlus (H2O2) 17.5% ESSENTIALS OxyPlus (H2O2) 17.5% ESSENTIALS OxyPlus (H2O2) 17.5%

Volume Code

250ml 1 Litre 5 Litre

06-265-005 06-265-010 06-265-015

143

Nutrient Controller Air and Nutrient Control

AutoGrow IntelliDose

How to use AutoGrow IntelliDose

Automatically adds nutrients and corrects pH as the plants feed, working tirelessly to keep your nutrient tank in perfect balance Simple to operate. The secret to its simplicity is that the controller can be conﬁgured to suit various systems and when this is done all of the irrelevant settings disappear from the menus and PC screens. In addition to this, the controller can even be instructed to set itself up!

IntelliDose benefits: Built-in USB – PC interface with USB cable and IntelliGrow software included Simple to operate – with AutoSet Good looking and smart – the perfect companion for your nutrient tank Up to 8 part nutrient dosing with variable ratios Schedule to automate A:B:C:D etc ratio and EC changes

This hydroponic doser sets a new benchmark in the small dosing controller market. The IntelliDose is absolutely feature-packed to enable it to cope with just about any hydroponic system. Knowledge is power: Once you have used the PC interface you will never go back to a controller without it. The reason is simple; you get to see all the settings in one list – no more fumbling around looking for a menu screen. You also get accurate logs of exactly what happened – you can see at a glance just what eﬀect each dose is having and if anything starts to go wrong you will see it immediately. In addition, the PC can sound an alarm or even phone you if anything goes wrong. Special functions: The controller can be set to operate with a diﬀerent EC for day and night. Plants need weaker nutrient when they are transpiring in the heat of the day and stronger nutrient at cooler times. Now you

can give them exactly what they need. An “add water output” can be used to reduce the EC as required. The irrigation output can be used to switch on an irrigation pump periodically to irrigate plants grown in pots. This can also have diﬀerent settings for day/ night. AutoSet may be used to initially set the dosing timing. (Just ﬁll the reservoir tank with plain water and stock it up with regular solution – then select AutoSet). The system will perform a series of tests (by dosing and measuring the results) in order to automatically set the system dosing times. For standard 2 part nutrients, proportional dosing may be selected so that it makes bigger doses when it is a long way from the set point and smaller doses as the set point is approached. A schedule can be entered that automatically adjusts the EC and even the nutrient ratios over the entirety of the plants' growth cycle. Now, that’s intelligent! For more information or to visit the AutoGrow forum, go to – www.autogrow.com

Typical IntelliDose layout using solenoid valves

Stock tanks

Solenoid valves Product Name AutoGrow IntelliDose Kit with 4 Solenoids AutoGrow IntelliDose Kit with 4 Peristaltics AutoGrow Bare IntelliDose Kit (No pumps) AutoGrow IntelliDose Set of 4 Solenoids Autogrow Intellidose Single Peristaltic Autogrow Intellidose Twin Peristaltic AutoGrow IntelliDose Replacement CF Smart Probe AutoGrow IntelliDose Replacement pH Probe

144

IntelliDose Controller

Sensors in sample pot

Code

09-425-100 09-425-105 09-425-110 09-425-020 09-425-050 09-425-055 09-425-025 09-425-030

Water in

www.hydrogarden.com

To crop

USB to PC

Environmental Controller

The complete PC interface provides a new level in user friendliness allowing growers to easily choose the components they are using, set the parameters for use and design their own data logging. Once they have selected their components (fans, air conditioner, CO2, dehumidifier, humidifier, fogger, multiple light banks, outside temp sensors, intruder alarms), there are 3 choices: AutoSet by Scheduling: This is the most accurate option. You simply click on the scheduling tab and fill in the boxes with light on/off times, day and night temperatures, acceptable humidity and CO2 requirements. You can lay out your entire crop cycle in one setting, with the IntelliClimate changing your settings in accordance with your schedule. AutoSet by Growth Stage: As your plants mature from seedlings to full vegetative growth and then into harvest, you simply click on the “growth stage” pull-down menu and choose between five different stages: cutting, vegetative, early flowering, late flowering or pre-harvest. The IntelliClimate is pre-programmed, utilising years and years of commercial greenhouse climate control experience. Your plants will love you for it! Manual: This setting is for growers who like to tweak their settings on a regular basis, reporting on the most current growroom conditions. In this setting, you decide your light timing, temperature settings, humidity settings and CO2 ppm manually, giving you the ability to change it easily.

The intelligent growroom climate controller with USB interface. Controls lights, fans, dehumidifier, air conditioning, heater, CO2 or humidifier The IntelliClimate is a truly smart growroom controller. Unlike simple dial set controllers, the IntelliClimate continuously adjusts fans, heaters, coolers, multiple light banks, CO2 injection and more, in an intelligent and integrated way. This achieves an ideal environment, without wasting valuable CO2, based on past dosage results. IntelliClimate also decides which types of cooling and dehumidifying are most appropriate for different growroom situations. The IntelliClimate is designed to mimic Mother Nature. When a plant is grown outdoors, it will experience gradual light, temperature and humidity changes. The ramping feature preset into the IntelliClimate will allow for slow changes in temperature and humidity levels, compensating for the addition of artificial lighting. For example, when your lights come on, you have the option of turning an air conditioner on a few minutes beforehand to cool the room down. Also, when the lights go off, you want your room temperatures to gradually decrease. The IntelliClimate is smart enough to leave the fans and/or air conditioners off for a few minutes, allowing the room a chance to cool down on its own. Both of these options are better for your plants and your electricity bill.

Air and Nutrient Control

AutoGrow IntelliClimate

How to use AutoGrow IntelliClimate

AutoGrow IntelliClimate Kit contains:

Once you have the basic set up done, the IntelliClimate will do the rest for you. With simple to use, remote access software (not included), you can log into your climate controller from anywhere in the world, releasing you from your growroom! If you do not have access to a PC from your growroom, you can still utilise the advanced technology on the IntelliClimate minus the scheduling feature.

1 x IntelliClimate Controller 1 x Universal Power Adaptor 24DC

These are just a few of the options available on the IntelliClimate. For more information on all the features and speciﬁcations, please contact us or visit the IntelliClimate experts at www.autogrow.com to ﬁnd out more.

3 x Twin Relay Box 1 x Power Cable 1 x Enviro Sensor with 5 metre cable

What you see… Fogger/humidiﬁer shows cloud when active

1 x Door Sensor with 4 metre cable

Fans turn when on

plug

Heater glows red when on Lights glow yellow (as light 2 opposite)

1 x USB cable 1 x Fixing Kit User Manual

CO2 shows cloud when injecting Intruder Alert – This image shows that an intruder has been in the room. When the intruder has gone it leaves his shadow behind as he is leaving. This stays on the screen until it is viewed and to erase it you have to switch to a diﬀerent screen (when you come back to this screen he will be gone). Plants grow, i.e. they have three sizes indicating growth stage, vegetable stage and ﬂower stage

Product Name AutoGrow IntelliClimate Kit without CO2 Sensor - Including 3 x Twin Relays AutoGrow IntelliClimate Kit with Integrated CO2 Sensor - Including 3 x Twin Relays AutoGrow IntelliClimate Kit without CO2 Sensor - Including 3 x Schuko Twin Relays AutoGrow IntelliClimate Kit with Integrated CO2 Sensor - Including 3 x Schuko Twin Relays AutoGrow IntelliClimate Twin Relay Box AutoGrow IntelliClimate Schuko Twin Relay Box

Grow with us.

Code

09-450-010 09-450-012 09-450-020 09-450-022 09-450-025 09-450-030

145

pH Automatic Doser Air and Nutrient Control

AutoGrow Mini Doser pH

How Mini Doser pH works

The Mini Doser continuously measures the pH in the mixing tank and adds either pH down (acid) or pH up (alkali) as required to maintain the pH set point. The controller counts the number of doses and in the event of the dose count per hour exceeding a set value an alarm can be sounded. In addition, alarms can be set to sound should the pH wander outside user set limits. If the dose count per hour exceeds a user setting, the controller will stop dosing. The solenoid valves are resistant to acids and alkalis at a concentration of 2%, which is adequate for most small systems. Special chemically resistant valves or peristaltic pumps are also available for larger systems. The Mini Doser pH complete kit comes with a sensor and one or two economy solenoid valves pre-wired on a small mounting panel. Choose one solenoid only if you know your background water only needs to be dosed one way either up or down.

These are great little machines aimed at the budget conscious and those who donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t need a computer interface. Ideal for hobby gardeners, schools, etc. Even large commercial growers use them â&#x20AC;&#x201C; particularly for water pre-treatment (pH) or if they have a trial area with a number of reservoir tanks.

Warranty is for 2 years providing the controller is installed in a clean, dry position out of direct sunlight and is not damaged either mechanically or chemically. Solenoid valves and sensor probes have a 1 year warranty providing they have not been subjected to strong chemicals or misuse.

pH Mini

Stock tanks on strong shelf

pH probe ALKALI (RAISE)

ACID (LOWER)

Mains power adapter ada

Sample pot

Solenoid valves

Metering valve To plants

Water in

Product Name AutoGrow Mini Doser pH Complete Kit with Solenoid Twin Pack AutoGrow Mini Doser pH Complete Kit with Single Solenoid Component AutoGrow Mini Doser pH with Sensor, Power Supply and Sample Pot

146

Code

09-425-140 09-425-145 Pump

Code

09-425-115

www.hydrogarden.com

pH Automatic Doser Air and Nutrient Control

AutoGrow Mini Doser EC

How Mini Doser EC works These are great little machines aimed at the budget conscious and those who donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t need a computer interface. Ideal for hobby gardeners, schools, etc. Even large commercial growers use them â&#x20AC;&#x201C; particularly for water pre-treatment (pH) or if they have a trial area with a number of reservoir tanks.

EC Mini

Stock tanks on strong shelf

The Mini Doser EC nutrient controller can work in units of EC, CF or TDS. The complete kit comes with a sensor and two economy solenoid valves pre-wired on a small panel. The controller continuously measures the nutrient concentration in the mixing tank and adds A and B nutrients as required to maintain the EC set point. The controller counts the number of doses and in the event of the dose count per hour exceeding a set value an alarm can be sounded. In addition, alarms can be set to sound should the EC wander outside user set limits. If the dose count per hour exceeds a user setting, the controller will stop dosing. The solenoid valves supplied are resistant to acids and alkalis at a concentration of 2% which is adequate for most nutrients. Special chemically resistant valves or peristaltic pumps are also available. The Mini Doser EC complete kit comes with a sensor and one or two economy solenoid valves pre-wired on a small mounting panel. Choose one solenoid if you are using a one-part nutrient and 2 solenoids if you are using a 2-part A/B formula.

EC probe Part A

Part B

Mains power adapter

Sample pot

Solenoid valves

Metering valve To plants

Water in

Pump

Product Name AutoGrow Mini Doser EC Complete Kit With Solenoid Twin Pack AutoGrow Mini Doser EC Complete Kit With Single Solenoid

09-425-150 09-425-155

Component AutoGrow Mini Doser EC Controller With Sensor, Power Supply & Sample Pot

09-425-120

Grow with us.

Code

147

Dose Accessories Air and Nutrient Control

AutoGrow IntelliDose Peristaltic (Single)

AutoGrow IntelliDose Peristaltic (Twin)

AutoGrow Mini Doser Sample Pot

An aﬀordable, highly accurate dosing pump for use with the AutoGrow IntelliDose system and both AutoGrow mini dosers (EC & pH) single unit.

A twin set of aﬀordable, highly accurate dosing pumps for use with the AutoGrow IntelliDose and both of the AutoGrow mini dosers (EC & pH).

A replacement sample pot for use with all of the AutoGrow dosing systems.

Product Name AutoGrow IntelliDose Peristaltic (Single) Medium Duty

09-425-050

Product Name AutoGrow IntelliDose Peristaltic (Twin) Medium Duty

Code

09-425-055

Product Name AutoGrow Replacement Mini Doser Sample Pot with Adaptors

AutoGrow Solenoid Valve ve e (Single)

AutoGrow Solenoid Valve (Bank of 4)

AutoGrow Solenoid Valve (Twin)

The budget dosing option for use with both the AutoGrow IntelliDose and the AutoGrow Mini Dosers (EC & pH). Gravity fed solenoid valve.

The budget dosing option for use with both the AutoGrow IntelliDose and the AutoGrow Mini Dosers (EC & pH). Gravity fed solenoid valves – super value four pack.

The budget dosing option for use with both the AutoGrow IntelliDose and the AutoGrow Mini Dosers (EC & pH). Gravity fed solenoid valves – extra value twin pack.

Product Name AutoGrow Solenoid Valve (Single)

148

Code

09-425-130

Product Name AutoGrow Solenoid Valve (Bank of 4)

Code

09-425-020

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name AutoGrow Solenoid Valve (Twin)

Code

09-425-125

Code

09-425-135

Environmental Monitoring ESSENTIALS Digital Min-Max Thermo Hygrometer

A thermometer simultaneously displays your nutrient tank and growroom temperature.

The Thermo Hygrometer simultaneously displays your growroom/greenhouse temperature and humidity.

Nutrient temperature measurement is via a thin waterproof probe. The Min/ Max memory records the highest and lowest temperature values.

At the push of a button, it will display the highest and lowest values recorded since the unit was last reset.

Product Name ESSENTIALS Digital 2 Way Thermometer/Min Max Meter

Product Name ESSENTIALS Digital Min-Max Thermo Hygrometer

Code

09-435-055

Digital Series Indoor/Outdoor Min Max The Thermometer rmometer

Digital Series Min Max Thermometer & Hygrometer

Large display with in (unit) and out (sensor) temperature alternating, and humidity on constantly, with min/max memory at the touch of a button.

Large display shows both temperature and humidity, with min/max memory at the touch of a button.

Product Name Digital Series Indoor/Outdoor Min Max Thermometer

Code

09-435-070

Product Name Digital Series Min Max Thermometer & Hygrometer

Grow with us.

Air and Nutrient Control

ESSENTIALS Digital 2 Way Thermometer/Min Max Meter

Code

09-435-065

Code

09-435-075

149

Foggers Air and Nutrient Control

Mist Maker 3 Float

Mist Maker 3 A fantastic way of creating a cool humid environment These powerful, compact humidiﬁers produce water vapour via ultrasonic vibration for a very ﬁne micron size droplet correcting the humidity of the air dried out by central heating or environmental conditions associated with indoor growing. Each unit is cool running and gives 100% humidity. Mist Makers maintain the optimum growing

environment required for cuttings, seedlings and growth through the vegetative stage of your plant cycle. Place in a large propagator or centre of the growroom and watch the vapour ﬂoat around your cuttings producing rapid growth rates, delivering greater nutrient uptake and nutrient transportation. Your plants will grow to love the Mist Maker! Mist Maker is cool running (most humidiﬁers on the market have a heat element) Mist Maker features a very quiet operation and requires no wiring as it plugs directly into a standard electrical plug socket Uses special coated discs for less frequent changing Works in an instant and discs can last up to 2000 working rking hours 240ml per hour output Product Name Float for Mist Maker 3

Code

09-435-150

Mist Maker 3 Ceramic Disc

Product Name Mist Maker 3 240 ml/hr

150

Code

09-435-100

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name Pack of 3 Replacement Ceramic Discs for Mist Maker 3

Code

09-435-160

Foggers Air and Nutrient Control

Mist Maker 5 Float

Mist Maker 5 A fantastic way of creating a cool humid environment

Product Name Float for Mist Maker 5

Code

09-435-155

Mist Maker 5 Ceramic Disc

Product Name Pack of 5 Replacement Ceramic Discs for Mist Maker 5

Code

09-435-165

These powerful, compact humidifiers produce water vapour via ultrasonic vibration for a very fine micron size droplet correcting the humidity of the air dried out by central heating or environmental conditions associated with indoor growing. Each unit is cool running and gives 100% humidity. Mist Makers maintain the optimum growing environment required for cuttings, seedlings and growth through the vegetative stage of your plant cycle. Place in a large propagator or centre of the growroom and watch the vapour float around your cuttings producing rapid growth rates, delivering greater nutrient uptake and nutrient transportation. Your plants will grow to love the Mist Maker! Mist Maker is cool running (most humidifiers on the market have a heat element) Mist Maker features a very quiet operation and requires no wiring as it plugs directly into a standard electrical plug socket Uses special coated discs for less frequent changing Works in an instant and discs can last up to 2000 working hours 400ml per hour output

Product Name Mist Maker 5 400 ml/hr

Code

09-435-105

Grow with us.

151

Reverse Osmosis Machines Air and Nutrient Control

190 Litre Reverse Osmosis Filter Pure water for your plants This Reverse Osmosis (RO) unit is supplied with everything needed in the one box to start producing high quality RO water. The kit includes; 1 x 254mm 5 micron pre-filter (stage 1), 1 x 254mm CTO carbon filter (stage 2), 1 x 50 GPD high rejection RO membrane (stage 3) and 1 x 254mm clear 620ml refillable DI vessel with Indicator colour change resin (stage 4). This RO unit is fitted with a back–wash valve, auto shut–off valve as standard and is supplied with all the pipe-work, instructions and fittings needed to plumb in and start producing RO water. The auto shut–off will stop all water flowing through the RO unit when fitted to a float valve or manual valve on the production side of the RO unit. Once the production water is switched

Reverse Osmosis Filter Consumables

off, the RO unit will shut down completely. This feature saves water by preventing the excess flow going to waste. The auto shut–off valve makes this a very versatile RO unit as it can be used manually or fully automatically with the use of a float valve. The back-wash valve allows for the periodic manual flushing of the membrane housing. This increases the life of the membrane and DI resin. This RO unit is easy to install and maintain and produces RO water of the highest quality. Replacement membranes, pre-filters, carbon filters and mixed bed DI resins are readily available.This RO unit can be used without a Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) meter as it is supplied with mixed bed DI colour change resin. This resin will change from green to orange when exhausted, thus indicating a rise in TDS.

190 Litre Reverse Osmosis Filter with Pump

First pr p efilter

Carbon prefilter

Product Name

Code

Product Name

Code

RO Filter Replacement 254mm (10”) 5 Micron Prefilter (PP)

09-455-050

RO Filter Replacement 254mm (10”) Block Carbon Prefilter (CTO)

09-455-055

Granular Carbon Prefilter

Product Name

Code

RO Filter Replacement 254mm (10”) Granular Carbon Prefilter (GAC)

09-455-060

Membrane

Granular Carbon Prefilter

Product Name

Code

RO Filter Replacement 254mm (10”) Granular Carbon Prefilter (GAC-KDF) Heavy Metal Removal

09-455-065

DI Resin Refill Pack

This variant has a built in water pump which is desirable if you suﬀer from low water pressure.

Product Name Reverse Osmosis Filter 4 Stage 190 litres/day Reverse Osmosis Filter 4 Stage 190 litres/day with Pump

152

Code

Product Name

Code

Product Name

Code

09-455-015 09-455-020

RO Filter Replacement Membrane 190 litres/day

09-455-070

RO Filter Indicator Mixed Bed DI Resin Refill Pack

09-455-075

www.hydrogarden.com

Growing in a hydroponic growroom or greenhouse? Solutions for Successful Growroom Management

ESSENTIALS ensures you are in control

Nutrient Additives

Nutrient Control

Silicon+ OxyPlus (H202)

pH Up pH Down pHix-!T

EC & pH Monitoring

Wetting Agent

EC Meters pH Meters Meter Store Replacement Probes pH Test Kits

Wetter

Calibration

Hygiene Control

CF Calibration Fluid pH Buffer 4 pH Buffer 7

RoomClean BlockClean

For your FREE Growroom Management brochure and to ďŹ nd your local stockist and much more visit www.growcontrol.co.uk

Odour Control

NOdA Odour Neutraliser Odour Control

Odour Control Unwanted smells and outside air quality can be a concern for growers and we offer a range of products for use within the growing environment to help control this issue. Carbon filters (see Ventilation Equipment) work by filtering the exhaust air using activated charcoal. This completely removes the airborne odour and outside particles when used as an air intake. Carbon filters will last between 9 months and 3 years dependent on the quality of the charcoal used.

We also oﬀer ozone-producing products, such as, the Hydrozone which introduces a small amount of ozone into the growing environment, reproducing a natural freshness, killing unwanted smells and disinfecting surfaces. Now we oﬀer odour neutralisers as well. The Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) range - available in spray, liquid, gel and block form - not only masks the smell, but traps and neutralises it, therefore, getting rid of the problem.

NOdA Odour Neutralising Sprays Welcome to the NEW, next generation NOdA odour eliminators. When you use NOdA you are not masking the nasty smell with a different fragrance, the advanced odour elimination technology traps and neutralises nasty odour, eliminating the problem. NOdA sprays naturally without fluorocarbons or propellants of any kind and the range now contains the great new scents of Crystal (notes of mountain breeze), Candy (notes of a sweet shop) and a sure fire hit - WashDay (notes of laundry & washing powder). NOdA Spray is environmentally friendly and safe to use.

NOdA – a range of odour eliminators – one spray goes a long way Neutralise unwanted organic and inorganic odours with NOdA fresh fragrances. Spray NOdA whenever you require a clean, fresh scent to replace and neutralise unwanted odours. Use against bins, kitchen smells, smoke, oﬃces, pet smells, stale odours and more...

156

Product Name NOdA Orange - 200ml (7oz) NOdA Coconut - 200ml (7oz)

07-305-105 07-305-110

Product Name NOdA Wash Day - 200ml (7oz) NOdA Crystal - 200ml (7oz)

07-305-120 07-305-125

NOdA Cinnamon - 200ml (7oz)

07-305-115

NOdA Candy - 200ml (7oz)

07-305-130

Code

www.hydrogarden.com

Eliminates odours Long Lasting - Lasts up to 4 days after one application to a room

Infuses a whole room Advanced odour elimination technology – traps and neutralises smells - not just masking Safe to use and does not melt plastic like some over aggressive sprays Also ideal for industrial and commercial use Available in 6 x 200ml varieties: Orange, Coconut, Cinnamon, Wash Day, Crystal and Candy

NOdA Odour Neutraliser

The NOdA Gel odour neutraliser is a great new technology utilising sphere gel and a unique liquid formulation to give optimum performance. The product will not develop a crust on the surface as competitor products do, thus ensuring maximum delivery over its life span. Its unique delivery system also offers subtle, even delivery over a longer time span than competitor products. Other products in the market load with fragrance to give you a strong first hit making you think the product is better than others, but this drops off in a couple of days with no consistency.

Product Name NOdA Wash Day Gel Balls 850g NOdA Candy Gel Balls 850g

07-305-205 07-305-210

NOdA Crystal Gel Balls 850g

07-305-215

Grow with us.

NOdA Gel is consistent day after day and oﬀers peace of mind in the battle against odour! Place in your target area - for rapid deployment, you can use a fan over the product or place in an area of airﬂow such as on a radiator.

Odour Control

NOdA Odour Neutralising Gel

To maximise the level of odour control, simply expose more surface area of the gel. One way to do this is to decant small amounts of gel around the targeted area. For maximum, even delivery shake well throughout life span.

Code

157

Odour Neutraliser Sprays Odour Control

Odour Neutralising Sprays The natural spray odour neutraliser

158

Product Name Orange Mist 3.5oz (104ml) Orange Mist 7oz (207ml)

07-305-020 07-305-025

Code

Lemon Mate Mist 3.5oz (104ml)

07-305-030

As natural as fresh-picked citrus, these sprays are natural air fresheners and room de-odourisers that will freshen without leaving any unpleasant chemical odour behind.

The spray systems deliver a ďŹ ne mist allowing for better spread and circulation of the product and they work fast and last a long time.

Lemon Mate Mist 7oz (207ml)

07-305-035

Lime Mate Mist 3.5oz (104ml)

07-305-040

Lime Mate Mist 7oz (207ml)

07-305-045

They destroy odours as opposed to masking them, are made from high quality biodegradable citrus ingredients. The containers carry no ďŹ&#x201A;uorocarbons, hydrocarbons or propellant.

Please note, the sprays are citrus based, do not use them directly on plastics or delicate materials.

Grapefruit Mate Mist 3.5oz (104ml)

07-305-048

Grapefruit Mate Mist 7oz (104ml)

07-305-050

www.hydrogarden.com

Hydrozone Ozone Generator Hydrozone Benefits Fully adjustable output

Kill odours with ozone The Hydrozone makes Ozone (O3), which neutralises odours at source. Ozone safely alters the molecular structure of offensive micro-organisms to eliminate smells. It also kills mould, mildew and bacteria. The Hydrozone is specially made for the hydroponics market unlike other units available. It is safe and flexible, using technology that offers better more controlled results compared with existing ultraviolet technology.

parts are aﬀordable and the unit is the easiest on the market to service and maintain. Note: Please ensure the unit is fully charged by closing the lid and leaving it plugged in for a couple of hours. If it is not charged in this way, the timer will not have any power.

A fully adjustable output is ﬁtted as standard to enable the output to be matched to the requirements of the room.

Odour Control

Hydrozone Ozone Generator

Built-in programmable timer models This model option enables a unit to function during 8 diﬀerent time periods per day and 7 days per week. Permits complete ﬂexibility of control to optimise performance.

Broad output range

The unit will treat rooms up to 100m3. The unit can be used either inside or outside a growroom to control odours. Spare

The Hydrozone provides almost 50% more ozone than comparable ultraviolet based products, which coupled with their unique controllability, enables one size of unit to cover almost every size of application from small to large.

Initial cost The Hydrozone is very competitively priced compared with ultraviolet systems.

Low running costs Running costs are typically 40% less than ultraviolet units.

Harmless to plants Full control of output ensuring that ozone levels are entirely beneﬁcial to plant growth.

Safety No harmful radiation or risk of injury to eyes.

Installation Simple to install with full set-up instructions to ensure correct use.

Serviceability Very simple to clean and service with no special tools or skills required. Full instructions are provided. Replacement ceramic plate

Replacement No expensive replacement parts.

Product Name Hydrozone Ozone Generator with Timer Hydrozone Replacement Ceramic Plate

UK Manufacture

Code

All replacement parts and technical support promptly available.

07-310-005 07-310-008

Grow with us.

159

Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.)* Odour Control TM

Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Spray

Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Liquid

‘Odour Neutralising Agent’ (O.N.A.) Spray is supplied in an environmentally friendly NON-aerosol pump spray dispenser, offering a fine mist that floats on the air, neutralising odours instantly. Ready for when you need a solution urgently and easily! Ideal for home or office and pet safe.

Odour Neutralising Agent’ (O.N.A.) Liquid can be used in many diﬀerent applications and is very versatile.

The 200ml spray applicator is easy-to-use and fast acting with the unique neutralising formulation. Once used the agent can stay in the atmosphere, oﬀering protection from nasty odours for up to an hour (depending on strength and type of odour). Simply reapply when needed.

Available in a 1 litre bottle, ‘Odour Neutralising Agent’ (O.N.A.) liquid can be used as a wash-down product for rooms or materials where odours need to be removed and where odours have penetrated textured surfaces such as cloth. (Note: as with all surface treatments you will need to test a small area ﬁrst to make sure no damage occurs). It can also be used in commercial misters mixed with water (at a neutral pH) to the desired strength or as a regenerator liquid for our gel-based product.

The originall fo formulation for rmullation British 'Odour Neutralising Agent' or o in its abbreviated term 'O.N.A.'* is back and one of the most effective methods of controlling odours available. Widely used for many different environments from removing stale odours created by indoor growing of plants through to commercial biological smell removal, ‘Odour Neutralising Agent’ (O.N.A.) is the first choice for odour control alongside good housekeeping. *O.N.A. is used as an abbreviation and has no association with the product manufactured by Odorchem Manufacturing Inc and branded ONA.

160

Product Name Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Linen Spray 200ml Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Pro Spray 200ml

Code

Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Pacu Spray 200ml

07-320-015

07-320-005 07-320-010

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Linen Liquid Concentrate 1 Litre Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Pro Liquid Concentrate 1 Litre

Code

07-320-205 07-320-210

Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.)*

The History of ‘Odour Neutralising Agent’ (O.N.A.) starts in Australia in the 1980’s. A group of scientists developed a product that was extremely eﬀective at locking onto odour molecules and actually neutralising them. This technology then spread to Canada and the UK in the mid 1990’s. ‘Odour Neutralising Agent’ (O.N.A.) is the original UK formulation. Originally designed for industrial applications, ‘Odour Neutralising Agent’ (O.N.A.) was developed as a treatment for potent odours from natural waste facilities, animal rendering plants and sewage treatment works. It exploits relationships between 3 processes adsorption, absorption and ‘Pairs’ Theory to create the ﬁnal formula that cancels out most organic and inorganic odours.

Odour Control

About Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.)

Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Gel This gel-based product is ideal for larger room applications due to its controlled release formula, which offers a constant treatment of odours over a longer time frame. Simply place in your target area and take off the lid. The product effectiveness can be speeded up with the use of a fan to blow air over the product. This will aid the agent deployment into the atmosphere of the room but will use up the product quicker, so regulation is needed depending on room size. The product can also be decanted to have small amounts around a room, avoiding the need for a fan. Available in a 1 litre tub or a 3 litre jar, the product can be regenerated with ‘Odour Neutralising Agent’ (O.N.A.) Liquid. For a 1 litre tub, when it is fully used up, fill with 250ml of ‘Odour Neutralising Agent’ (O.N.A.) Liquid and top up with tap water (ph neutral). Shake well and leave for 1 hour to allow for gel reactivation before use. Please note, to keep the gel working at its best, make sure you shake the product before use and every other day to allow the neutralising agent to fully mix with the gel. Ideal for home or office and pet safe.

Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.)

Product Name Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Linen Gel 1 Litre Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Pro Gel 1 Litre

Code

Product Name Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Linen Gel 3 Litre Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Pro Gel 3 Litre

Code

07-320-305 07-320-310

‘Odour Neutralising Agent’ (O.N.A.) encapsulates the odour molecule and either destroys it or converts it to a more acceptable level.

Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Pacu Gel 1 Litre

07-320-315

Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Pacu Gel 3 Litre

07-320-415

The product is extremely flexible; there are no limitations to its usage for odour control. ‘Odour Neutralising Agent’ (O.N.A.) is available in 4 different versions to fit your needs: Spray – for when you need a quick localised fix for an odour. Gel – ideal for longer term deodorising of closed spaces. Can be used with a fan for greater effect. Solid Block – ideal for ventilation systems and small closed environments such as closets. Liquid – used for recharging the gel product or in its own right in misters or as a wash-down product.

07-320-405 07-320-410

Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Solid Block ‘Odour Neutralising Agent’ (O.N.A.) Solid Block is ideal for placing in internal ventilation systems to eliminate odours in office or household environments or used in small areas such as cupboards and closets or even cars and caravans (for larger spaces not in a ventilation system we would recommend the Gel). To use, you simply remove the lid or cover and place in the target area. The block works by surface area exposure - the more surface area exposed, the faster and stronger the effect. To regulate this, you can either lessen the effect (if in a small area) by drilling holes in the lid and keeping the lid on or for larger ventilation areas, you can take the block completely out of the tub exposing the entire block. The ‘Odour Neutralising Agent’ (O.N.A.) Solid Block will release its unique neutralising agent into the atmosphere to treat undesirable odours. Replace when depleted. Product Name Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Linen Solid Block 250ml Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Pro Solid Block 250ml

Code

Odour Neutralising Agent (O.N.A.) Pacu Solid Block 250ml

07-320-115

Grow with us.

07-320-105 07-320-110

161

Lighting

The reﬂector is needed to direct light to your plants.

Lighting Light is the most important environmental factor to consider, whether you are growing indoors or out. Depending on where you live and where you want to garden, the sun will not always be there for you. With the right grow light, you can grow literally any plant, anywhere and at any time, therefore making gardening a year-round hobby!

HID Grow Lights – How Do They Work? Based on proven horticultural technology, you need three individual items: 1. A reﬂector, which protects the lamp and directs the light to where you want it.

All HID lighting systems requiree n a ballast to run p. the lamp.

2. A ballast, which contains the components necessary to ignite the lamp and to regulate the current when the lamp is running.

Select a hanger to hang and adjust reﬂectors

3. A lamp. Horticultural lighting is easy to install and cheap to run. All units are supplied wired and are ready to use – simply hang your chosen reflector, install the desired lamp and plug the reflector into the ballast unit. Once this has been done, plug the ballast into a 230v power supply, via a contactor and switch it on. The majority of reflectors are designed to be lightweight and can be hung from a simple ceiling hook or hangers.

HID Grow Lamps – HPS and MH Sunlight is undoubtedly the cheapest source of light for growing plants. However, there are times when there is insuﬃcient or no natural light available - for instance when growing indoors, in winter, or at night.

Choose from sodium or metal halide lamps and select a wattage that matches your ballast wattage

The High Intensity Discharge (HID) lamps that we are most concerned with are High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lamps and Metal Halide (MH) lamps. HID lamps are very bright, require external ballasts and can be used as a substitute for natural sunlight, as they have a similar colour spectrum. HPS lamps are used by commercial growers, to supplement natural light and to extend the ‘day length’ that a plant is subjected to. This type of lamp puts out a ‘redder’ light and can be compared to the light of an autumn sunset. The addition of HPS lamps enhances ﬂowering in many crops and are the preferred option, if natural daylight is also available.

164

Metal Halide lamps give oﬀ a ‘blue’ light which is more suitable for young plants and vegetative growth. www.hydrogarden.com

High Pressure Sodium Lamp

CFL’s are high-output flourescent lamps which run at lower wattage and generate significantly less heat than HID lighting. They are available in a variety of light “colours” to suit different stages of the growing cycle. We have a range of compact fluorescent lighting that offers growers the choice of low energy growing where heat or cost is a concern. Our Envirogro compact fluorescent unit is a top of the range propagating and overwintering unit. It features ultra-high output and compact fluorescent lamps that are powered by a dedicated integral power unit. The lamps can be easily interchanged from Cool White to Warm White, by simply screwing the new lamp into the same reflector unit. This offers the ultimate in energy efficiency, flexibility and affordability.

The EnviroGro PRO CFL Reﬂector can be used for side lighting or mounted over the plant for intense growing power and oﬀers a low energy alternative to HID lighting units.

Lighting

Compact Fluorescent Lamps (CFL)

T5 Lamps T5 lamps are long, glass fluorescent tubes that are available in a variety of lengths. During the first few weeks of existence, seedlings and cuttings can be rooted under fluorescent strip lights. These lamps provide much less light than HIDs, which is why they are ideal for this particular stage of a plant’s life. They promote developmental growth by supplying cool, diffused light to cuttings and seedlings. However, they can also be used for vegetative, low level plants where even distribution is required and supplementary flowering.

Colour Spectrum The range of light energy emitted from any light source is measured in nanometres (nm) and ranges from ultraviolet to infrared. This information is critical for the correct lighting of your plants. Certain plants and plant growth stages respond better to certain wavelengths of light.

Quality, Value and Safety

Chlorophyll b

Our specially designed horizontal reflectors direct all the light down to your plants, therefore ensuring a broad, intense spread of light. All PowerPlant and LUMii reflectors are made using highly reflective material that is anodised and manufactured exclusively for the lighting industry. The anodising protects against corrosion and is scratch-resistant. Some suppliers use low-cost flat mirror or other unsuitable reflector materials in their products, neither of which are meant for use in HID lighting. Mirror reflectors are not ideal, as they simply reflect the hot spots produced by the HID lamps, therefore giving a less even distribution of light. This in turn causes unequal growth or produces ‘hot spots’ of light and heat. Mirror shades should only be used for low intensity flourescent lighting.

Grow with us.

Chlorophyll a

Relative Absorption

There are many different reflectors on the market today. Some reflectors are more efficient than others when being used for specific growing environments. Reflectors can be made from aluminium, steel sheet metal or stainless steel. Aluminium dissipates heat more quickly than steel. The steel is either cold rolled or pre-galvanised prior to the application of a reflective coating.

Carotenoids

Wavelength (nm) Violet

380-430 nm

Vegetative

Blue

430-490 nm

Vegetative

Green

490-570 nm

Vegetative

Yellow

570-590 nm

Flower/Fruit

Orange

590-630 nm

Flower/Fruit

Red

630-750 nm

Flower/Fruit

165

Magnetic Ballasts LUMii Dual Core Switchable Ballast 132mm

120m

320m

245m

Unlike many other ballasts on the market, the PowerPlant DayLite ballasts use super imposed-pulse ignitors.

What does this mean?

Wattage

600w

With superimposed-pulse ignitors, the ignition voltage is generated without placing a high-voltage load on the choke, extending component life.

Core

Copper

Technology

Magnetic

Ignition

Super imposed-pulse

What about reliability?

Case

Metal

System reliability is increased because the ignition pulses are more consistent and largely unaﬀected by ﬂuctuations in the mains voltage and the

Power Lead

Voltage

240v

0.95

Running Amps

3.1 amps

Product Name PowerPlant DayLite 600w Ballast

166

Code

03-105-015

IOS • FULL W VAT AT EN TA

Always use the correct wattage of lamp to the power selected. A 400 watt lamp running at 400 watt will oﬀer better spectral output than a 600 watt lamp at reduced power. Other ballasts on the market claim that they are 400 watt or 600 watt, but when tested they produce less power. This is because some brands cut costs by using inferior components or by reducing the amount of copper in the windings – resulting in less power, less light output and smaller yields. When using LUMii ballasts, you can rest assured that the power stated is what you will get, no corners cut, just optimum growing results.

Code Product Name LUMii Dual Core 400/600w Switchable Ballast 03-105-210

www.hydrogarden.com

R OUTPUT • PLE WE INE PO P GE

TRUE POWER

Not only are the PowerPlant DayLite ballasts quiet, cool running, safe and reliable, they are also designed and tested in the UK, which makes them one of the best ballasts on the market.

400 watt and 600 watt ballast in one If you want ﬂexibility then choose the LUMii Dual Core ballast, oﬀering dual power levels of 600 watt down to 400 watt. Built to the same standards as the LUMii COMPACTA ballasts, it gives you two ballasts in one.

A POTENCIA D XIM ES AL MÁ I

choke is not subjected to high voltage ignition peaks. Superimposed-pulse ignitors are the most reliable method for starting Metal Halide and High Pressure Sodium lamps operating in wire bound ballast circuits.

E SORTIE EN CE D WA AN TT SS UI

Why PowerPlant DayLite ballasts?

180mm

132mm

We are constantly working with engineers in the UK to make our lighting range even better and are happy to say that the latest generation of PowerPlant DayLite ballasts are one of the best HID magnetic copper coil ballast enclosures on the market. Released in 2009, tens of thousands have now been sold with exceptionally low return rates giving you peace of mind.

S•

Lighting

PowerPlant DayLite Ballast

Wattage

400w, 600w

Core

Copper

Technology

Magnetic

Ignition

Timed Impulse

Case

Vented Nylon

Power Lead

Voltage

240v

0.95

Max. Running Amps

3 amps

Magnetic Ballasts

The LUMii Compacta and LUMii Compacta TIMA ballasts, available in both 400w and 600w, have been redesigned for improved quality and high output, and continue to boast fully enclosed and potted cases. As with all LUMii ballasts, you are able to get the true output that your plants need. Many ballasts on the market are underpowered to save money, but not LUMii! All Compacta units have digital ignition that is timed and intelligently monitors your lamp. It will not ignite old lamps that have a danger of overloading.

They run high-pressure sodium and metal halide lamps, with LUMii True Power meaning your 600w lamp gives a true 600w of power. The LUMii Compacta ballasts have the most windings on the market costing more to produce but meaning they will run cooler and more eﬃciently, oﬀering a high power factor (pF). Some inferior ballasts use less internal winding, deliver less power and therefore less lamp output.

Can be wall-mounted horizontally or vertically (slotted hanging hook incorporated) Silent and cool running Intelligent electronic timed igniter Fitted with IEC connector cord and UK mains lead Will ﬁre your lamp up to 15m from your ballast 12-month guarantee from date of purchase

125mm Switch left for vegetative timing, 18 hours on, 6 hours oﬀ.

mm 110mm

295

Injection-moulded case in ﬁre-resistant, glass-ﬁlled nylon

Switch right for ﬂowering timing, 12 hours on, 12 hours oﬀ.

125mm mm 110mm

295

TRUE

POWER

LUMii Compacta TIMA

S•

E SORTIE EN CE D WA AN TT SS UI

IOS • FULL W VAT AT EN TA

LUMii Compacta R OUTPUT • PLE WE INE PO

A POTENCIA D XIM ES AL MÁ I

Product Name LUMii Compacta 400w Potted Ballast LUMii Compacta 600w Potted Ballast LUMii Compacta 600w Potted Ballast - EU Plug

Code

03-105-215 03-105-220 03-105-240

Lighting

LUMii Compacta Ballasts

Product Name LUMii Compacta TIMA 18/12 400w Potted Ballast LUMii Compacta TIMA 18/12 400w Potted Ballast - EU plug LUMii Compacta TIMA 18/12 600w Potted Ballast LUMii Compacta TIMA 18/12 600w Potted Ballast - EU plug

Grow with us.

Code

03-105-305 03-105-315 03-105-310 03-105-320

The first magnetic power pack with built-in digital timer. It has 3 settings; a vegetative growth setting (18 hours on, 6 hours off ), a flower setting (12 hours on, 12 hours off ) and permanently on, which bypasses the timer

Ballast B

Compacta

Compacta TIMA

Wattage W

400w, 600w

Core C

Aluminium

Technology T

Magnetic

IIgnition

Timed Impulse

Case C

Potted Nylon

Power Lead

Voltage

240v

0.95

Running Amps

400w - 1.53 amps 600w - max. 2.75 amps

400w - 1.53 amps 600w - max. 3 amps

167

Magnetic Ballasts Lighting

Lumatek Electronic Dimmable Ballast 105

mm 230

82mm

See our

High Pressure Sodium and

Lumatek electronic ballast beneﬁts: Dimmable stable light output – excellent for pharmaceutical agriculture, laboratories and other uses where precise regularised output is essential

Metal Halide

Fast start-up – it reaches full brightness in under one minute whereas magnetic ballasts take longer Completely silent

lamp ranges on pages 178 - 181

Small compact design – 600 watt 230 volt ballast weighs less than 3.75 kilos compared to heavier magnetic ballasts Produces less heat

Wattage

400w, 600w

Cut-oﬀ circuitry – cut-oﬀ when a short is detected. For ultimate safety

Core

N/A

Technology

Electronic

Ignition

N/A

Case

Metal Alloy

Power Lead

Voltage

240v

0.95

Running Amps

400w - 1.8 amps 600w - max. 2.7 amps

Longer bulb life – lumen output loss over time, with the correct lamp, is dramatically less than with magnetic ballasts Fully interchangeable – Lumatek ballasts can light both HPS and MH bulbs (the super lumen switch cannot be engaged on metal halide bulbs) Code Product Name Lumatek 400w Dimmable Electronic Ballast 03-105-083 Lumatek 600w Dimmable Electronic Ballast 03-105-085

168

www.hydrogarden.com

Digital Ballasts Lighting

LUMii DIGITA ECO Dimmable Ballast A fully electronic ballast

High frequency output – nature’s way

The LUMii DIGITA ECO ballast is a fully electronic ballast. This technology is micro-processor controlled and works at higher frequency (hertz) than the standard magnetic ballast, meaning more light gets to your plants. It is also more eﬃcient meaning more output per watt of energy consumed. The LUMii DIGITA ECO ballast is dimmable and also has a boost setting for each lamp size, meaning you can take control of the light output.

Magnetic ballasts work at 50-60 Hz. This means the light output from the lamp cycles, and is lit only 50-60 times per second. The LUMii DIGITA works at almost 40,000 Hz which means the light is lit 40,000 times per second. This is experienced as almost continuous light output from the lamp. This is far closer to the natural frequency of light experienced by plants for millennia. This more efficient excitement of the gases allows for increased efficacy of the ballast. Simply put, you get more lumen output for each watt of electricity consumed. Over many lights this energy saving is substantial. LUMii DIGITA ballasts can be controlled to adjust light output to suit the conditions required with great accuracy, thus providing further significant savings in energy consumption.

Available in 400w/250w, 600w/400w and 1000w/600w/400w variants.

Ultra quiet The LUMii DIGITA ECO ballast is one of the quietest ballasts on the market with no hum or vibration (this is common with magnetic or fan cooled electronic technology).

Ultra compact and cooler operation The LUMii DIGITA ECO ballast is one of the smallest and coolest running available, we have achieved this by creating a component set that

How does the dimmer switch work?

Ultra lightweight

Although it looks similar to the non-dimmable ballast, the features of the LUMii DIGITA dimmable ballast gives the user the ability to control the light output using the phase controller. The dimmable has four settings including a boost setting - giving the user great control. For best results, use the correct lamp per wattage setting.

400w/600w

The LUMii DIGITA ECO ballast is very lightweight, the 600 watt is only 3kg compared with 8kg for a 600 watt magnetic ballast.

Safe operation The LUMii DIGITA ECO ballast has safety features built in that protects the unit’s circuitry if a short is detected. When the ballast detects an abnormal input or output voltage due to an old or damaged lamp, it will not attempt to ignite the bulb. The LUMii DIGITA ECO ballast is resin covered on the inside, helping to protect from dust ingress to the components and creating even heat distribution, meaning there is no need for a fan. This means the product is more robust and has increased longevity over fan based ballasts.

106mm

295mm

75mm

With the new LUMii DIGITA ECO ballast less wattage is lost in the transmission of power from the wall socket to the lamp. Better power management means more light to the plant and less energy consumed. The quality of the light produced is also a lot more stable thanks to LUMii’s power management software built into the unit that monitors for lamp degradation and power ﬂuctuation from the grid, this produces a higher hertz rate and optimum light levels. The lamp is very quick to ignite, using less power at the ignition stage and giving your plants a full spectrum light source within 5 minutes (magnetic ballast technology takes up to 20 minutes for the lamp to come up to full brightness).

does not generate a lot of heat. Less heat and a welldesigned body shell means you can have less airspace inside the body, which allows the design to be smaller. In addition, less heat means more eﬃcient use of power and better environmental control.

Wattage

400w, 600w, 1000w

Core

N/A

Technology

Fully Electronic

Ignition

N/A

Case

Metal Alloy

Code

Power Lead

03-105-250 03-105-255 03-105-260 03-105-265 03-105-270 03-105-275

Voltage

240v

0.95

Running Amps

400w - 1.8 amps 600w - 2.9 amps 1000w - 4.6 amps

1000w 160mm

340mm

100mm

More light output per watt of energy consumed

Product Name LUMii DIGITA 400w Dimmable Ballast LUMii DIGITA 400w Dimmable Ballast - EU Plug LUMii DIGITA 600w Dimmable Ballast LUMii DIGITA 600w Dimmable Ballast - EU Plug LUMii DIGITA 1000w Dimmable Ballast LUMii DIGITA 1000w Dimmable Ballast - EU Plug

Grow with us.

169

Lamp Hanging Kit and Budget Reflector Lighting

LUMii HPS Lamp Hanging Kit

LUMii OPTii Reflector

Lamp Hanging Kit

Closed Reflector

A great way to add extra light right into the areas you need it. Simply purchase the products below.

The LUMii OPTii is a closed-ended lightweight reflector, which allows for more intense, focused light. Unlike others on the market, the LUMii OPTii includes a unique lamp holder that is adjustable and designed to fit a range of HID bulbs, when used with this reflector. All earth requirements are incorporated into the lamp holder itself; this safety feature means that there is no need for additional components.

The hanging bracket allows for extra balance of the lamp and takes stress oﬀ the lamp cord.

Patented design

Closed-ended lightweight reﬂector More focused light Highly polished and dimpled Unique adjustable lamp holder Supplied with hanging hooks Includes a 4m IEC cord set For up to 600 watt lamp 225mm

300mm

390mm

Note Lamps should never be hung by the power cord alone.

170

Product Name LUMii Cord Set Hanging Bracket LUMii Rope Rachet - Pack of 2

03-110-365 03-110-380

LUMii Cord Set with 4m Cord - Box of 12

03-110-350

LUMii SunBlaster HPS 400w

03-115-205

LUMii SunBlaster HPS 600w

03-115-210

Kit comes with all ﬁttings and is easy and fast to assemble.

Code

Product Name LUMii OPTii Reflector with 2 Hooks and Cord Set

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

03-110-310

Budget Reflectors LUMii MAXii Reflector

The LUMii MINii is a simple and easy-touse reflector. It is an open-ended, highly polished and dimpled lightweight reflector, which gives an efficient and even distribution of light. Unlike others on the market, the LUMii MINii includes a unique lamp holder that is adjustable and designed to fit a range of HID bulbs, when used with this reflector. All earth requirements are incorporated into the lamp holder itself; this safety feature means that there is no need for additional components. The LUMii MINii is ideal for commercial use and greenhouse set up. Its small size will only block out minimal natural light.

Highly polished and dimpled Unique adjustable lamp holder Supplied with hanging hooks

370mm

Includes a 4m IEC cord set For up to 600 watt lamp

The LUMii MAXii comes as a complete HID reﬂector set, supplied with hanging hooks. Dutch barn style lightweight reﬂector Highly polished and dimpled Unique adjustable lamp holder Use with HID and CFL lamps Optional LUMii HID to CFL Converter Set available Supplied with hanging hooks Includes a 4m IEC cord set For up to 600 watt lamp

430mm

230mm

Full crop lighting; CFL or HPS? You choose! With the LUMii MAXii system and the CFL Converter Kit you can use a cool CFL lamp for vegetative growth, then if you are ﬂowering, switch to an HPS lamp by simply

Kit comes with all ﬁttings and is easy and fast to assemble.

Product Name LUMii MINii Reflector with 2 Hooks and Cord Set

The LUMii MAXii is a simple and easy-to-use Dutch barn-style reflector. It is an open-ended, highly polished and dimpled lightweight reflector, which gives an efficient and even distribution of light. Unlike others on the market, the LUMii MAXii includes a unique lamp holder that is adjustable and designed to fit all E40 lamp types. All earth requirements are incorporated into the lamp holder itself; this safety feature means that there is no need for additional components. A unique feature of this reflector is that with the addition of the LUMii HID to CFL Converter Set, it can accept a CFL lamp. The LUMii HID to CFL Converter Set contains a short additional cord set to convert the supplied IEC to a conventional power supply, as well as an innovative support device to assist with the additional weight of a CFL lamp and to make sure the lamp stays horizontal.

145mm

Open-ended lightweight reﬂector

Patented design

Open Reflector

190mm

Open Reflector

470mm

Patented design

Lighting

LUMii MINii Reflector

unplugging the converter plug and plugging into a LUMii ballast; all without taking your reﬂector down or changing it. No other reﬂector does this, it’s easy!

Product Name LUMii MAXii Reflector with 2 Hooks and Cord Set Additional products you may require...

03-110-315

Code

LUMii HID to CFL Converter Kit - UK Plug

03-110-370

03-110-300

LUMii HID to CFL Converter Kit - EU Plug

03-115-375

Grow with us.

Pre-assembled for convenience

Code

CFL Support Device See page 195 for more information

171

Closed Reflector Lighting

PowerPlant ALB Cord Set

PowerPlant UltraLite Closed Reflector Fully adjustable closed reflector This unique patented horizontal parabolic reflector is adjustable to ensure the arc tube remains in the centre of the reflector and can therefore take any lamp from 250 watt through to 1000 watt. This lightweight reflector is very efficient and maximises the amount of light from the reflector due to its enclosed structure. Supplied complete with hanging hooks.

The PowerPlant ALB Cord Set is designed to position the bulb in the centre of your reflector for optimum performance and fits all PowerPlant’s world beating reflectors making them fully adjustable.

When setting up your reflector and lamp bracket, we recommend the use of a light meter to observe the difference that adjusting your lamp and shade can make. This will maximise the efficiency of your reflector and lamp.

It has a plate on the side with a fixing bracket that slides, allowing the lamp to be moved up and down, in and out. This adjustability allows you to find the exact sweet spot in the middle of the reflector, where the arc tube alignment offers maximum light reflectance.

Maximise the eﬃciency of your reﬂector and lamp

Supplied with 4m of heavy duty 1.5mm core cable suitable for lamps up to 1000w.

172

Unique horizontal parabolic reﬂector Super lightweight Hanging hooks provided Adjustable lamp slots take all sizes of lamp High quality aluminium for maximum reﬂectivity with even light distribution.

Makes all PowerPlant’s world beating reﬂectors fully adjustable

Heavy duty powder coated lamp bracket allows you to centralise all lamps, getting more par watts to your plants.

Heavy duty cable suitable for lamps up to 1000w

Adjustable mounting plate allows optimum positioning of the lamp within any PowerPlant ALB reﬂector

Height adjustable for optimum lamp positioning within the reﬂector Product Name PowerPlant ALB Cord Set IEC Socket

Works with the PowerPlant ALB Cord Set allowing the lamp to be fully adjustable. 145mm

Fits all PowerPlant ALB reflectors making them fully adjustable

Code

03-110-135

See page 172 for more info

Product Name PowerPlant UltraLite Reflector PowerPlant UltraLite Reflector with 4m IEC Cord Set

www.hydrogarden.com

520mm

Code

03-110-110 03-110-117

500mm

Adjustable Reflec Reflector Lighting

PowerPlant Mantis Adjustable Parabolic Reflector Everything you could wish for in an all-round performer. Thee wings form a succession of perfect dualparabolic shapes when assembled. This enables growers to focus light spread and intensity according to their individual needs. The Mantis Reflector is incredibly power-efficient and versatile. ile. When adjusted to wide settings, it may be positioned very near to the plants for both maximum light intensity ntensity and area coverage. Alternatively, the reflector may be adjusted to more narrow settings and positioned tioned proportionally further from the vegetation to suit the light and heat requirements of sensitive plants or more sensitive stages in plant growth. The Mantis is so flexible, you can even have one wing in a narrow arrow setting and one in a wide setting to encourage growth in unproductive areas of the growroom m or to even out light in a sloped roofed environment, such as an attic. The Mantis is constructed using the minimum number of components and moving parts. The Mantis is lightweight and nd does not trap heat or restrict air movement around the lamp p or growing area. Due to its unique heat dissipating qualities and d broad, even light spreading abilities, the Mantis may be located ted extremely close to plants to achieve maximum light levels and nd area coverage without burning the foliage. Finally, the adjustable nature of the PowerPlant ALB Cord Set allows for fine focussing of the light spread and ensures reflector compatibility with a variety of HID lamp shapes, sizes es and wattage.

Every reﬂector is supplied ﬂat packed for ease of handling, ready to assemble and with full instructions supplied. Ready to use in minutes.

Fully adjustable pitch parabolic design for maximum lightt transfer Virtually indestructible yet ﬂexible construction Incredibly easy to set up Quick and simple adjustment

Benefits of the Mantis over a Standard Reflector

40 cm

See page 172 for more info

Product Name PowerPlant Mantis Adjustable Parabolic Reflector PowerPlant Mantis Adjustable Parabolic Reflector with 4m IEC Cord Set

20 cm

4 5

Code

03-110-100 03-110-102

Mantis Reﬂector light distribution and associated growth pattern using one 400w lamp ﬁtted with a HeatShield (light and heat spreading product)

Grow with us.

Standard Horizontal Reﬂector light distribution with standard horizontal reﬂector. Uneven light distribution/ maturation.

or mix wide and narrow

Ideal for sloping roofs or focusing on unproductive areas

173

Air Cooled Reflectors Lighting

Lumatek Adjust-a-Lite Air-Cooled Reflector

Lumatek Adjust-a-Lite Reflector

Product designed in the UK for Lumatek

Air-Cooled ed Reflector

Fully Adjustable Reflector

The fully adjustable bl LUMATEK Adjust-a-Lite Adj Li Air Ai Cooled C l d Reflector R fl has h been designed to help you get the most efficient light on your crops, in any situation.

The fully adjustable LUMATEK Adjust-a-Lite Reﬂector has been designed to help you get the most eﬃcient light on your crops, in any situation.

It’s probably the last reﬂector you’ll ever need to buy!

Fully adjustable air cooled winged shade

Fully adjustable parabolic winged shade

Control your light spread in any environment

Adjustable wide, medium and narrow, symmetric and asymmetric

Adjust the shade to control the light.

Provides light uniformity in every position > 90%

With wide to narrow settings.

For use with lamps up to 600w

Adjust the shade to control the light. Or adjust one wing in the middle of a crop to throw light into under-performing areas

Throw light into unproductive crop areas by adjusting the wing For use with lamps up to 600w

With wide and narrow settings

2m power cord

2m power cord For more information visit www.lumatek.co.uk or ask your local retailer. Narrow

Medium

Isodiagram - Deep

Wide

Isodiagram - Medium

Isodiagram - Wide

105˚

90˚

75˚

60˚

105˚

90˚

75˚

200

45˚

300

45˚

400

30˚

Product Name Lumatek Adjust-a-Lite Air-Cooled Reflector

174

300

30˚

Code

03-110-152

60˚ 200

45˚

400

30˚

75˚

60˚

300

45˚

400

30˚

Product Name Lumatek Adjust-a-Lite Reflector

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

03-110-150

Air Cooled Reflectors Lighting g

PowerPlant AeroWing

PowerPlant Raptor 8 Dual MEGA Reflector orr

Air-Cooled Reflector

The PowerPlant AeroWing allows ‘closer to plant’ growing though its unique air-cooled design, which draws air past the lamp through a 152mm (6”) outlet at the rear of the lamp holder. The inline duct design achieves rapid heat dispersion, so add glass for maximum cooling. Also ideal in a multiple reﬂector inline duct system. Works with the PowerPlant IEC 5m cord allowing the lamp to be fully adjustable.

Cool running double wall design Dual parabolic ‘gull wing’ inner reﬂector Inline vented for super air cooling 150mm (6”) ﬂanges already attached Glass supplied in airtight cradle

Air-Cooled Reflector

Now supplied with improved glass and glass sealing frame making an airtight seal, but also allowing for access to the glass for cleaning/removal.

220mm

Easy glass cleaning/removal whilst the ﬁxture remains in place

590 mm

Size matters! You wanted bigger, broader, brighter light coverage... our engineers designed it and then doubled it with our new Dual Raptor. This mega reﬂector lets you double up your lighting options by using two bulbs at once. Mix and match sodium and halide and lower/higher wattage. If you don’t need that much light, you can run one single bulb but get max light coverage. The Dual provides maximum air cooling with built-in 200mm (8”) ﬂanges, it comes with hinged frame, tempered glass, and wire glass hangers for safety. Available on its own or with one or two ALB cord sets. Adjustable - Change mounting positions easily

Bigger and broader - Run up to 2,000 watts in one reflector 20.32cm flange L: 105cm x W: 78.1cm x H: 26.67cm Weight: 17.7 kg Sealed lens Safety catch Hanging hooks Don’t get fooled by claims from other brands, this is THE ultimate air-cooled reflector!!

Mix and match spectrums - Sodium and halide, lower wattage/ higher wattage

1050mm

See page 172 for more info

Product Name PowerPlant AeroWing Reflector with 4m IEC Cord Set PowerPlant AeroWing Reflector with glass

Code

03-110-132 03-110-130

540mm

Product Name PowerPlant Raptor Reflector PowerPlant Raptor Reflector with 4m IEC Cord Set

03-110-165 03-110-167

PowerPlant Raptor Reflector with 2x 4m IEC Cord Sets

03-110-168

Grow with us.

Code

781mm

High quality inline air-cooled aluminium reﬂector. Great for all general growroom needs where heat is an issue.

175

Air Cooled and Closed Reflectors PowerPlant FOCUS

Inline air cooled reflector

Ideal for growtents

The PowerPlant AeroTube is the latest inline air-cooled reflector. This innovative product when used in conjunction with ducting and fans, allows air to flow through the reflector, thus helping to control the environment temperature.

The PowerPlant FOCUS horticultural reﬂector is designed to give the most even spread of light available over a 1m-1.2m footprint.

375mm

285mm

Lighting

PowerPlant AeroTube

Designed for 250w, 400w and 600w lamps. Fitted with a 4m power cord to IEC socket and supplied in a glossy retail box.

90mm

The PowerPlant AeroTube comes in 3 sizes (125mm, 150mm and 200mm) and features an integral lamp holder along with a 2-part external reﬂector and a 4m cable. Multiple shades can be mounted in series, with the use of either 125mm, 150mm or 200mm Flexible Aluminium Ducting. We recommend up to 3 inline. 3 sizes (125mm, 150mm, 200mm) Temperature control Toughened glass Integral lamp holder External reﬂector for superior light output and spread Mount multiple shades in series (recommended maximum of 2 per fan) 4m IEC lead

217mm

165mm

134mm

370mm

295mm

228mm

566mm

563mm

566mm

Recommended Wattage

Code Product Name PowerPlant AeroTube 5” (125mm) Reflector with 4m IEC Lead 03-110-170 PowerPlant AeroTube 6” (150mm) Reflector with 4m IEC Lead 03-110-175

PowerPlant AeroTube 8” (200mm) Reflector with 4m IEC Lead 03-110-180

176

125mm

Up to 400w

150mm

Up to 600w

200mm

Up to 1000w The FOCUS has been computer engineered to get the most even coverage of light Product Name PowerPlant FOCUS Reflector with 4m IEC Lead

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

03-110-200

Other reﬂectors are not specﬁfcally made for smaller areas

PowerPlant HeatShield

ung • Increa eist sed R-L P PA

evé • Potencia s él PA plu R

TECH

SPECTR RA A

TEC CH

evé • Potencia s él PA plu R

SPECTRA

TECH

evé • Potencia s él PA plu R

SPECTRA

Helps protect and even out growth The HeatShield cleverly redirects light and heat from the central ‘hot spot’ created beneath all horizontally mounted lamps towards growroom extremities. This enables your horizontal reﬂector to be placed much closer to plants to increase light levels and penetration, whilst maintaining similar (often greater) areas of production under each lamp.

Rendemut • Rendem t • Rendem et • ent tpu tp ent tpu ou ou nt PAR ou PA PA AR A AR

A rAevrevolution Aore llution uti u e tiion oonutin inon HIin D HID D in HID grow lamps, gro ow o wgllamps amps a om pas,mps, The new Th he e all alllhall enew all new w

Lighting

PowerPlant HeatShield

a • Verbetsada • Verbetsada • Verbes n se ntad n ser rte ume serte me me te au au a

LULUMii Mii M iiL S SUNBLAST UNBLAST SUNBLASTER BLAS TERS TERS ST TER R Tube inflated Cinflated ystaal b gl glass lass inflatedglass Crystal a glass TubeCrystal Crystal offersnconsistent offers ff s consistant offers ff consistant more mor thicknessthickness allowing w ngallowing mor mo or ness re allowing re m re even light output even light ev output p teven light output

Mixed d spectrum output outp ou tp put put u with withtrum h outpu ut t with Mixedmspectrum output with raised d blue levels eblue sraised . levels. blue levels. raised technology = ol Spec Sp p ttraTech TSpectraTech technolog c nolo nolog gy =ech technolo gy olog g = gy PAR output in ncreaasedincreased nc P PAR outpu o increa tput tpu t ased PAR outpu put

SUNBLA SUNBLASTER ASTER SUNBL BLA ASTER A R AUTO AUTO O AUTO HIGH PRESSUR HIGH PRESSURE RHIGH RE E PRESSUR RE SODIUM GROW LAMP SODIUM GRO OW W SODIUM LAM LAMP P GR ROW W LAMP

HP PS/H HO design n avoids voids HO use design of use avo oof id ds use of HPS/HO design avoids barium film. baarium film. b barium m film. Thisnomeans no blackening TThis hsm means b blacken ackening acken means ing of no blaccof kenin ng of less gas inuritie glaass,, lessglass, gas impuritie mpurit tie tieless eimpurities es s in gas impu ess in andrmp amore cleaner the e laampthe andlamp a cleaner leaner and a more cleaanerr more stable staable e light outpu t light ustable t output e light output

>20 cm

>20 cm 20 cm

20 cm

E40 mechanical E40 mechanical a double mechanical e double do ouble ou e AvailableAvailable in 2 ssizes. eAv s.inailable 2 sizes.in 2 sizes. layer base layer base design eliminates design gn elimi eliminates base nates design elimi im nates tes and 400w. 600w and600w 400 0w. 600w and 400w. andrpaste solderingsoldering and p paste ste solder ing and pastte hours, 32,000 life f32,000 ho ou urs,life 32,000 life f hours, and delivering 100% a 10 and delivering a 100% and de ealivering 00% colour temperature 2000K 2000K colour tempe errature ure colour 2000K temperature inline base inline e base inline base 600w output 155 lumens wattper watt 600w output t1 155 5600w lumens output per watt 155 per lumens mens 400w output 140 lumens wattper watt 400w output t1 140 0400w lumens output per watt 140 per lumens

Balanced Red Balanced ed dR Re d B Balanc ed Red

Mounts onto most makes of reﬂectors. Raised Blu ue Raised e Blue Ra Raised aisse ed ed Bl Blue

Recirculated distribution of light (red) Cooling eﬀect on most vulnerable tip burn area (blue) Product Name PowerPlant Small HeatShield 250-600w PowerPlant Large HeatShield 1000w

Code

03-120-005 03-120-010

Grow with us.

177

High Pressure Sodium Lamps Lighting

PowerPlant 250w

Lumatek 250w

Philips 250w

250 Watt High Pressure Sodium Lamp

250 Watt High Pressure Sodium Lamp amp

Product Name PowerPlant Super HPS 250 watt

03-115-027

Product Name Lumatek HPS 250 watt

Code

03-115-300

Product Name Philips Son-T PIA Plus HSP Lamp

SYLVANIA Grolux 400w

PowerPlant 400w

Lumatek 400w

400 Watt High Pressure Sodium Lamp

Product Name SYLVANIA Grolux HPS 400 watt

178

Code

03-115-038

Product Name PowerPlant Super HPS 400 watt

Code

03-115-062

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name Lumatek HPS 400 watt

Code

03-115-025

Code

03-115-305

High Pressure Sodium Lamps Lighting

Philips 400w 400 Watt High Pressure Sodium Lamp

Donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t forget our ballasts! Product Name Philips Son-T PIA Plus 400w HSP

Code

03-115-045

LUMii SunBlaster 400w

PowerPlant 600w

LUMii SunBlaster 600w

400 Watt High Pressure Sodium Lamp

600 Watt High Pressure Sodium Lamp

Product Name LUMii SunBlaster HPS 400 watt

Code

03-115-205

Product Name PowerPlant Super HPS 600 watt

Grow with us.

Code

03-115-082

Product Name LUMii SunBlaster HPS 600 watt

Code

03-115-210

179

High Pressure Sodium Lamps Lighting

Lumatek 600w

Philips 600w

OSRAM M Nav T Super 600w

OSRAM PlantaStar 600w

600 Watt High Pressure Sodium Lamp

Product Name Lumatek HPS 600 watt

03-115-310

Product Name Philips Son-T PIA Plus 600w HPS

Code

03-115-075

Product Name OSRAM Nav T Super 600w HPS

Code

03-115-065

Product Name OSRAM PlantaStar 600w HPS

SYLVANIA Grolux 600w

PowerPlant 1000w

Philips 1000w

Lumatek 1000w

600 Watt High Pressure Sodium Lamp

1000 Watt High Pressure Sodium Lamp

1000 Watt High Pressure Press Sodium Lamp

1000 Watt High Pressure Sodium Lamp p

Product Name 600w SYLVANIA Grolux HPS Lamp

180

Code

03-115-064

Product Name PowerPlant Super HPS 1000w

Code

03-115-092

Product Name Philips Son-T 1000w HPS

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

03-115-090

Product Name Lumatek HPS 1000w

Code

03-115-070

Code

03-115-315

Metal Halide Lamps PowerPlant 400w

PowerPlant 600w

PowerPlant 1000w

250 Watt Metal Halide Lamp

400 Watt Metal Halide Lamp

600 Watt Metal Halide Lamp

1000 Watt Metal Halide Lamp

Product Name PowerPlant Metal Halide 250w

Code

03-115-036

Product Name PowerPlant Metal Halide 400w

Product Name PowerPlant Metal Halide 600w

Code

03-115-056

Description

Professional Grow Lamps Super reliable replacement lamps PowerPlant lamps are tailored to promote optimum development at each plant growth stage. The PowerPlant arc tube dosing technology achieves more usable light energy without sacrificing intensity or lamp life. Why you should use PowerPlant Lamps: • Efficiency – PowerPlant lamps provide more lumens per watt than other lamps. • Flexible Retrofit – Both PowerPlant HPS and PowerPlant MH are designed to run on the same control gear. • Full Spectrum – PowerPlant provides the full spectrum light that plants need, provides richer, more nutritious light

Product Name

Code

03-115-083

Product Name PowerPlant Metal Halide 1000w

Flowering Lamps

Vegetative Lamps

PP High Pressure Sodium

PP Metal Halide

Lighting

PowerPlant 250w

Code

03-115-096

Product Type

HPS 250w

HPS 400w

HPS 600w

HPS 1000w

MH 250w

MH 400w

MH 600w

MH 1000w

Product Code

03-115-027

03-115-062

03-115-082

03-115-092

03-115-036

03-115-056

03-115-083

03-115-096

Lamp Voltage (V)

100

105

110

100

105

110

Lamp Current (A)

4.6

6.2

10.3

2.58

6.2

8.6

Luminous Output (lm)

32000

55000

90000

130000

23000

38000

51000

100000

Colour Temperature (K)

2100

4000

Average Life Hours (hr)

24000

10000

Grow with us.

181

Energy Saving CFL Lamps Lig Lighting ghti hting ng

LUMii CFL Lamps

EnviroGro CFL Lamps

LUMii Energy Saving CFL Grow Lamp The NEW LUMii Energy Saving CFL Grow Lamp is the low energy option for your customers. Available in both Warm and Cool White, these lamps can easily be interchanged. The LUMii Energy Saving CFL Grow Lamp is a high output 125 watt 5U CFL.

Self ballasted energy saving grow lamps We are pleased to offer a new range of self ballasted compact fluorescent lighting that offers growers the choice of low energy growing, where heat or cost is a concern. Our EnviroGro CFL units feature ultra high output compact fluorescent lamps that are powered by an integral power unit. The lamps can be easily interchanged from Super Cool or Cool White to Warm White by simply screwing the new lamp into the same reflector unit. This offers the ultimate in energy efficiency, flexibility and affordability. The EnviroGro CFL can be used for side lighting or mounted over the plant for intense growing power.

Specification

Quality

Plug in and grow. 8U CFL lamp with Integral Ballast. Flicker-free and even light distribution.

Our Second generation design oﬀers the most robust board layout on the market. Designed and tested in the UK in a leading laboratory and conforming to CE and ROhS.

Low power usage Energy saving lamp Fits any E40 lamp holder E40 screw ﬁtting Minimal heat generation Excellent colour rendering 10,000 hours life Available in in 3 colour temperatures. Super Cool White (14,000K) – ideal for propagation. Cool White (6,400K) – ideal for young plants and general growing. Warm White (2,700k) – ideal for over–wintering ﬂowers and fruiting plants.

COOL

lamp WARM

lamp

WARM WHITE

General Description

Tip: Use a cool white lamp in a LUMii MAXii reﬂector for vegetative growth stage, then swap over to a LUMii HPS lamp for the ﬂowering stage (HPS lamps will need a LUMii ballast). Product Name 125 watt LUMii CFL Warm Lamp 125 watt LUMii CFL Cool Lamp

182 82

COOL WHITE

FLOWERING

FOLIAGE

SUPER COOL WHITE

PROPAGATION

Product Type

150W

250W

150W

250W

150W

250W

Product code

03-117-005

03-117-055

03-117-010

03-117-060

03-117-015

03-117-065

14000

Product Name EnviroGro 150 watt CFL Warm White Lamp EnviroGro 250 watt CFL Warm White Lamp

Code

Colour Temperature (K)

2700

6400

14000

03-117-005 03-117-055

Base ﬁtting

E40

EnviroGro 150 watt CFL Cool White Lamp

03-117-010

Luminous Output (lm)

9000

15000

9000

15000

9000

15000

Code

EnviroGro 250 watt CFL Cool White Lamp

03-117-060

Average Life Hours (hr)

10000

03-117-205 03-117-210

EnviroGro 150 watt CFL Super Cool White Lamp

03-117-015

EnviroGro 250 watt CFL Super Cool White Lamp

03-117-065

Rendering index (RA)

www.hydrogarden.com ww ww.hy hydr d og garrde den n.co com

LUMii Hanging Kit and MAXii Reflector Kit LUMii MAXii CFL Reflector Kit The LUMii MAXii is a simple and easy-to-use Dutch barn-style reflector. It is an open-ended, highly polished and dimpled lightweight reflector, which gives an efficient and even distribution of light. Unlike others on the market, the LUMii MAXii includes a unique lamp holder that is adjustable and designed to fit all E40 lamp types. All earth requirements are incorporated into the lamp holder itself; this safety feature means that there is no need for additional components. A unique feature of this reflector is that with the addition of the LUMii HID to CFL Converter Set, it can accept a CFL lamp. The LUMii HID to CFL Converter Set contains a short additional cord set to convert the supplied IEC to a conventional power supply, as well as an innovative support device to assist with the additional weight of a CFL lamp and to make sure the lamp stays horizontal.

plug COOL

lamp WARM

The LUMii MAXii comes as a complete HID reﬂector set, supplied with hanging hooks. Dutch barn style lightweight reﬂector Highly polished and dimpled Unique adjustable lamp holder Use with HID and CFL lamps Supplied with hanging hooks Includes a 4m IEC cord set

Note Lamps should never be hung by the power cord alone. Code

03-140-520 03-140-525 03-140-530 03-140-535

With the LUMii MAXii system and the CFL Converter Kit you can use a cool CFL lamp for vegetative growth, then if you are ﬂowering, switch to an HPS lamp by simply

430mm

For up to 250 watt lamp

Full crop lighting; CFL or HPS? You choose!

lamp

190mm

Rope ratchets not supplied

UK or EU

Patented design

Open Reflector

470mm

UK or EU

plug

CFL Support Device See page 195 for more information

unplugging the converter plug and plugging into a LUMii ballast; all without taking your reﬂector down or changing it. No other reﬂector does this, it’s easy!

Product Name LUMii CFL 125w Cool Lamp, MAXii Reflector & HID to CFL converter cable and hook - UK Plug LUMii CFL 125w Cool Lamp, MAXii Reflector & HID to CFL converter cable and hook - EU Plug LUMii CFL 125w Warm Lamp, MAXii Reflector & HID to CFL converter cable and hook - UK Plug LUMii CFL 125w Warm Lamp, MAXii Reflector & HID to CFL converter cable and hook - EU Plug

Grow with us.

Lighting

LUMii CFL Lamp Hanging Kit

COOL

WARM

lamp

Pre-assembled for convenience

Code

03-140-500 03-140-505 03-140-510 03-140-515

183

EnviroGro Pro and Pro Twin Reflectors Lighting

EnviroGro PRO

EnviroGro PRO Twin

Professional CFL closed reflector

CFL closed twin reflector

The EnviroGro PRO brings together all the beneﬁts of a closed dual parabolic design with the energy saving qualities of compact ﬂuorescent lighting. Supplied with 2m power lead and plug. Can be used horizontally or vertically, inside or outside the plant canopy.

The EnviroGro PRO Twin CFL reflector accepts two EnviroGro CFLs and other makes of self ballasted lamps up to 300 watt. These reflectors are great for mixing different light spectrums as they are fitted with two independent on/off switches giving the user the control they need. Its ergonomic design means it fits perfectly into a 1.2m GrowTent.

Accepts EnviroGro CFL lamps and other makes of self-ballasted CFL lamps up to 300w. Simply plug in and grow. Low proﬁle Very easy to hang Lightweight Convenient On/Oﬀ switch

Cool running double wall and multiple vent design Twin dual parabolic inner reﬂectors

180mm

Built-in twin independent On/Oﬀ switches Takes two energy saving EnviroGro CFL Grow Lamps Size 650mm x 530mm x 180mm

320mm

530mm

Product Name EnviroGro PRO CFL Reflector EnviroGro PRO CFL Reflector with EU Plug EnviroGro PRO CFL Reflector with 150 watt Cool Lamp EnviroGro PRO CFL Reflector with 250 watt Cool Lamp EnviroGro PRO CFL Reflector with 150 watt Warm Lamp EnviroGro PRO CFL Reflector with 250 watt Warm Lamp

2m power lead and plug Code

03-140-310 03-140-390 03-140-300 03-140-305 03-140-315 03-140-320

COOL

WARM

lamp

Product Name EnviroGro PRO CFL Twin Lamp Reflector EnviroGro PRO CFL Twin Lamp Reflector with EU Plug

Examples of Existing Commercial Applications EnviroGro PRO uses… Large Scale Propagation Ideal for large scale propagation when used with a EnviroGro 14000k Super Cool CFL Lamp. Early vegetative growth Place your EnviroGro PRO 30cm from the tops of the plants. Use Easy-rolls to adjust the height of your lamp to maintain the above distance. Use with a EnviroGro 6400k Cool CFL Lamp.

184

180mm

Plugs straight into a 13 amp socket

Supplementary lighting The EnviroGro PRO can be used for over-wintering of all plants and providing additional light to house plants in the winter period. The EnviroGro PRO can also be used for growing herbs and salad crops indoors all year around. For this we recommend use with a EnviroGro 6400k Cool CFL Lamp. The EnviroGro PRO can also be used for supplementary lighting in a ﬂowering

growroom. For ﬂowering/fruiting crops in the ﬂowering cycle switch the lamp to a EnviroGro 2700k warm 250w CFL Lamp.

www.hydrogarden.com

650mm

530mm

EnviroGro PRO Twin features: Code

03-140-350 03-140-395

Dual Spectrum! For plants on a long term flowering or fruiting cycle, we have found it beneficial to use both a cool white (6400k) and a warm white (2700k) bulb within the same unit. This provides a more complete spectrum, and caters for both the plants ongoing growth/flower initiation (cool) and the continued fruit set and ripening (warm). Thus keeping plants compact and bushy whilst still maintaining high flower density and fruit yields.

Low proﬁle Ideal for benches or growtents Mix your lighting i.e. – using one warm and one cool lamp

Very easy to hang Size 650mm x 530mm x 180mm Twin independent On/Oﬀ switches

EnviroGro Propagation Light Lighting

EnviroGro Propagation Light Energy saving propagation light for superior plant growth The EnviroGro Propagation Light is a powerful twin tube compact fluorescent system ideal for propagating plants any time, anywhere. This unit radiates a gentle level of heat that complements propagation. In trials, this has been found to be beneficial in seedling growth in areas with cooler temperatures. It can be hung horizontally for propagation or supplementary lighting for season extension, or vertically for side lighting full term plants. The Everbrite aluminium reflector has a durable, corrosion resistant mirror finish that give 9799% reflection while maintaining the lamps colour rendition. The EnviroGro Propagation Light has a 2m mains lead and plug and two hanging hooks. Lamp information (when supplied): The bright Sylvania Lynx-LE lamps should last for an average of 20,000 hours, giving maximum output for 11,000 hours (over one and a half years at 18 hours per day). Daylight colour of 6500k. Using these 55w high quality compact fluorescent lamps is the most efficient way to obtain sufficient light levels using a low level of power. This means you get:

Electrical Information: Electronic Fluorescent Ballast for 2X Pl 55W Lamps Input: Ac 220V~240V/50Hz or 60Hz/0.47 Amps Power Factor: 0.99

optimum light output per watt long lamp life economic running costs cool running, but with a background low level

heat that is beneﬁcial for seedlings.

Sylvania 55w Lynx LE Lamp

Product Name Sylvania 55w Lynx LE Lamp - 865 Colour

Code

03-117-300

Grow with us.

Code

03-140-355 03-140-365 03-140-375 03-140-385

185

ROOT!T T5s Lighting

ROOT!T T5 Light Strip and Reflector

ROOT!T T5 Link Cord

Single T5 lamp unit with reflector

You can daisy-chain ﬁve of the 122cm (4ft) individual strips together, or ten of the 61cm (2ft) strips - total maximum wattage of 270W.

High output, 6400k full spectrum T5 lamps available in 61cm (2ft) or 122cm (4ft), these strips include electronic ballast, hanging clips and fitted with our Snap-On OMNIMAX Reflector for more directed light and raised output from the lamp. Simply choose how many you want and then add the appropriate number of link cords or power lead (jump leads and power lead not supplied in the kit). These silent, rapid-starting T5 lamps are great for orchids, seedlings, under cabinets, aquariums, etc. A number of them can easily be fixed to a board to create a budget multi lamp T5 unit.

2ft or

4ft COOL

lamp

Product Name ROOT!T T5 Link Cord

Code

03-140-455

ROOT!T T5 Power Lead d

Speciﬁcations Power Input rated (2ft): 230v, 50Hz, 0.106A, 24W Power Input rated (4ft): 230v, 50Hz, 0.24A, 54W 6400k full spectrum lamp lifetime rated to 10,000 hours No frequency ﬂickering Low heat

A 2m Power lead.

Built-in electronic ballast Daisy chain up to 10 units max of the 2ft or 5 of the 4ft. 2m power cord supplied separately 2’ ﬁxture T5 high output lamp Hanging Hardware

Product Name ROOT!T T5 Light Strip and Reflector - 61cm (2ft) ROOT!T T5 Light Strip and Reflector - 122cm (4ft)

Code

03-140-405 03-140-410

Product Name me ROOT!T T5 Power Lead - UK Plug ROOT!T T5 Power Lead - EU Plug

Code

03-140-460 03-140-465

ROOT!T T5 Light System with 4 tubes

ROOT!T T5 Light Dock

Complete boxed kit. Comes pre-assembled with everything you need to grow!

A Light Strip Dock for up to a 4 Lamp Systems Includes four legs (18” each) and two docking units to create a 2’ or 4’ system.

Includes 4 full spectrum, 6400k T5 lamps

Simply add the number of ROOT!T Light Strips as you desire and oﬀ you grow!

4 lightweight reﬂectors 2 docks 4 legs (18” each) 3 link cords 2m power cord with inline ON/OFF switch

Product Name ROOT!T T5 Light System with 4 tubes - 61cm (2ft)

186

Code

03-140-480

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name ROOT!T T5 Light Dock

Code

03-140-470

EnviroGro Energy Saving T5s

Hangs 3 ways

Vertical

Lighting

Overhead

EnviroGro T5 Lamps

All units have a power switch on one end

Product Name EnviroGro 61cm (2ft) 24w T5 Lamp (6500k) EnviroGro 122cm (4ft) 54w T5 Lamp (6500k)

Horizontal

Code

03-117-150 03-117-180

EnviroGro T5 Light EnviroGro's newest T5 System delivers performance, flexibility and high lumen output in any growing environment.

Lumen output rated up to 4,000

Lumen output rated up to 40,000

Featured on the 8 x 4ft model: Separate power switches allow either the outer 2 lamps each side to be on, the inside 4 lamps to be on or ALL 8 lamps to be on more control for you.

Product Name EnviroGro 2 x 2ft T5 System EnviroGro 4 x 2ft T5 System EnviroGro 4 x 4ft T5 System EnviroGro 8 x 4ft T5 System

Grow with us.

Code

03-140-005 03-140-010 03-140-015 03-140-020

187

Valoya LED Lighting Lighting Valoya LED units are high quality, commercial grade lighting systems that are built to exacting standards in order to offer a long and stable service life. Whilst LED lighting is signiﬁcantly cooler running than HID or even ﬂuorescent lighting, an optimal temperature must be maintained within the unit to ensure a consistent quality of light in both overall output and spectrum. The majority of LED luminaire’s available achieve this by means of computer cooling fans, which can be both noisy and prone to failures. The Valoya range of LED manages to maintain a stable internal temperature without the use of fans by having more than adequate heat sink capabilities. This ensures not only a very stable light source, but also goes a long way to providing a long life span (>50,000 hours). This also means that the Valoya lighting systems have a very high ingress protection rating (IP), which make them perfectly suited for use in schools and research facilities that require this level of safety.

Specify the correct spectrum! Valoya lighting is available from stock in two different spectrums, AP67 and AP673. The AP67 is the original wide spectrum version that is suitable for growing and flowering plants in a full term crop. Recent studies have also shown that the far red part of the spectrum has a positive effect on root development and root growth. The AP673 version is a tuned spectrum that does not initiate generative flowering as quickly and although it can be used for full term growing is better suited to leafy greens or stock plants. Other specialised spectrums are available to order - please ask your retailer. For more technical information, go to www.valoya.com

188

www.hydrogarden.com

Valoya LED Lighting Lighting

Valoya B Series

Valoya R Series These are a compact 138 watt high intensity grow lamp, suitable for most applications. 7.1kg

These are a 102 watt, 1.2m bar light that oﬀer a good overall spread of light for medium intensity requirements. 6.1kg

Product Name Valoya B100 AP67 LED Bar - 120cm (4ft) Valoya B100 AP673 LED Bar - 120cm (4ft)

Code

03-155-205 03-155-210

Valoya L Series These are 23 watt low intensity tube lights that are designed to retro fit into a standard T8 fluorescent fixtures. These will have a very high IP rating (IP67) when used with a suitable aquarium type fitting. These units are ideally suited to propagation or supplementary lighting for spectral correction. 0.5kg.

Please note that we supply luminaire only. A suitable T8 ﬁxture will be required. Product Name Valoya L18 AP67 Tube - 120cm (4ft) Valoya L18 AP673 Tube - 120cm (4ft)

Code

03-155-245 03-155-250

Product Name Valoya R150 AP67 Roof Light Valoya R150 AP673 Roof Light

Grow with us.

Code

03-155-225 03-155-230

189

Growroom Lenses and Light Meters Lighting

LUMii Growroom Lenses

Active Eye Analogue Light Meter

LUMii Growroom Lenses allow you to see and work in your growroom under more natural light.

Since light is the most important single factor aﬀecting your plants’ life cycles, quality light meters are an essential tool in accurately determining if your crop is receiving the optimum light required for healthy growth. A light meter allows growers an accurate means of adapting to their plants’ needs as the light conditions change during a full growing season.

LUMii Growroom Lenses are speciﬁcally designed to reduce the glare from HID and CFL grow lamps and protect the eyes. Identifying pest and plant disease issues is even easier as there is no longer a need to switch oﬀ your grow lights. LUMii Growroom Lenses have a s pecially developed blue lense that corrects the orange hue of sodium lights. This makes the sodium lit growroom appear as if lit by natural daylight.

Identify best light level of healthy plants

Check those key growth indicators clearly with LUMii Growroom Lenses.

Easy-to-use hand-held design

Anti-glare

Lifetime silicon sensor - no batteries required

Eye protection

Read up to 270,000 Lux of sun, high intensity, or

Get precise reading with two scales

ﬂuorescent light

Daylight vision

Exclusive “Zero” calibration feature - accurate to 2% Full two year warranty - the longest in the industry Product Name Active Eye Analog Light Meter

Code

03-145-010

Active Eye Digital Lig ght Meter This product is a precision instrument used to measure luminance (Lux). The meter iss fully cosine corrected for the angular incidence off light, meaning that if you are not holding the he sensor urce, the perfectly perpendicular to the light source, sensor will still read the light correctly. The sensor is stable and made of a long-life g-life silicon photo diode. The digital light meter accurately ccurately measures to 432,000 Lux. The meter’s built-in low battery indicator means you’ll never bee caught by surprise by a low-power product. Measures grow lights or sunlight Measures up to 432,000 Lux

Without LUMii Lenses

3 scales for precise readings

With LUMii Lenses

Convenient hand-held remote sensor or Cell Battery (Lithium 3V CR2032) supplied pplied Product Name LUMii Growroom Lenses

190

Code

35-005-090

Product Name Active Eye Digital Light Meter

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

03-145-015

Light Hangers LUMii Lift Light Hanger

Adjust the height of your grow light easily with the original Easy Rolls

Adjustable hanging system

The PowerPlant Easy Roll light hangers are great for achieving optimum height level for any reﬂector. Great hanging support, easy set up and easy to adjust, simply pull up or down to desired height. These handy rolls will deﬁnitely save you time and hassle. Try them today! Supplied in a twin pack with full instructions.

Simply attach the LUMii Lift onto a ﬁrm ﬁxture using cable ties ed or chain. you can then suspend your item from the attached carabiner hook. Adjust the grip of the LUMii lift by tightening ing or loosening the wing nut on the front. Designed in the UK, this 5 tooth ratchet system is very smooth and easy-to-use.

Make sure you buy the original PowerPlant Easy Roll and not fake copies. The fakes look the same but have a stronger spring device, which does not function correctly with lightweight reﬂectors!

Product Name Easy Rolls 2.0 Single Unit PowerPlant Easy Rolls 2.0 Twin Pack

Lighting

PowerPlant Easy Roll

Code

5KG each

03-135-005 03-135-010

LUMii Rope Ratchet The LUMii Rope Ratchets pull tight, lock into place and they are really durable. They are tough and will not let you down, and are heat and cold resistant. Each LUMii Rope Ratchet has two quick release carabiner clips for ease of use and 2.4 metres of tough braided polypropylene rope.

Product Name LUMii Lift Light Hanger - Pack of 2

Code

03-110-385

Jack Chain Use our jack chain to hang reﬂectors and ﬁlters. 2.00mm (No.14) Pre-galvanised.

Product Name LUMii Rope Ratchet Pack of 2

Code C

03-110-380 0

Product Name Jack Chain 2mm x 10m box

Grow with us.

Code

03-130-010

191

Timers Lig Lighting ghti hting ng

LUMii Heavy Duty 24 Hour Timer

PowerPlant Heavy Duty Timer

Designed to take high loads

Normal household timers are not built to take the high inductive loads produced by HID ballasts. If used with a HID ballast the contacts inside the timer that open and close the timed circuit will overheat and weld together, breaking the timer and leaving your grow lights permanently on. The PowerPlant Heavy Duty Timer is diﬀerent. It is designed to take high loads and has no problem dealing with the inductive loads produced by a 600w ballast. This means no separate contactor is required, saving you money.

Normal household timers are not built to take the high inductive loads produced by HID ballasts. If used with an HID ballast, the contacts inside the timer that open and close the timed circuit will overheat and weld together, breaking the timer and leaving your grow lights permanently on. The LUMii Heavy Duty 24 Hour Plug In Timer is diﬀerent. As the name suggests, it is designed to take high loads and has no problem dealing with the inductive loads produced by a 600 watt ballast. This means no separate contactor is required, saving you money.

No need to buy a contactor 24 hour, 15 minute segmental timer 96 switching operations within a 24 hour period (every 15 min) Heavy duty contacts mean it can take high inductive loads

24 hour, 15 minute segmental timer.

Suitable for timing one 600 watt HID ballast or up to 6 200 watt CFLs It is very reliable and has a high quality timer unit

1 x 600w

Suitable for timing 600w HID ballasts

Robust case design with socket and timer dust/moisture covers, IP44 This unit is ideal for timing 400w and 600w ballasts. Do not use more than one 600w ballast per timer..

HID

1 x 600w

Code

10-470-055 10-470-062 10-470-060

Grasslin Timers

Product Name PowerPlant Heavy Duty Timer with UK Plug

LUMii 24 Hour Plug In Timer Automate your pumps and CFL/T5/LED lighting with the LUMii 24 Hour Plug In Timer

The most reliable timers on the market, high quality timers to control pumps and contactors.

192 92

Heavy duty contacts means it can take high inductive loads

Robust ‘inline’ case design with socket and timer dust covers

Product Name LUMii Heavy Duty 24 Hour Timer - UK LUMii Heavy Duty 24 Hour Timer - With French Socket LUMii Heavy Duty 24 Hour Timer - With German Socket

Product Name Grasslin Mechanical Timer Grasslin Electronic Timer

96 switching operations within a 24 hour period (every 15 min)

It is very reliable, has a high quality timer unit.

The LUMii 24 Hour Plug In Timer is ideal for setting day and night on/oﬀ lighting periods, setting heater on periods and timing irrigation cycles. It is reliable and has a high quality timer unit Designed to take a 13 amp plug, no need to remove the plug to reset the controls 96 switching operations within a 24 hour period (every 15 min) Ideal for setting on and oﬀ (day and night) periods with CFL, T5 and LED grow lights and timing pumps for irrigation cycles Code

10-470-010 10-470-015

Product Name LUMii 24 Hour Manual Timer

Code

10-470-050

www.hydrogarden.com ww ww.hy hydr d og garrde den n.co com

HID

Code

10-470-065

Contactors Lighting

PowerPlant LightSafe 13 Amp Contactor

PowerPlant LightSafe 26 Amp Contactor/Timer

Contactor/Relay Unit

Contactor/Timer Unit

A low cost solution to the problem of timer failure. This PowerPlant LightSafe relay plugs into your mechanical timer (see accessories) to protect it against the inductive load of the HID control gear. The two models are ďŹ tted with 2 or 4 way sockets as named. Each relay in the range can switch a maximum of 13 amp, which is equivalent to 3 x 600w lamp units or 4 x 400w lamp units. For 1000w lamp units, use 1 x 2 socket unit per 1000w ballast. These units are rugged and durable and have a 1 year guarantee.

A professional solution to the problem of timer failure where you are using a number of lights on one circuit. The two models are ďŹ tted with 4 or 6 way sockets as named. Each unit in the range can switch a maximum of 26 amp, which is equivalent to 6 x 600w lamp units or 6 x 400w lamp units or 4 x 1000w lamp units. These units are rugged and durable and have a 1 year guarantee.

Long life relay Power on light Heavy duty cables

Hard wired for maximum safety 2 or 4 gang units available Wall mountable

Product Name PowerPlant LightSafe 13 Amp Contactor/Relay 2 socket PowerPlant LightSafe 13 Amp Contactor/Relay 4 socket

Code

03-125-050 03-125-055

Heavy duty cables 4 and 6 gang units available Long life contactor Integral timer Wall mountable

Product Name PowerPlant LightSafe 26 Amp Contactor/Timer 4 socket PowerPlant LightSafe 26 Amp Contactor/Timer 6 socket

Grow with us.

Code

03 03-125-150 125 150 03-125-155

193

Light Movers and Cord Sets Lighting

LightRail 4.0

PowerPlant ALB Cord Set

The new LightRail 4.0 is now available with new features, such as a pause control between 0-60 seconds and a motor travel speed adjustment.

Fits all PowerPlant ALB reflectors making them fully adjustable

The LightRail 4.0 allows growers to position lamps closer to plants, with a more natural moving light source, reducing the number of lights required in their growing environment. For more information on light rail go to www.lightrail3.com/how-it-works

The PowerPlant ALB Cord Set is designed to position the bulb in the centre of your reflector for optimum performance and fits all PowerPlant’s world beating reflectors, making them fully adjustable. It has a plate on the side with a fixing bracket that slides allowing the lamp to be moved up and down, in and out. This adjustability allows you to find the exact sweet spot in the middle of the reflector, where the arc tube alignment offers maximum light reflectance. Supplied with 4m of heavy duty 1.5mm core cable suitable for lamps up to 1000w. When setting up your reflector and lamp bracket, we recommend the use of a light meter to observe the difference that adjusting your lamp and shade can make. This will maximise the efficiency of your reflector and lamp. Maximise the efficiency of your reflector and lamp Makes all PowerPlant’s world beating reflectors fully adjustable Heavy duty cable suitable for lamps up to 1000w

See page 172 for more info

Product Name PowerPlant ALB Cord Set IEC Socket

Code

03-110-135

LUMii Cord Set and Hanging Bracket With 4m cord (0.75mm cord) The LUMii Reﬂector Cord Set is 4m long to IEC and can be used on its own to hang lamps or used with LUMii shades. If using on its own, we recommend the use of the hanging bracket which is designed to take stress oﬀ the cable. LUMii Cord Set is ideal for lamps up to 600w.

Product Name LightRail 4.0 AdjustaDrive UK Motor with Two Part Rail LightRail Spare Trolley Wheel Kit Set of 4 LightRail Spare Drive Wheel Combo

194

Code

04-155-007 04-155-035 04-155-040

Product Name LUMii Cord Set with 4m Cord LUMii Cord Set Hanging Bracket

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

03-110-350 03-110-365

Note Lamps should never be hung by the power cord alone.

Cables, Spares and Components Lighting

IEC Power Leads

LUMii HID to CFL Converter Cable Kit If your customers want to use a CFL lamp with an IEC reflector, they can. The LUMii HID to CFL Converter Set allows IEC reflector leads to convert to a wall plug lead. This kit contains a short additional cord set (UK or EU plug available) to convert the supplied IEC to a conventional power supply, as well as an innovative support device (for use with the LUMii MAXii reflector) to assist with the additional weight of a CFL lamp.

Code Product Name UK Plug to Female IEC 0.75mm 5mm Strand 60-965-210 EU Plug to Female IEC 0.75mm mm Strand 60-965-215

Product Name UK Plug to Female IEC 1.5mm Strand EU E Plug to Female IEC 1.5mm Strand

Code

60-965-220 60-965-225

Mains Lead Product Name LUMii HID to CFL Converter Cable and Hook – UK plug LUMii HID to CFL Converter Cable and Hook – EU plug

Code

03-110-370 03-110-375

LUMii HID Extension Cords The LUMii HID Reﬂector Extension Lead is available in 1.5m and 5m lengths. Suitable for use with all LUMii and IEC reﬂectors. When using extension leads for HID, please make sure your ballast is built to ignite the lamp over long distances. PowerPlant and LUMii ballasts are able to ignite a lamp from up to 15 metres from the ballast.

Product Name LUMii HID Extension Cord 1.5m LUMii HID Extension Cord 5m

Product Name LUMii UK Power Lead - UK Plug to Crimped Wires (3 x 0.75mm Strand) - 3m LUMii EU Power Lead - EU Plug (CEE7/7) to Crimped Wires (3 x 0.75mm Strand) - 3m

Reflector Hook

Product Name Reflector V Hanging Hook - Pair

Grow with us.

03-110-340 03-110-345

IEC Socket

Code

03-110-355 03-110-360

Code

60-980-145

Product Name IEC Female Shuttered Socket IEC Plug Retaining Kit

Code

60-975-055 60-975-050

195

Reflective Wall and Floor Coverings Lighting

How does ORCA Grow Film work?

Unrivalled performance

ORCA Grow Film’s patent pending white plastic microfibre structure effectively scatters light from highly reflective crystalline structures within the substrate. The same principal is found in snowflakes, where the geometry of ice crystals reflects light well. ORCA Grow Films’ microfibre structure is naturally diffuse, a characteristic that is recognised by its highly reflective, ultra-matt surface.

ORCA Grow Film is 94% reﬂective across the full visible spectrum, averaging 94% reﬂectivity for all wavelengths that are relevant for plant stimulation.

Diffusing reflection is important for hydroponic growers because it eliminates hot spots and creates the even, efficient distribution of light that plants desire. ORCA Grow Film incorporates the latest reflective technology from the engineered synthetic materials field, similar to those found in solid-state lighting, flat panel TVs and PDAs.

The chart below demonstrates the reflectance vs. wavelength performance of several popular brands and materials used in hydroponic growrooms. Many products in the hydroponic industry are associated with false or misleading performance claims and this is true of reflective films. PET film products are marketed to hydroponic consumers with performance claims as high as 99%

reflectivity, despite historically testing in the low to upper 80% reflectance range in the visible spectrum. Manufactured to the highest standards, ORCA Grow Film blocks out harmful UV light with wavelength below 400 nm, it does not yellow, it is waterproof and both tear and puncture resistant. ORCA Grow Film is seriously tough and is 280 microns thick. Other benefits of this high performing film is that not only is it mould and algae resistant, it contains no halogens, no plasticisers and no VOC’s, giving a safe and clean growing environment.

Reflectance vs. Wavelength

Side by side comparison

Reﬂectance

1.00

PET Film

ORCA Grow Film

In side by side trials, ORCA Grow Film produces lux readings on the sides and floor between 30% and 50% higher than PET film and other reflective films.

0.95

ORCA Grow Film

0.90

German Aluminium from HID hood

0.85

0.80

0.75

0.70

0.65

Whether the surface is microscopically rough or smooth has a tremendous impact upon the subsequent reflection of a beam of light. Light reflects off surfaces in a very predictable manner. The microscopic geometry of ORCA Grow Film microfibre and pore structure provides a rough surface, offering each individual ray of light a different surface orientation. As such, ORCA Grow Film is a natural diffuse reflective material. Unique reflective surface As the diagram shows ORCA Grow Film is made from threads of a high density specialised reflective plastic, which are bonded together creating a unique surface. This makes ORCA Grow Film more reflective and gives up to 50% more lux than other grow films on the market. 500x Mag. of Microfibres

196

400

500

600

700

Wavelength (nm)

800

900

Testing completed by Orb Optronix, a National Institute of Standards and Technology approved lab.

Microfibre Technology Microfibre technology within ORCA Grow Film produces true diffuse reflection. Light distribution is so even it creates an optical illusion when photographed. As the picture shows, the light is reflected evenly no matter what shape is made with the film.

www.hydrogarden.com

As the image on the right shows, the light appears to bend around any shape. ORCA Grow Film does not require to be hung ﬂat, allowing easy installation and safe use in extremely close proximity to plants – optimising garden lighting performance.

ORCA Reflective Wall and Floor Coverings Lighting

ORCA Grow w Film Light matters, why waste it? The next generation of grow film is here. ORCA Grow Film’s nano structure provides a unique combination of high reflectivity and true diffuse reflection. A reflective combination that is extremely powerful; rendering PET and other grow filmss obsolete. Not only does it give you more usable light than other reflective films, its tough and strong. ORCA is available in 10 metre rolls and also in a 22.8m seam tape. Use the seam tape to ensure a 100% coverage of ORCA Grow Film so no need to worry about gaps.

Grow Tent Lining Kits are pre-cut to ﬁt and ready to install. Seam tape included.

Nanotechnology 100% Light Tight 99% Diﬀuse Reﬂection Up to 50% more lux Tough

Product Name ORCA Grow Film 1.37m x 10m ORCA Seam Tape 76mm x 22.8m

Product Name ORCA Grow Film 1m x 1m Grow Tent Lining Kit ORCA Grow Film 1.2m x 1.2m Grow Tent Lining Kit ORCA Grow Film 2.4m x 1.2m Grow Tent Lining Kit

Code

14-670-005 14-670-010

Code

14-670-050 14-670-055 14-670-060

Nanotechnology

100% Light Tight

99% Diffuse Reflection

Up to 50% More Lux

Tough

Utilising patent pending nanotechnology, ORCA Grow Film reﬂects 94% of light across the full visible light spectrum. Providing a consistent performance for all wavelengths relevant to plant stimulation.

ORCA Grow Film will not let you down. No light will escape and the reﬂected light maintains its original colour spectrum and wavelength, so there is no colour shift or iridescence.

ORCA Grow Film nanotechnology reﬂects light evenly regardless of the angle. The isotropic surface luminance reduces hot spots and does not have to be hung ﬂat. It really is simple to use.

Independent tests show that compared to other reﬂective material on the market, ORCA Grow Film produces more lux and more useable light. No other ﬁlm gives you more lux for your bucks!

Manufactured to the highest standard, ORCA Grow Film blocks UV light, is non-yellowing, waterproof, tear and puncture resistant, mould and algae resistant and contains no halogens, no plasticisers and no VOCs.

Grow with us.

197

Reflective Wall and Floor Coverings Lighting

LightHouse ULTRALUX Films Premium spectral reflectance and higher performance ULTRALUX is a new range of light sheets from LightHouse that offers higher performance over similar LDPE/LLDPE films. All ULTRALUX films provide 100% light-proofing and blackout, are UV stable, highly durable and washable.

LightHouse ULTRALUX Flat Black White

LightHouse ULTRALUX Silver Diffuse

LightHouse ULTRALUX Silver Black

LightHouse ULTRALUX Flat White White

A quality LDPE/LLDPE sheeting that provides high levels of reflection and diffusion ideal for wall coverings in growrooms and propagation areas. This matt white coating on one side offers the grower the best in light diffusion.

A quality 4-layer ALLOY and LDPE/LLDPE sheeting that provides the highest levels of reflection ideal for wall coverings in growrooms. The embossed alloy coating on one side works in a similar way to a horticultural lighting reflector, spreading light more evenly and eliminating hot spots, offering the grower the best in light reflection whilst maintaining good light diffusion. The black side of the sheeting guarantees light-proofing.

A quality 4-layer ALLOY and LDPE/LLDPE sheeting that provides the highest levels of reflection ideal for wall coverings in growrooms. The laminated alloy coating on one side works in a similar way to a horticultural lighting reflector, spreading light more evenly and offering the grower the best in light reflection. The black side of the sheeting guarantees light-proofing.

This is a quality LDPE/LLDPE sheeting that provides high levels of reflection and diffusion ideal for dividing wall coverings in growrooms and propagation areas where you are building multiple areas and can utilise both sides of the sheeting. This matt white coating offers the grower the best in light diffusion.

Provides better heat dispersal than silver alloy coated sheeting

Better heat dispersal than silver alloy sheeting

PET coated to protect against corrosion and wear.

125μm 3 layers

110μm

4 layers

Coating

White

Alloy

Blockout

Black

Blockout Black

5m and 10m

3 layers White Blockout White

5m and 10m

5m and 10m 90

60 50

Reflective luminance

60 50

Reflective luminance

Total reflection

Diffuse reflection

Total reflection Diffuse reflection

350

450

550

650

Product Name LightHouse ULTRALUX Flat Black White (125 μm) - 2m x 5m Roll LightHouse ULTRALUX Flat Black White (125 μm) - 2m x 10m Roll

450

550

650

750

14-680-005 14-680-010

Total reflection Diffuse reflection

Product Name LightHouse ULTRALUX Silver Diffuse (110 μm) - 1.22m x 5m Roll LightHouse ULTRALUX Silver Diffuse (110 μm) - 1.22m x 10m Roll

14-680-305 14-680-310

Reflective luminance

40 30

Total reflection Diffuse reflection

0 450

550

650

750

350

Wavelength (nm)

Code

350

Wavelength (nm)

Code

Reflective luminance

0 350

750

Wavelength (nm)

% Reflectance

100

% Reflectance

100

% Reflectance

100

% Reflectance

100

198

135μm

Product Name LightHouse ULTRALUX Silver Black (110 μm) - 1.22m x 5m Roll LightHouse ULTRALUX Silver Black (110 μm) - 1.22m x 10m Roll

www.hydrogarden.com

450

550

650

750

Wavelength (nm)

Code

14-680-205 14-680-210

Product Name LightHouse ULTRALUX Flat White White (135 μm) - 2m x 5m Roll LightHouse ULTRALUX Flat White White (135 μm) - 2m x 10m Roll

Code

14-680-105 14-680-110

Reflective Wall and Floor Coverings Lighting

LightHouse Standard Films LightHouse Standard Films We also offer a wide range of standard reflective sheeting that has been manufactured to the highest quality to maximise the use of the light in your growroom. You can also use it to cover walls, floors and ceilings! All standard films* include a flame retardant agent. All available in 100m rolls and LightHouse Black White LITE is also available in a 10m roll. Y

* Not including LITE products.

100m

3m x 3m

14-675-020

A new addition to the range, LightHouse Floor Film, speciﬁcally designed for ﬂoor use comes in a handy 3m x 3m size.

100m

Product Name LightHouse FLOOR FILM (250 μm) - 3m x 3m LightHouse Black White LITE (85 μm) - 2m x 10m Roll LightHouse Black White LITE (85 μm) - 2m x 100m Roll LightHouse White Black White (105 μm) - 3m x 100m Roll

Code

14-675-020 14-650-055 14-650-060 14-655-110

Product Name LightHouse Silver Diamond White (110 μm) - 1.2m x 100m Roll LightHouse Megashield (125 μm) - 1.2m x 100m Roll LightHouse Silver White (110 μm) - 1.25m x 100m Roll LightHouse Black White (125 μm) - 2m x 100m Roll

Grow with us.

14-650-110

14-660-210

14-660-110

0 10 221110 0-21 65-1 60-2 66660 44--6660 14-6 11414

14-655-110

14-650-055

60 50-055 50-0 14-6 55 50-0 14-6 14-6 55 50-055 14-650-0

10m

Code

14-660-210 14-665-110 14-660-110 14-650-110

199

Growroom Accessories Lighting

Heat Resealable Bags

Megalux InstaDOOR Self-Adhesive Zip

Keeps your dried herb crops fresh.

A high quality zip, easy to install that creates easy access points into any enclosure.

Our range of heat resealable bags are the ideal product to maintain the freshness of all herbs and seeds.

Product Name Resealable Bag 300 x 430mm (12” x 17”) Resealable Bag 450 x 560mm (18” x 22”) Resealable Bag 560 x 910mm (22” x 36”)

With a ‘Peel and Stick’ zipper system for access and light control. Use with plastic sheeting.

Code

14-665-200 14-665-205 14-665-210

Tapes Strong adhesive tapes. Ideal for hanging reﬂective sheet in a growroom. Now come shrink wrapped.

Product Name 2” Cloth Ducting Tape (50mm x 50m) 2” Metallic Ducting Tape (50mm x 45m)

200

Code

Product Name Megalux InstaDOOR 2m Self-Adhesive Zip

08-370-005 08-370-010

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

14-675-005

Fully Flexible Lighting Systems Ballasts

Lamps

ReďŹ&#x201A;ectors

Compacta 600w and 400w compact ballast

Growroom Lenses

Accessories

Have you seen our new LUMii Tima and Compacta ballasts? ÂŽ

Tima 600w and 400w compact ballast with builtin timer, offering 18 hours on / 6 hours off and 12 hours on / 12 hours off

grow-lumii.com

Ventilation Equipment

Growing Environment In order to minimise potential growing problems, it is important to consider the growing environment into which you are going to place your hydroponic system. There are many factors that need to be considered, but we are essentially referring to the atmosphere and air in which your plants grow.

Air Exchange As previously mentioned, it is not just the nutrient solution that is an important source of nutrition for your plant, but also the carbon dioxide that is made available to the plant in the growing environment. In a typical plant, water accounts for the vast majority of its total weight, with the rest being made up of ‘dry matter’. The vast majority of the ‘dry matter’ is in the form of carbohydrate, which is sourced from the atmosphere in the form of carbon dioxide and then, converted by the plant. It is, therefore, extremely important to maintain adequate air exchanges in the growing environment, so as not to starve your plants of the carbon dioxide that they vitally need. In addition to this, air exchange also helps to control the levels of temperature and humidity within the growing environment.

Long-life ﬁlters (see page 217)

These factors are usually, but not exclusively, controlled by ventilation.

204

www.hydrogarden.com www.hy ww hydrog hy ogar og a den. n co c m

Ventilation and air circulation are vital in controlling temperature and humidity. Plants often grow best in a temperature range of between 18°C and 23°C and in a humidity range of 40%-75%. If you are unable to control these factors, you are likely to experience problems with your plants in terms of disease, lack of acceptable growth, yields and problems associated with various insect pests. When growing in an enclosed space, it is advisable to use both an extractor fan and an intake fan. An extractor fan will remove the moist (high humidity), warm air as well as other respiratory byproducts produced by the leaves.

Ventilation Equipment

Ventilation

This helps to replenish the carbon dioxide-deficient air and reduce plant stress. The size of the extractor fan depends on the size of the growing environment, the number of HID lamps in use and whether carbon filters are being used to help with odour control. It is recommended that you place an intake fan (in a low position) at the opposite end of the growing environment to the extractor fan (positioned higher up), as it helps to control both the humidity and temperature and introduces carbon dioxide into the environment. We supply a range of ventilation control equipment, including the RAM AIR-PRO Fan Speed Controller, which will control the intake and extractor fans. More complex atmospheric control products are also available, such as AutoGrow IntelliClimate (see Air and Nutrient Control). In a larger growing area, we recommend the use of air circulator fans, which assists in reducing the temperature fluctuations and increases the CO2 distribution throughout the growing environment.

CO2 – Carbon Dioxide It is possible to increase your plant’s rate of photosynthesis and therefore, growth rates and yields by increasing the amount of carbon dioxide available in the growing environment. Double the growth rates are possible by increasing the amount of carbon dioxide from 350 ppm (normal atmospheric levels) to 700ppm. We supply a complete range of carbon dioxide enrichment products (see Air and Nutrient Control), including sophisticated CO2 monitoring and dosing products. Remember that carbon dioxide is an asphyxiate and can be dangerous if levels are too high in the growing environment when entered.

Grow with us.

205

Ventilation Kits Ventilation Equipment

RAM and RVK Sileo Ventilation Kits

MountainAir and RVK SILEO Ventilation Kits

Product Name RVK & RAM Air Kit (323m3/hr) RAM Filter 125 x 475, 5m Ducting, RVK 125-L Fan RVK & RAM Air Kit (428m3/hr) RAM Filter 150 x 475, 5m Ducting, RVK 150 Fan

08-340-055 08-340-060

RVK & RAM Air Kit (720m3/hr) RAM Filter 150 x 600, 5m Ducting, RVK 150-L Fan RVK & RAM Air Kit (796m3/hr) RAM Filter 200 x 600, 5m Ducting, RVK 200 Fan RVK & RAM Air Kit (1080m3/hr) RAM Filter 250 x 600, 5m Ducting, RVK 250-L Fan

08-340-075

RVK & RAM Air Kit (1375m3/hr) RAM Filter 315 x 800, 5m Ducting, RVK 315 Fan

08-340-080

Product Name RVK & Mountain Air Kit (720m3/hr) MA Filter 150 x 1000, 5m Ducting, RVK 150-L Fan RVK & Mountain Air Kit (796m3/hr) MA Filter 200 x 1000, 5m Ducting, RVK 200 Fan

08-340-420 08-340-425

08-340-065

RVK & Mountain Air Kit (1080m3/hr) MA Filter 250 x 800, 5m Ducting, RVK 250-L Fan

08-340-430

08-340-070

RVK & Mountain Air Kit (1307m3/hr) MA Filter 250 x 1000, 5m Ducting, RVK 250-XL Fan

08-340-435

Can-Fan & Can-Lite Air Kit (270m³/hr) Can-Lite 100x450, 5m Ducting, RK 100L Fan

08-340-605

Can-Fan & Can-Lite Air Kit (820m³/hr) Can-Lite 200x500, 5m Ducting, RK 200 Fan

08-340-610

Code

08-340-405

Can-Fan & Can-Lite Air Kit (820m³/hr) Can-Lite 200x500, 5m Ducting, RK 200 Fan

08-340-615

RVK & Mountain Air Kit (323m /hr) MA Filter 150 x 500, 5m Ducting, RVK 125-L Fan

08-340-410

Can-Fan & Can-Lite Air Kit (820m³/hr) Can-Lite 200x500, 5m Ducting, RK 200 Fan

08-340-620

RVK & Mountain Air Kit (428m3/hr) MA Filter 150 x 500, 5m Ducting, RVK 150 Fan

08-340-415

Can-Fan & Can-Lite Air Kit (830m³/hr) Can-Lite 250x500, 5m Ducting, RK 250 Fan

08-340-625

Can-Fan & Can-Lite Air Kit (1110m³/hr) Can-Lite 200x750, 5m Ducting, RK 200L Fan

08-340-630

Can-Fan & Can-Lite Air Kit (1170m³/hr) Can-Lite 250x750, 5m Ducting, RK 250L Fan

08-340-635

RVK & Mountain Air Kit (184m /hr) MA Filter 100 x 400, 5m Ducting, RVK 100 Fan

206

Can-Fan and Can-Lite Ventilation Kits

www.hydrogarden.com

PRO SERIES

www.canямБlters.eu - www.canfan.eu

Can-Fan RK Ventilation Equipment

Can-Fan RK Fans Innovative, powerful, efficient and easy to use! The Can-Fan RK plastic tube fan is a backward centrifugal extractor, using a resistant, maintenancefree plastic housing. The extractor is speed-controllable using voltage or frequency control, and as a protection for the motor, it is equipped with a thermal switch that turns oďŹ&#x20AC; the motor if it reaches a dangerous working temperature. The Swiss-made motor, together with the propeller design enables this type of fan to deliver a strong airďŹ&#x201A;ow while making less noise. For optimum performance, it is strongly recommended to use Can-Fans together with Can-Filters. Product Name Can-Fan RK 100 Fan - 240m3/hr Can-Fan RK 125 Fan - 310m3/hr Can-Fan RK 150 Fan - 470m3/hr Can-Fan RK 200 Fan - 820m3/hr Can-Fan RK 250 Fan - 830m3/hr

208

Code

08-356-005 08-356-015 08-356-025 08-356-035 08-356-045

Product Name Can-Fan RK 100L Fan - 270m3/hr Can-Fan RK 125L Fan - 350m3/hr Can-Fan RK 150L Fan - 760m3/hr Can-Fan RK 200L Fan - 1110m3/hr Can-Fan RK 250L Fan - 1170m3/hr

Code

08-356-010 08-356-020 08-356-030 08-356-040 08-356-050

Fan

Capacity (m3/h)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Aperture Diameter (mm)

Weight (kg)

Sound Pressure Level db(A)

Amps (A)

Watts (W)

RK 100

240

245

220

98.5

2.3

0.3

RK 100L

270

245

220

98.5

2.3

0.3

RK 125

310

245

220

123.5

2.2

0.3

RK 125L

350

245

220

123.5

2.3

0.3

RK 150

470

340

230

148.5

2.9

0.3

RK 150L

760

340

230

148.5

3.2

0.5

105

RK 200

820

340

230

198.5

3.2

0.5

100

RK 200L

1110

340

230

198.5

4.2

0.9

195

RK 250

830

340

230

249

3.1

0.5

100

RK 250L

1170

340

230

249

4.1

0.9

195

www.hydrogarden.com

Can-Fan RK 4-Speed Ventilation Equipment

Can-Fan RK 4-Speed Fans Fans Fan

Capacity (m3/h)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Innovative, powerful, efficient and easy to use!

Aperture Diameter (mm)

Weight (kg)

Sound Pressure Level db(A)

Amps (A)

Watts (W)

The Can-Fan RK plastic tube fan is a speed-controlled backward centrifugal extractor, using a resistant, maintenance-free plastic housing. It is equipped with a simple dial switch that divides the maximum airﬂow of the extractor into four diﬀerent levels of performance.

RK 100LS

270

245

220

2.5

0.3

RK 125LS

370

245

220

124

2.5

0.3

There is no need for additional electronic speed controllers or transformers; the speed change is made by the switch attached to the fan

RK 150S

460

340

230

149

3.1

0.3

Not recommended for use with external fan speed controllers

RK 150LS

810

340

230

149

3.6

0.6

130

RK 200S

820

340

230

199

3.6

0.6

130

RK 200LS

1110

340

230

199

4.4

0.9

190

RK 250S

830

340

230

249

3.5

0.6

127

RK 250LS

1130

340

230

249

4.4

0.9

185

Product Name Can-Fan RK 100LS 4 Speed Fan - 270m3/hr Can-Fan RK 150S 4 Speed Fan - 460m3/hr Can-Fan RK 200S 4 Speed Fan - 820m3/hr Can-Fan RK 250S 4 Speed Fan - 830m3/hr

Grow with us.

Code

08-356-110 08-356-125 08-356-135 08-356-145

Product Name Can-Fan RK 125LS 4 Speed Fan - 370m3/hr Can-Fan RK 150LS 4 Speed Fan - 810m3/hr Can-Fan RK 200LS 4 Speed Fan - 1110m3/hr Can-Fan RK 250LS 4 Speed Fan - 1130m3/hr

Code

08-356-120 08-356-130 08-356-140 08-356-150

209

Max-Fan Ventilation Equipment

Max-Fan Pro series 150

Max-Fan Pro series 200

Max-Fan Pro series 250

MAX-FAN

PRO SERIES

Code Product Name Max-Fan PS 150 2 Speed Fan - 600m3/hr 08-356-325 Max-Fan PS 150 with 150mm Silencer and Fast Clamps (2 pairs) 08-356-327

PRO SERIES

Code Product Name Max-Fan PS 200 2 Speed Fan - 1218m3/hr 08-356-335 Max-Fan PS 200 with 200mm Silencer and Fast Clamps (2 pairs) 08-356-337

Code Product Name Max-Fan PS 250 2 Speed Fan - 1660m3/hr 08-356-345 Max-Fan PS 250 with 250mm Silencer and Fast Clamps (2 pairs) 08-356-347

3D Stator

Max-Fan Pro series The second generation Max-Fan Pro series are unique diagonal tube fans, designed to be eﬃcient, powerful and less noisy. The rotor-stator system makes Max-Fan Pro series the most eﬃcient fans on the market regarding air performance and power consumption. The rotor pushes the air out in a swirl, while the stator transforms Name PS 150 PS 200 PS 250

210

Air Flow (m3/h) 600 1220 1660

Flange (mm) 150 200 250

Current (A) 0.3 0.6 0.8

this swirl into a uniform jet of air, preventing pressure loss, noise and unnecessary power consumption. The eﬃciency rate for Max-Fan Pro series is at least 50% higher than any conventional one-propeller tube fan available on the market today. Power (W) 46 117 160

Sound Power db(A) 60 67 70

Weight (kg) 2.4 4.0 5.4

Airﬂow

Filters Can Lite 600 Can Lite 1000 Can- Lite 1500

www.hydrogarden.com

3d Rotor

Strong uniform airﬂow high pressure

RVK Sileo Extraction Fans

08-355-010

RVK SILEO fans

08-355-025

08-355-005

These German-made extraction fans are low wattage, high output and designed to handle both low air volume hobby use and high air volume commercial use.

08-355-020

These fans can be run constantly without any problems. RVK SILEO extraction motors are very quiet. If the noise from the airﬂow is a problem, purchase one of our silencers and place at one end with a carbon ﬁlter on the other end.

Ventilation Equipment

RVK SILEO Fans

08-355-015

Features:

08-355-035

Speed-controllable (using RAM AIR-PRO Fan Speed Controller) Integral thermal contacts with electrical reset Can be installed in any position Maintenance-free and reliable

08-355-030

Manufactured from ﬁbreglass-reinforced plastic

08-355-012

The RVK SILEO fan brackets (supplied in box) allow for easy installation to the ﬂoor, wall or ceiling.

08-355-040

Product Name RVK SILEO 100E2 Fan - 184m3/hr RVK SILEO 125E2 Fan - 220m3/hr RVK SILEO 125E2-L Fan - 323m3/hr RVK SILEO 150E2 Fan - 428m3/hr RVK SILEO 150E2-L Fan - 720m3/hr RVK SILEO 200E2 Fan - 796m3/hr RVK SILEO 200E2-L Fan - 1008m3/hr RVK SILEO 250E2 Fan - 860m3/hr RVK SILEO 250E2-L Fan - 1080m3/hr RVK SILEO 250E2-XL Fan - 1307m3/hr RVK SILEO 315E2 Fan - 1375m3/hr

Code

08-355-005 08-355-010 08-355-012 08-355-015 08-355-020 08-355-025 08-355-027 08-355-030 08-355-035 08-355-037 08-355-040

08-355-027

Note Pictures not to scale 08-355-037

Grow with us.

211

RAM Mixed-Flow Fans Ventilation Equipment

RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fans*

Mixed-Flow Inline Fan Optimised design for high pressure/quiet air movement • Mixed ﬂow ABS impeller • 2 speed motor • Quiet operation

• To be used with ducting • Supplied with mounting bracket and 3m power cord and plug

Fast-Cle

Release syst em for easy cleani ng and maintenan ce

Lift clips

Extract fan

Variable Speed Op. temp range

RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fan - 100mm RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fan - 125mm RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fan - 150mm RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fan - 200mm

-20 to +50 C -20 to +50oC -20 to +50oC -20 to +50oC

Protection Impeller class

IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44

ABS ABS ABS ABS

High Speed Current Power (A) Consumption

28w 35w 54w 125w

0.12 0.12 0.23 0.57

RPM

Airflow 3

2210 199m /hr 2520 225m3/hr 2550 517m3/hr 2300 1428m3/hr

High Speed Current Power (A) Consumption

25w 30w 54w 123w

0.11 0.11 0.2 0.52

RPM

Airflow 3

1900 165m /hr 2250 198m3/hr 2050 398m3/hr 1900 1173m3/hr

Code

08-355-355 08-355-360 08-355-365 08-355-370

*Actual fans may diﬀer from those shown

212

www.hydrogarden.com

RAM Duct Fans Ventilation Equipment

RAM RA M Inline Duct Fans*

Inline Duct Fan Optimised design for high pressure/quiet air movement • ‘FAST-FLOW™’ even air ﬂow ﬁn (patented design) • Quiet operation • To be used with ducting

• Supplied with noise insulated mounting bracket • Protection class IP44 • Fitted with IEC power in socket

Anti-turbulence fin

Single Speed Op. temp range

RAM Inline Duct Fan - 100mm RAM Inline Duct Fan - 125mm RAM Inline Duct Fan - 150mm RAM Inline Duct Fan - 200mm RAM Inline Duct Fan - 250mm

-20 to +50 C -20 to +50oC -20 to +50oC -20 to +50oC -20 to +50oC

Protection Power Current Impeller class Consumption (A)

IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44

PA66 PA66 PA66 PA66 PA66

69w 74w 96w 166w 174w

0.32 0.34 0.44 0.77 0.8

RPM

Airflow 3

2550 277m /hr 2475 378m3/hr 2210 580m3/hr 2280 998m3/hr 2350 1088m3/hr

Code

08-355-455 08-355-460 08-355-465 08-355-470 08-355-475

*Actual fans may diﬀer from those shown

Grow with us.

213

Inline Fans Ventilation Equipment

RAM Clip On Fan 150mm (6”) Fan

150mm (6”) Eco Fan

The RAM Clip On Fan has a quality high output, quiet motor and sturdy clips. This 150mm (6”) fan has 2 speed settings and an adjustable head. It is easy to assemble with a 1.4 metre power cord and multi-region plug.

The RAM Eco Clip On Fan runs on 12v and has a lower wattage (5w) than other clip on fans. it has a quality high output, quiet motor and sturdy clips. This 150mm (6”) fan has an adjustable head. it is easy to assemble with a 1.4 metre power cord and multi-region power supply.

Product Name RAM 150mm Clip On Fan (6”) - 15w

214

RAM Clip On Eco Fan

Code

08-355-273

Code Product Name RAM 150mm Eco Clip On Fan with Transformer (6”) - 5w 08-355-277

www.hydrogarden.com

Inline Fans RAM Pedestal Swing Fan

These high quality fans feature a high performance motor

400mm (16”)

RAM Air circulators have stylish chrome ﬁnish, 360 degree tilt adjustment as well as variable speed motors. A must–have product to ensure even room temperature and as an aid to plant transpiration.

The RAM Pedestal fan is sturdy, reliable and quiet, ﬁtted with automatic swing. This 400mm (16 inch) fan has 3 preset speed settings, adjustable head and adjustable height. Easy to assemble with full instructions and comes ﬁtted with 1.4 metre power cord and multi-region plug.

Ventilation Equipment

RAM Floor Air Circulators

Tip Air circulators work in a diﬀerent way to fans and are the best for moving air within a growroom. The correct way to use them to maximise their performance is to have them tilted upwards.

Product Name RAM 23cm (9”) Air Circulator - 2 Speed RAM 30cm (12”) Air Circulator - 3 Speed RAM 40cm (16”) Air Circulator - 3 Speed

Code

08-355-280 08-355-285 08-355-290

Product Name RAM 400mm Pedestal Fan (16”) - 3 Speed

Grow with us.

Code

08-355-270

215

MountainAir Filters Ventilation Equipment

MountainAir Filters

VOTED NORTH AMERICA’S BEST FILTER – FIVE TIMES

Long Life Carbon Filters from MountainAir 3 year life, go for quality and peace of mind. MountainAir filters are a range of filters which have been designed to give maximum quality, performance and durability. No other filter has been able to last more than 3 years of constant use so, you can be assured it will give you long lasting odour control. Its simple functionality contains complex interior designs using the most unique materials. MountainAir filters require little maintenance and reduce noise levels considerably, ensuring an effective and efficient growing life cycle. They also offer superior air flow when compared to normal filters due to the very low density, but yet high mechanical strength of ‘activated’ carbon used, which in turn gives better result and peace of mind. These special activated carbons contain unique chemistry, different granular size, shape, texture and hardness to offer longer life and prevent blockages, which will help maintain an all round cleaner filter system for improved durability. MountainAir filters are extremely economical, the bigger the size the more economical it operates, giving you a huge saving and more value for money. We believe this is the most efficient filter on the market

today that will guarantee to remove Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC). Supplied with 2 filter sleeves which are hand and machine washable. They are ready boxed, easy for shipping. Product data brochure available. For more detailed advice on carbon filters, see our READY RECKONER below. Why choose MountainAir? Superior carbon compaction = longer life and more effective odour removal. MountainAir carbon is non-uniform, allowing maximum tortuosity of air flow through the filtration medium to occur. This ensures uniform and complete absorption throughout the entire carbon bed over the life span of the filter.

It is best to suspend your carbon ﬁlter from the ceiling using chains and hooks, or our new ﬁlter stand. MountainAir benefits: Lasts longer

Carbon ﬁlters work best with a humidity of less than 80%. Over 85% RH they don’t work at all. Always use a fabric sleeve with your ﬁlter and replace it when it

Removes more contaminant Eliminates odours completely Reduces noise through its muﬄed design

Recommended RVK Sileo/RVK Fans

Neck Size

Flow Rate

Code

Fan

Diameter

Max. Air Flow*

Code

100mm

240m3/hr

08-350-050

RVK100-A1

100mm

175m3/hr

08-355-005

125mm

295m3/hr

08-350-051

RVK125-A1

125mm

225m3/hr

08-355-010

RVK125-L1

125mm

350m3/hr

08-355-012

RVK Sileo 150-A1

150mm

420m3/hr

08-355-015

150mm

580m /hr

08-350-055

150mm

1130m3/hr

08-350-056

RVK150-L1

150mm

600m3/hr

08-355-020

200mm

740m3/hr

08-350-060

RVK150-L1

150mm

600m3/hr

08-355-020

RVK Sileo 200-A1

200mm

750m3/hr

08-355-025

RVK Sileo 200-L1

200mm

950m3/hr

08-355-027

RVK250-A1

250mm

760m3/hr

08-355-030

RVK Sileo 250-L1

250mm

1020m3/hr

08-355-035

200mm

216

MountainAir Filters use the highest quality carbon and under normal circumstances you can expect them to last up to 3 years. You know when the carbon within your ﬁlter has reached the end of its useful life as it no longer works. There are no merits in using cheap carbon.

Exchanges more air

Hints and Tips:

MountainAir Filters

becomes clogged up – usually after 6 months. If, after installing a carbon ﬁlter system, odour is still a problem then, simply purchase another fan and ﬁlter.

1610m3/hr

08-350-072

250mm

1420m /hr

08-350-077

250mm

1600m3/hr

08-350-079

315mm

1660m3/hr

08-350-082

RVK315-A1

315mm

1300m3/hr

08-355-040

315mm

2300m3/hr

08-350-087

www.hydrogarden.com

*Max Air flow – This is a conservative estimate of the maximum air flow each size filter can handle while still providing 100% odour control. The limiting factor is almost always the fan. Some manufacturers provide very high maximum numbers to mislead. We base our maximum air flow figures on a decade of observation and research. Be aware that the dynamic air flow is most relevant to the grower.

MountainAir Filters Ventilation Equipment

MountainAir Carbo on Filters

Product Name MountainAir - 0416 - 100/400 240m3/hr MountainAir - 0520 - 125/500 295m3/hr

Code

Product Name MountainAir - 0640 - 150/1000 1130m3/hr Mountain Air - 0820 - 200/500 740m続/hr

Code

08-350-050 08-350-051

08-350-056 08-350-060

Product Name MountainAir - 0130 - 250/800 1420m3/hr MountainAir - 1040 - 250/1000 1600m3/hr

MountainAir - 0620 - 150/500 580m3/hr

08-350-055

MountainAir - 0840 - 200/1000 1610m3/hr

08-350-072

MountainAir - 1230 - 315/800 1660m3/hr

08-350-082

MountainAir - 1240 - 315/1000 2300m3/hr

08-350-087

Grow with us.

Code

08-350-077 08-350-079

217

RAM Filters Ventilation Equipment

Filter Size

Maximum recommended fan flow rate

100 x 200

170 m³/hr

The RAM Pro Active carbon filter is a professional range of filters designed with the grower in mind. This means they are guaranteed to do the job – easy-to-use, good value for money and flexible to suit your needs, offering a variety of sizes.

125 x 475

350 m³/hr

150 x 475

500 m³/hr

150 x 600

700 m³/hr

RAM Filters are not full of hollow claims as made by the competition…

200 x 600

850 m³/hr

Guaranteed to do the job!

250 x 600

1080 m³/hr

315 x 800

1350 m³/hr

315 x 1250

2400 m³/hr

We use virgin Australian RC412 Carbon, widely considered to be one of the superior carbons for air filtration. 65% CTC carbon – this means the specification of RC412 carbon used takes on board 65% of its own density in volatile airborne molecules (smell). The RC412 carbon has a very low ash content of less than 13% and is a virgin granulated product. The granulated form of this carbon means it can be compacted very tightly leaving no air spaces where organic compounds (odours) can escape. The RAM Pro Active Carbon Filter features a carbon pore size of 0.02 micron, which is very high in carbon specification. Basically, it means the carbon is far more absorbent to volatile organic smells and is more attractive to them making the odour element stick to them like glue and become absorbed. The carbon filling process used in the manufacture of these filters includes inline drying and dehumidifying to make sure the carbon is in peak condition before the filter is compacted. We also use special expansion foam on the neck making sure that the compaction rate of the carbon remains high at all times. Lower quality filters have poor compaction, meaning volatile smells can escape before contact with the carbon.

Top Plate and Base: 1.5mm1.9mm Spun Aluminium

Compaction Foam: Polyester polyurethane foam

RC412 Australian Carbon

Elasticated Pre-Filter

Technical Specification Pressure Loss Curve The air flow capacity of a fan is commonly measured in metres cubed per hour (m3/hr). Pressure within the ventilation system has a direct effect on the flow rate of a fan, so all fans will have a pressure loss curve contained somewhere in the literature that is supplied with the fan. Pressure is measured in pascals (Pa) and in all cases a fan’s maximum flow rate is measured at 0 Pa. Adding ducting and/or a filter to a ventilation system will increase the operating pressure and as such will lower the flow rate of the fan. It is critical that that you understand this in order to specify the correct filter for your area. As a rule of thumb, when you purchase your filter, make sure its cubic metre capacity is 20% greater than the fan output. This will assure you have the best filtration efficiency.

NOTE: Some filters use a sales gimmick stating you should switch the ends as the top of the filter gets used before the carbon at the base. When air is under pressure within the filter, this has been demonstrated to have no factual proof!! 38mm Carbon Bed

218

www.hydrogarden.com den.com

Carbon Retention Netting: 20D vortex weave

Side Mesh Plate: Zintec with 1.1mm hole pitch. Hole diameter 4mm

RAM Filters and Filter Stand Ventilation Equipment

RAM Filters

Product Name RAM Filter 100/200 (4”) 170m3/hr RAM Filter 125/475 (5”) 350m3/hr

Code

RAM Filter 150/475 (6”) 500m3/hr

08-350-160

RAM Filter 150/600 (6”) 700m3/hr

08-350-165

RAM Filter 200/600 (8”) 850m3/hr

08-350-170

RAM Filter 250/600 (10”) 1080m3/hr

08-350-175

RAM Filter 315/800 (12”) 1350m3/hr

08-350-180

RAM Filter 315/1250 (12”) 2400m3/hr

08-350-185

RAM Filter 315/1250

RAM Filter 315/800

RAM Filter 250/600

RAM Filter 200/600

RAM Filter 150/600

RAM Filter 150/475

RAM Filter 125/475

RAM Filter 100/200

08-350-150 08-350-155

RAM Filter Stand Fully adjustable robust stand This great ﬁlter stand from RAM is robust, can hold all sizes and makes of ﬁlter and can be altered in height and angle for those tight spaces.

Length Adjustment Product Name RAM Filter Stand

Vertical Adjustment

Code

08-350-102

Grow w with us.

219

Can-Lite Filters Ventilation Equipment

Filter

Flange

Material

Carbon

Length (cm)

Total Weight (kg)

Carbon Weight (kg)

Diameter (cm)

Carbon Bed (cm)

Technical Capacity (m3/hr)

Practical Capacity (m3/hr)

Recommended Can-Fans

Can-Lite 300

100/125*

Plastic

Lite

1.8

1.2

14.5

2.5

330

300

Can-Fan RK 100-240m3/hr, Can-Fan RK 100L-270m3/hr, Can-Fan RK 125-310m3/hr, Can-Fan RK 100LS 4 Speed-270m3/hr.

Established for over 25 years, CanFilters are a market leader in the ﬁeld of air ﬁltration.

Can-Lite 425

100/125*

Plastic

Lite

2.2

1.6

14.5

2.5

467

425

Can-Fan RK 125-310m3/hr, Can-Fan RK 125L-350m3/hr, Can-Fan RK 125LS 4 Speed-370m3/hr.

The Can-Lite Filters are a range of lightweight carbon filters filled with granulated carbon made from charcoal that is thermally activated (the only real option for air filtration) and are reliable for up to 18 months (with max tolerance - 75% RH & 80°C).

Can-Lite 600

150

Steel

Lite

47.5

2.2

3.5

660

600

Can-Fan RK 150 - 470m3/hr, Can-Fan RK 150S 4 Speed-460m3/hr, Max-Fan PS 150 2 Speed-600m3/hr.

Can-Lite 1000 (200)

200

Steel

Lite

5.1

5.0

1100

1000

Can-Fan RK 200-820m3/hr, Can-Fan RK 200S 4 Speed-820m3/hr.

Can-Lite 1000 (250)

250

Steel

Lite

5.1

5.0

1100

1000

Can-Fan RK 250-830m3/hr, Can-Fan RK 250S 4 Speed-830m3/hr

Can-Lite 1500 (200)

200

Steel

Lite

15.5

7.6

5.0

1650

1500

Can-Fan RK 200L-1110m3/hr, Can-Fan RK 200LS 4 Speed-1110m3/hr, Max-Fan PS 200 2 Speed-1218m3/hr.

Can-Lite 1500 (250)

250

Steel

Lite

15.5

7.6

5.0

1650

1500

Can-Fan RK 250L-1170m3/hr, Can-Fan RK 250LS 4 Speed-1130m3/hr, Max-Fan PS 250 2 Speed-1660m3/hr.

Can-Lite 2000 (250)

250

Steel

Lite

100

10.2

5.0

2200

2000

Max-Fan PS 250 2 Speed-1660m3/hr.

Can-Lite 2500 (250)

250

Steel

Lite

100

12.2

5.0

2750

2500

Can-Lite 3000 (315)

315

Steel

Lite

100

14.3

5.0

3300

3000

Can-Lite 3500 (315)

315

Steel

Lite

100

33.5

16.3

5.0

3850

3500

Can-Lite 4500 (315)

315

Steel

Lite

100

36.5

18.5

5.0

4950

4500

Can-Lite Filters

The smaller options are plastic ﬁlters sold without the ﬂange allowing the customer to choose between 100mm and 125mm depending on the size of fan he intends to use.

Thermal activation In thermal activation, the base product is brought to temperatures higher than 900ºC. To avoid burning the material (the ﬂash point of coal is around 570ºC) dry steam is added. This results in a very porous product, with pore sizes ranging from small mesopores to very small micropores - perfect for air ﬁltration.

*Flange not included - purchase separately

220

www.hydrogarden.com

Can-Lite Filters Ventilation Equipment

Ca an-Lite Filters

08-350-400

08-350-405

08-350-440

08-350-415

08-350-445

08-350-420

08-350-450

08-350-425

08-350-455

Product Name Can-Lite 100mm Flange Can-Lite 125mm Flange

08-350-400 08-350-405

Product Name Can-Lite 1000 Filter - 200/500 (8”) 1000m3/hr Can-Lite 1000 Filter - 250/500 (10”) 1000m3/hr

Can-Lite 300m3/hr Platic Filter Body (450mm) - No Flange

08-350-415

Can-Lite 425m3/hr Platic Filter Body (600mm) - No Flange

08-350-420

Can-Lite 600 Filter - 150/475 (6”) 600m3/hr

08-350-425

Code

08-350-430

08-350-460

08-350-465

08-350-435

08-350-470

Product Name Can-Lite 2500 Filter - 250/1000 (10”) 2500m3/hr Can-Lite 3000 Filter - 315/1000 (12”) 3000m3/hr

Code

08-350-430 08-350-435

Can-Lite 1500 Filter - 200/750 (8”) 1500m3/hr

08-350-440

Can-Lite 3500 Filter - 315/1000 (12”) 3500m3/hr

08-350-465

Can-Lite 1500 Filter - 250/750 (10”) 1500m3/hr

08-350-445

Can-Lite 4500 Filter - 315/1000 (12”) 4500m3/hr

08-350-470

Can-Lite 2000 Filter - 250/1000 (10”) 2000m3/hr

08-350-450

Grow with us.

Code

08-350-455 08-350-460

221

Silencers Ventilation Equipment 222

Flexbile Silencers

Can Filter Sile encers encers

Robust and ideal for small growrooms Our great German–made silencers assist in reducing the noise levels when using any fan. All silencers are 1 metre in length and are ﬂexible so they can be bent around 90º, allowing ﬁtting into the corners of growrooms or tents.

Product Name Silencer 100mm Flexible Silencer 125mm Flexible

Code

Silencer 150mm Flexible

08-395-015

Silencer 200mm Flexible

08-395-020

Silencer 250mm Flexible

08-395-025

Silencer 315mm Flexible

08-395-030

08-395-005 08-395-010 Product Name Can-Filters 100mm Silencer Can-Filters 125mm Silencer

Code

08-395-050 08-395-055

Code Product Name Can-Filters 150mm Silencer - 45cm length 08-395-060 Can-Filters 200mm Silencer - 45cm length 08-395-065

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name Can-Filters 250mm Silencer Can-Filters 315mm Silencer

Code

08-395-070 08-395-075

justkeepsgoing /DVWV ORQJHU ZLWK D OLIH VSDQ RI \HDUV

8VHV FDUERQ IURP WKH ZRUOGÂ¶V ROGHVW FRDO

(OLPLQDWHV RGRXU FRPSOHWHO\

,UUHJXODU VKDSHG FDUERQ IRU LPSURYHG DEVRUSWLRQ DQG Â¿OWUDWLRQ

5HGXFHV QRLVH WKURXJK LWV PXÌ&#x2C6;HG GHVLJQ

:DQW TXDOLW\ SHUIRUPDQFH DQG GXUDELOLW\ IURP \RXU FDUERQ Â¿OWHU" 7KHQ EX\ 0RXQWDLQ$LUÂ®

([FKDQJHV PRUH DLU

5HPRYHV PRUH FRQWDPLQDQW

1R IRDP VWULS

ORQJ OLIH

FDUERQ Â¿OWHUV ZZZ PRXQWDLQDLUÂ¿OWHUV FRP

Ducting Ventilation Equipment

RAM Ducting RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting

RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting

A 3 layer multi-ply reinforced aluminium and polyester laminated ducting with an encapsulated high tensile steel wire helix. This means it holds its shape very well oﬀering less drag than competitor products, thus less noise when in use and less pressure drop. Individually boxed in 5m or 10m lengths. In the event of ﬁre, no toxic gases are emitted.

RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting A 4 layer multi-laminated construction with an encapsulated high tensile steel wire helix ensures strength and durability. The black PVC outer is totally plant safe and is a strong vapour/light barrier ensuring extra air tightness over standard alloy ducting while still being very ﬂexible. Due to the 4 layers this ducting, when fully extended, holds its shape with a seamless void delivering low pressure drop and no particulate clogging and low noise when in use.

RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting

RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting

Constructed using micro-perforated inner ducting to dampen noise. 25mm fibrewool insulation and covered with an outer jacket, which acts as a vapour barrier. The jacket is a multi-layer aluminium/PET mix offering great flexibility and strength. Inner – Perforated flexible ducting Insulation – fibreglass 25mm Jacket – aluminium/Polyester

224

Product Name RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 102mm x 5m RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 127mm x 5m

08-360-105 08-360-110

RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 152mm x 5m

08-360-115

RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 203mm x 5m

08-360-120

RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 254mm x 5m

08-360-125

RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 315mm x 5m

08-360-130

RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 102mm x 10m

08-360-005

RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 127mm x 10m RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 152mm x 10m RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 203mm x 10m

Code

RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting

08-360-010

Product Name RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting - 102mm x 10m RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting - 127mm x 10m

08-360-205 08-360-210

Product Name RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting 102mm x 5m RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting 127mm x 5m

08-360-150 08-360-155

08-360-015

RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting - 152mm x 10m

08-360-215

RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting 152mm x 5m

08-360-160

08-360-020

RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting - 203mm x 10m

08-360-220

RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting 203mm x 5m

08-360-165

RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 254mm x 10m

08-360-025

RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting - 254mm x 10m

08-360-225

RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting 254mm x 5m

08-360-170

RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 315mm x 10m

08-360-030

RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting - 315mm x 10m

08-360-230

RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting 315mm x 5m

08-360-175

Code

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

Ducting

RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting Construction material – reinforced aluminium and polyester Wire – Strength 72A Alloy 0.0075mm - PET – 0.015mm - Alloy 0.0075mm Diameter range (mm) 100mm, 125mm, 150mm, 200mm, 250mm, 315mm RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting

AIR-PRO™ Fan Speed Controller

Ventilation Equipment

Technical Specification

Construction material – reinforced aluminium and polyester with PVC outer Wire – Strength 72A Made of 4 layers: PVC - Alloy 0.0075mm - PET – 0.015mm - Alloy 0.0075mm Diameter range (mm) 100mm, 125mm, 150mm, 200mm, 250mm, 315mm Tested by SGS to comply with RoHS 2011/65/EU. The PVC used in RAM ducting is plant safe and contains no DIBUTYL PHTHALATE.

The RAM® AIR-PRO is an intelligent and silent indoor climate controller designed to control extraction and intake fans thermostatically, monitoring and maintaining the desired room temperature and air pressure.

RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting Construction material – reinforced aluminium and polyester with ﬁbrewool inner. Wire – Strength 72A Made of 8 layers: Alloy 0.0075mm - PET – 0.015mm - Alloy 0.0075mm - Fibrewool 25mm - Polythene - Alloy 0.0075mm - PET – 0.015mm - Alloy 0.0075mm

All you have to do is plug in your fans, set the required air temperature and fan speed/balance and the RAM® AIR-PRO will do the rest, maintaining a continuous temperature in your room and giving you full control over negative pressure.

Diameter range (mm) 100mm, 125mm, 150mm, 200mm, 250mm, 315mm The products have been tested for fire resistance.

Ducting Size

Wire Thickness

Wire Spacing

100mm

0.8mm

2.3mm

150mm

1mm

2.6mm

200mm

1.2mm

3.5mm

250mm

1.2mm

3.7mm

300+mm

1.2mm

4.4mm

((see seee p page ag ge 2228) 28) 8))

The RAM® AIR-PRO features a remote T h he eR tthermostat herrm her sensor and temperature ssetting, ettt ttin in as well as twin fan speed control.

www.rapidairmovement.co.uk

Grow with us.

225

Ducting Fittings and Accessories Ventilation Equipment

Fast Clamps

Ducting Joiners

A simple, easy way to connect fans, ns, ﬁlters, ducting and accessories. An inner foam layer provides an airtight connection with the added ed beneﬁt of sound damping.

Product Name 100mm Fast Clamps (Pack of 2) 125mm Fast Clamps (Pack of 2)

08-365-100 08-365-105

Product Name 200mm Fast Clamps (Pack of 2) 250mm Fast Clamps (Pack of 2)

08-365-115 08-365-120

150mm Fast Clamps (Pack of 2)

08-365-110

315mm Fast Clamps (Pack of 2)

08-365-125

Code

Pressed Ventilation Reducers

Product Name Pressed Ventilation Reducers - 125mm > 100mm (5” > 4”) Pressed Ventilation Reducers - 150mm > 100mm (6” > 4”) Pressed Ventilation Reducers - 150mm > 125mm (6” > 5”) Pressed Ventilation Reducers - 200mm > 125mm (8” > 5”) Pressed Ventilation Reducers - 200mm > 150mm (8” > 6”)

226

Code

08-380-105 08-380-110 08-380-115 08-380-120 08-380-125

Product Name Pressed Ventilation Reducers - 250mm > 150mm (10” > 6”) Pressed Ventilation Reducers - 250mm > 200mm (10” > 8”) Pressed Ventilation Reducers - 315mm > 200mm (12” > 8”) Pressed Ventilation Reducers - 315mm > 250mm (12” > 10”)

Code

08-380-130 08-380-135 08-380-140 08-380-145

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name Ducting Joiner - 100mm Ducting Joiner - 125mm

Code

Ducting Joiner - 150mm

08-330-515

Ducting Joiner - 200mm

08-330-520

Ducting Joiner - 250mm

08-330-525

Ducting Joiner - 315mm

08-330-530

Product Name Female Ducting Joiner - 100mm Female Ducting Joiner - 125mm

Code

Female Ducting Joiner - 150mm

08-330-565

Female Ducting Joiner - 200mm

08-330-570

Female Ducting Joiner - 250mm

08-330-575

Female Ducting Joiner - 315mm

08-330-580

08-330-505 08-330-510

08-330-555 08-330-560

Ducting Fittings and Accessories Ducting Tee Connector

Ventilation Equipment

Filter Clamps

Du ucting Y Connector

Quick and easy-to-use. These quick–release clamps are used to attach fans and ﬁlters to ducting. Duct tape also available.

Product Name 60-135 Quick Release Clamp (5”) 60-215 Quick Release Clamp (8”) 60-325 Quick Release Clamp (12”)

Product duct Name Ducting Tee Connector - 100mm Ducting Tee Connector - 125mm

08-330-205 08-330-210

Product uct Name Ducting ing n Y Connector - 100mm Ducting Y Connector - 125mm

08 08-330-305 330 3 08-330-310

Code

Ducting Tee Connector - 150mm

08-330-215

Ducting Y Connector - 150mm

08-330-315

08-365-005 08-365-015 08-365-025

Ducting Tee Connector - 200mm

08-330-220

Ducting Y Connector - 200mm

08-330-320

Ducting Tee Connector - 250mm

08-330-225

Ducting Y Connector - 250mm

08-330-325

Ducting Tee Connector - 315mm

08-330-230

Ducting Y Connector - 315mm

08-330-330

Ducting Wall Flange

C Code

Ducting ucting Back Draft Damper Joiner Join Joi

Product Name ame Ducting Wall Flange - 100mm Ducting Wall Flange - 125mm

Code

08-330-405 08-330-410

Product uct Name Ducting ing Back Draft Damper Joiner - 100mm Ducting Back Draft Damper Joiner - 125mm

08-33008-330-605 08-330-610

Ducting Wall Flange - 150mm

08-330-415

Ducting Back Draft Damper Joiner - 150mm

Ducting Wall Flange - 200mm

08-330-420

Ducting Back Draft Damper Joiner - 200mm

Ducting Wall Flange - 250mm

08-330-425

Ducting Back Draft Damper Joiner - 250mm

Ducting Wall Flange - 315mm

08-330-430

Ducting Back Draft Damper Joiner - 315mm

Grow with us.

Code

Ducting Pressed Bend 90 Degrees

Code

08-330-615

Product Name me Ducting Pressed Bend 90 Degrees - 100mm Ducting Pressed Bend 90 Degrees - 125mm

08-330-705 08-330-710

08-330-620

Ducting Pressed Bend 90 Degrees - 150mm

08-330-715

08-330-625

Ducting Pressed Bend 90 Degrees - 200mm

08-330-720

08-330-630

Ducting Pressed Bend 90 Degrees - 250mm

08-330-725

Code Cod

227

Fan Speed Controllers Ventilation Equipment

RAM AIR-PRO Fan Speed Controllerr

Precise Control / Variable Speed Adjusts and controls speeds – ensures longer life to the fan motor. Variable speed, full power to completely oﬀ. Suitable for up p to 300w.

The RAM AIR-PRO is an intelligent lligent and silent indoor climate controller designed to control extraction and intake fans thermostatically, monitoring and keeping your desired room temperature and air pressure.

single ru running nning speed that maintains the required temperature that you have set. A remote probe is ﬁtted, accurate to within +/- 1 degree, that can be placed in the key temperature sensitive area.

All you have to do is plug in your fans, set the required air temperature and fan speed/balance and the AIR-PRO will do the rest, maintaining a continuous temperature in your room and giving you full control over negative pressure.

Limits fan noise

The AIR-PRO features a remote thermostat sensor and temperature setting, as well as twin fan speed control. Benefits Learns your optimum fan speed for the temperature/pressure that you desire. The AIR-PRO’s unique software will automatically calculate the running speed for your fans and learn from this to modulate them (ramp down) to a Product Name RAM AIR-PRO Fan Speed Controller

228

Variispeed Single Fan Speed Controller

The AIR-PRO limits fan noise that commonly occurs due to excessive air ﬂow. Extends fan life and saves electricity The AIR-PRO will hunt for a stable fan speed that maintains the desired temperature. This means that your fans will be running at below their maximum operating speed, which means that they will be operating at maximum eﬃciency in reference to power vs. performance, extending fan motor life, whilst only using the minimum of electricity required.

Controls the majority of fan sizes. For best results, use the AIR-PRO with RAM inline fans, however, it can be used with other brands. Do not exceed the maximum load. Technical specification Controls two inline/exhaust fans - range of fans suitable: RAM 100mm to 315mm or equivalent. Maximum load per power outlet – 320 watts (1.4 amps). Specifications 1 x 2m Remote Thermostat Sensor Variable Temperature Control Variable Fan Speed Control Digital display 1 x 2m power lead

Code

08-375-020

Product Name RAM AIR-PRO Fan Speed Controller - ‘French’ CEE 7/5 Sockets

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

08-375-025

Product Name Variispeed Fan Speed Controller Variispeed Fan Speed Controller ‘French’ CEE 7/5 Socket Variispeed Fan Speed Controller ‘Schuko’ CEE 7/4 Socket

Code

08-375-050 08-375-055 08-375-060

RAM Bug Barriers and Accessories Ventilation ntilation Equipment

RAM Bug Barriers Insect screen for your intake fans The RAM Bug Barrier is a ﬁne mesh screen for intake fans to prevent insects in your growroom. This screen comes with Velcro strips for you to attach to your intake fan to allow for easy adjustment, creating the perfect ﬁt!

Stop those bugs from getting into your room

Air Flow

Barrier ﬁts over your fan. Ducting can then be ﬁtted to Bug Barrier. Product Name RAM Bug Barrier 100mm - 4 Velcro Parts RAM Bug Barrier 125mm - 4 Velcro Parts RAM Bug Barrier 150mm - 4 Velcro Parts

Product Name RAM Bug Barrier 200mm - 6 Velcro Parts RAM Bug Barrier 250mm - 8 Velcro Parts RAM Bug Barrier 315mm - 8 Velcro Parts

Code

08-370-100 08-370-105 08-370-110

LUMii Rope Rach het et

Code

08-370-115 08-370-120 08-370-125

Duct Tape

The LUMii Rope Ratchets pull tight, lock into place and they are really durable. They are tough and will not let you down, and are heat and cold resistant. Each LUMii Rope Ratchet has two quick-release carabiner clips at each end for ease of use and 2.4 metres of tough braided polypropylene rope.

Product Name LUMii Rope Rachet Pack of 2

Code

03-110-380

Product Name 2” Cloth Duct Tape (50mm x 50mm)

Grow with us.

Code

08-370-005

Product Name 2” Metallic Duct Tape (50mm x 45mm)

Code

08-370-010

229

Pest and Disease Control

Pest and Disease Control Pests and disease can have a damaging effect on the health of your plants. A disease can be genetic, bacterial, viral or fungal – the latter being the most likely.

This is also the case when taking cuttings. Always make sure you have cleaned your scalpel and board with ESSENTIALS RoomClean, otherwise you risk not giving them the best possible start.

When removing plants for cleaning, perform a preventative treatment with Bud Rot Stop before re-introduction to the growing environment.

Therefore, it is important that you employ good practice in your growroom to help prevent pests and disease.

Take care not to leave decomposing organic matter in your nutrient solution or any trays as if it is not removed it can cause depletion in oxygen. Lack of oxygen around the root zone is a leading factor contributing to root death. Roots need oxygen, so that is why it is important to get rid of any decomposing organic matter. In addition, roots should never sit stagnant in nutrient solution; always aerate it with an air stone or air pump.

Keep an eye out for insects, which may attack your plants. Always hang sticky ﬂy traps in your growroom or greenhouse to trap any unwanted visitors. This will also allow you to identify and treat any possible infestation at an early stage. Avoid using inorganic chemicals whenever possible, especially if you are nearing harvesting. Some insecticides and fungicides are highly toxic and could have a detrimental eﬀect on your plants.

Keep the ﬂoor clean and keep all algal biomass oﬀ the surface of your growing media, as this can provide the perfect breeding ground for pests. Growers’ tools often carry many microscopic pests, diseases and fungi that could ultimately destroy your crop. This means regular sanitary precautions must be taken. A separate set of indoor tools are easy to keep clean. Disinfect these after each use by soaking in or washing with ESSENTIALS RoomClean.

232

To limit outbreaks of Botrytis (But Rot) and Pythium (Root Rot), it is good practice to wash down all equipment, reservoir, walls and ﬂoors with ESSENTIALS RoomClean in a concentrated form and ﬂush irrigation lines in between crops; then allow to air dry.

If you use an insecticide, be sure to use one based on natural active ingredients, such as Guard’n’Aid PestOFF; after all, you will probably be consuming part or all of your plant – don’t poison yourself!

Spider Mite

Thrips

Aphids (Greenfly)

Fungus Gnats

Whitefly

These tiny mites are diﬃcult to see with the naked eye. They are devastating to a wide variety of plants. The ﬁrst sign that your plant may have Spider Mite is speckling on the leaves, followed by distorted leaves and stunted growth. In the case of a severe infestation, webbing may appear. Spider Mites prefer it hot and dry, so it is important to raise the humidity around the plant.

They are very small insects that leave silvery brown ‘dry’ patches on the leaves with black dots. The adults are tan and dark with wings and are difficult to spot due to the fact that they ‘flick’ off easily. They deposit their eggs on young leaves and in flower buds and this can lead to shoot tips and flower buds becoming distorted if they have been damaged by the insects feeding.

Aphids – of which the most well-known is greenfly - are small sap-sucking insects that can be green, peach, black or almost seethrough. Often the first sign that a plant has greenfly or aphids is the appearance of white shells that these insects shed at each stage of their development. They produce a sticky waste called ‘Honeydew’ which quickly develops a black sooty mould that coats the leaves. This will lead to new growth being distorted or stunted.

Most species are black in colour and are very small (less than 1.5mm), although a few species may reach up to 7mm long. Their key identifying features are long legs and long thin wings. They lay their eggs in the root zone, the larvae hatch and then they eat the plant roots.

These insects are kite-shaped ‘white’ flies, which means they are easy to see on green leaves, but difficult to catch as they fly off. Whiteflies can leave a sooty mould on the leaves which can lead to distorted and stunted growth. In addition, they also carry fungus and disease.

www.hydrogarden.com

Insect Control

Algae Control

Product

Target Problem

Mode of Action

Comments

Guard'n'Aid PestOFF Fumers

Spider Mite/Aphid/Fungus Gnats/Whitefly/ Thrips/ Mealybug/Leaf hopper/Scale Leafminer

Curative Smoke Fumigator ONLY for empty room treatment

Tackles all pest insects. Pyrethrum based

Guard'n'Aid PestOFF Spray

Spider Mite/Aphid/Fungus Gnats/Whiteﬂy/ Thrips/ Mealybug/Leaf hopper/Scale Leafminer

Curative Natural Systemic Pesticide Spray

Tackles all pest insects. Pyrethrum based

Fungus Gnat Oﬀ

Fungus Gnats/Sciarid ﬂy

Curative Contact (non-toxic) Bacterial Drench

Contains Bacillus Thuringiensis. Suitable for use in hydroponic systems

Nite Nite Spider Mite

Spider Mite

Curative Contact (non-toxic) Suﬀocating Spray

Tackles the eggs as well

Guard'n'Aid Insect Catchers

Aphid/Fungus Gnat/Whitefly/ Thrips

Early Warning Yellow Sticky Traps

Won't solve a problem but a good indicator of potential problems

CANNACURE

Spider Mite/Mealybug

Curative Contact (non-toxic) Pest Spray

Also has action against Mildew

ESSENTIALS BlockClean

Algae and surface moulds

Curative Media surface RTU Spray

Can help prevent fungus gnat/sciarid ﬂy infestations

Bud Rot Stop

Botrytis/Mildew

Curative Contact (non-toxic) Bacterial Spray

Contains Bacillus Subtilis

Guard'n'Aid for Rot Stop (Roots)

Fusarium/Verticillium Pythium/Phytophthora

Curative/Preventative Contact (non-toxic) Bacterial Drench

Suitable for use in hydroponic systems

CANNA AkTRIvator

Fusarium/Verticillium Pythium/Phytophthora

Preventative Beneficial Fungus Drench

Contains Trichoderma Harzianum

ESSENTIALS OxyPlus

Fusarium/Verticillium Pythium/Phytophthora

Preventative Nutrient Solution Sterilising Agent

Oxygenates nutrient solutions. Suitable for use in hydroponic systems

Microbial

Fusarium/Verticillium Pythium/Phytophthora

Preventative Root zone Conditioning Agent

Suitable for use in hydroponic systems

ESSENTIALS RoomClean

Botrytis/Mildew/Fusarium/Verticillium Pythium/ Phytophthora

Preventative Multi Surface Sterilising Agent

Will also get rid of hiding pests

HALO

Help plants cope with all pest and disease attack

Foliar Application Immune System Stimulator

Also improves overall plant performance. Contains Harpin protein

Beneﬁcials Bio-Link Plus

Help plants cope with all pest and disease attack

Beneficial microbe and fungi innoculation

Beneﬁcials will also out-compete pathogens helping prevent infections

Fungus/Mould Control

Plant Health Improver

Grow with us.

Pest and Disease Control

Pest and disease control products and what they do

233

Pest Control Pest and Disease Control

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Spray and Pest Pistol

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Fumers

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Spray

Guard’n’Aid Pest Pistol

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF natural fumigators

Ready-to-use 750ml spray

Our high quality sprayer is ideal for applying pest products to the plant, designed with a new ﬁne output.

Permethrin based smoke generators for use in controlling crawling and ﬂying insects in diﬃcult to reach places, growrooms and empty glasshouses.

Gardeners insecticide for use on all edible crops and ornamental garden plants. A ready-to-use spray prepared from pyrethrum – nature’s own rapid-acting insecticide. Guard‘n’Aid PestOFF Natural Insect Killing Spray controls aphids, blackflies, greenflies, caterpillars and whiteflies on garden flowers, fruit and vegetables. For use outdoors, in greenhouses and on pot plants or indoor plants throughout the season.

Please note: Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Fumers are speciﬁcally for fumigating vacated areas and are not for treating plants. The room must be vacated for 4 hours after the treatment. ADVICE SHEET INCLUDED (contains Permethrin Synthetic Pyrethriod Insecticide). PestOFF Mini Fumer – contains 2 x 3.5g smoke generators PestOFF Midi Fumer – contains 1 x 11g smoke generator

Effective control of: Aphids Blackflies Greenflies Caterpillars Whiteflies Spider Mites

Product Name Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Mini Fumer 3.5g - Pack of 2 Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Midi Fumer 11g

Code

10-475-065 10-475-070

Guard’n’Aid Insect Catcher Double sided sticky fly traps

Product Name Guard’n’Aid PestOFF RTU Spray 750ml Guard’n’Aid Pest Pistol 750ml

234

Code

10-475-060 10-475-055

Catch and identify your pests. A pack of five, double sided glue sheets used to monitor the presence of all flying insects. Use sticky fly traps as part of your routine integrated pest management (IPM) procedure to alert you to a problem before it becomes an infestation. Product Name Guard’n’Aid Insect Catcher

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

10-475-050

Pest Control Pest and Disease Control

Fun ngus Gnat Off

Nite Nite SpiderMite

Eradicates Fungus Gnat (Black Fly) Fungus Gnat Off is a high potency larvicide for black fly control. A unique natural product for the hydroponic industry and growers in general, Fungus Gnat Off is a safe, non-toxic means to eliminate fungus gnat infestations. Fungus Gnat Off is made using natural organic plant extracts that are suspended in a naturally derived liquid. This product is suitable for use in organic cultivation. Fungus gnats or sciarid fly can cause damage both directly and indirectly. Direct damage results when the larvae produced nestle within the root system where they devour the roots of the plant. When the root system is eroded in this manner, the plant has difficulty taking up water and minerals, resulting in the roots/plant dying off. Indirect damage occurs by the larvae spreading mites, nematodes, viruses and various larvae spreading disease. Young plants are particularly susceptible. Fungus Gnat Off contains the bacterium Bacillus thuringiensis, which produces a toxin that prevents the larvae from feeding. This results in their death and subsequent eradication of the problem. Fungus Gnat Off is highly effective against Fungus Gnat infestations, it is also: Non-toxic Fast Acting

Nite Nite SpiderMite

Safe to Use

Your barrier against spider mite

Has no harvest interval

Stops spider mites in their tracks by a simple sticking eﬀect, changing the condition of the leaf to make things uninhabitable for spider mite! This 100% natural organic concentrate is diluted to apply with a trigger spray such as the Guard’n’Aid Pest Pistol. Product Name Nite Nite SpiderMite Concentrate 250ml

Main ingredients 1.6% Bacillus thuringiensis subspecies Israeliensis, Dipteran active toxin(s)

Produced using all natural ingredients.

98.4% Inert Ingredients Code

10-475-175

Product Name Fungus Gnat Off Concentrate

Grow with us.

Code

10-475-150

Fungus Gnats Most species are black in colour and are very small (less than 1.5mm), although a few species may reach up to 7mm long. Their key identifying features are long legs and long thin wings. They lay their eggs in the root zone, the larvae hatch and then they eat the plant roots.

235

Disease Control Pest and Disease Control

Bud Rot Stop

BioBizz Leaf-Coat Lays a barrier against fungal and insect attack BioBizz Leaf-Coat 100% Organic Plant Strengthener is a ready-to-use product that can be applied to plants growing in soil, coconut substrate and rockwool up to two weeks before the end of the flowering period. It is made from natural latex which was developed to restrain evaporation. Within a few hours after application, a very thin elastic layer of 1.5micron, which contains the nutritious elements for the plant, is formed on the leaves. Its effect will last up to two weeks until it is decomposed by light or sunlight. BioBizz Leaf-Coat strengthens plants and gives them a powerful expelling effect on harmful insects. It also prevents damaging leaf fungi. It has a pleasant smell, contrary to synthetic and toxic products. It gives no irritations and can be used safely. BioBizz Leaf-Coat is extremely suitable for use as an environmentally friendly alternative to pesticides.

Eliminates Bud Rot (botrytis) Bud Rot Stop is a broad application leaf conditioner that conditions the leaf to ensure it is able to defend itself against fungal attack. Bud Rot Stop contains a strain of naturally occurring bacteria that grows for a short time (requires a minimum of 4 hours growth) on the leaf of the plant. During this growth, the bacteria produce secondary metabolites that work on one level by forming a physical barrier on the leaf surfaces to prevent attachment of the pathogens to plant cell tissues. On a second level, the lipopeptides form mixed micelles on plant surfaces that perforate the membranes of fungal Product Name Bud Rot Stop Concentrate 250ml

236

cells and spores to prevent growth, suppressing the reproduction of the botrytis spores (Bud Rot). This prior inoculation with beneﬁcial bacteria will encourage systemic-acquired resistance (SAR) within the plant to increase plant health.

This product has been inspected and certiﬁed as organic.

Integrate Bud Rot Stop into an overall disease and pest management strategy whenever fungicide use is necessary. Produced using Soil Association approved ingredients. Dilute to apply with a trigger spray such as, the Guard’n’Aid PestOﬀ Pistol.

Code

10-475-200

Product Name BioBizz Leaf-Coat 500ml (Inc. Spray Nozzle)

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

10-475-500

Disease Control Pest and Disease Control

CANNACURE

Microbial

CANNACURE URE iis CANNA’ CANNA’s fi firstt environmentally i t ll ffriendly i dl plant l t pests t controller t

Used to stimulate a plant’s l b built-in l immune system, thereby h improving overall plant health and increasing resistance to attacks from pests and diseases

Controls plant pests by environmentally friendly physical means. Stimulates growth as a leaf nutrient. You can use CANNACURE when you have heavy infestation e.g. whiteﬂy, spider mite or mealy-bug. Repeat spraying after 3 days and again, if necessary, after a further 3 days. Then weekly thereafter. Heavy infestation will not occur when CANNACURE is applied thoroughly to upper and lower leaf surfaces on a weekly basis, from the early commencement of your plant to harvesting time. CANNACURE is a very safe product and can be used without intervals between spraying and harvesting. Like any other foliar spray, it is always advisable to wear appropriate clothing although CANNA Research Laboratories have not discovered any type of skin irritation. CANNACURE is biodegradable and can be used on edible as well as ornamental crops.

With conventional horticultural practices i.e. soil, most bacteria are beneﬁcial to plants in terms of breaking down organic matter, enabling the mineral elements contained within to be readily absorbed by the plant. In a hydroponic situation, these beneﬁcials are not present, therefore the potential for problematic airborne or soil borne micro-organisms attacking hydroponic crops can be high. Microbial is a wide-ranging aqueous solution derived in part from naturally–occurring plant extracts. Microbial is nontoxic to humans, animals and plants and is totally biodegradable and environmentally friendly. Microbial acts as a micro–cleanser and plant conditioner, which cleans roots and rejuvenates plants. This allows the plant to naturally withstand attacks from common pests and biological contaminants like bacteria, fungi, algae and viruses. For more information and technical support go to www.microbial.com.au

Product Name CANNACURE RTU 750ml CANNACURE Concentrate 1 Litre CANNACURE Concentrate 5 Litre

Code

10-475-300 10-475-305 10-475-310

Product Name Microbial 1 Litre

Grow with us.

Code

10-510-500

237

Disease Control Pest and Disease Control

Guard’n’Aid Rot Stop (For Healthy Roots) Got Pythium? You need this!!! Helps you fight against fungal disease like Pythium and Fusarium A concentrated preparation of naturally-occurring bacteria to promote plant and root health in hydroponics and soil/coir based systems. Hardier plants can better resist bacterial and fungal infections that cause root rot. This specific mix of beneficial bacteria when added to your system makes conditions unfavourable for the growth of fungi, outcompeting the fungi thus assisting the plant to fight back and regain health and encourage fresh root development. Guard’n’Aid Rot Stop (for Healthy Roots) does not sterilise your root zone, so your natural concentration of beneficial bacteria will not be harmed, allowing the plant to recover quickly. Guard’n’Aid Rot Stop (for Healthy Roots) is a 100% Natural Product.

Non infected roots

Infected with Pythium

Product Name Guard’n’Aid Rot Stop (Roots) 250ml Guard’n’Aid Rot Stop (Roots) 1L

238

Fresh root growth following application of Rot Stop Code

10-475-205 10-475-210

www.hydrogarden.com

Hygiene Control ESSENTIALS RoomClean

Produces pure oxygen

Naturally clean and disinfect your growroom for a healthy growing environment

Used to add oxygen to the nutrient solution. Also assists in the control of certain root diseases. Can be used to clean and sterilise all hydroponic systems and certain media between crop planting. We advise you keep OxyPlus refrigerated for maximum effectiveness.

Product Name ESSENTIALS Oxy Plus (H2O2) 17.5% - 250ml ESSENTIALS Oxy Plus (H2O2) 17.5% - 1 Litre

06-265-005 06-265-010

ESSENTIALS Oxy Plus (H2O2) 17.5% - 5 Litre

06-265-015

A powerful, 100% natural cleaner and disinfectant for growrooms. ESSENTIALS RoomClean will keep your growroom and growing equipment clean and free from fungi and bacteria.

Pest and Disease Control

ESSENTIALS OxyPlus (H2O2)

Code

Product Name ESSENTIALS RoomClean Concentrate - 1 Litre ESSENTIALS RoomClean RTU Spray - 750ml

Grow with us.

Code

10-510-005 10-510-050

239

Pumps and Accessories

Hydor Liquid Pumps Pumps and Accessories

Pumps and Accessories It’s essential to provide the roots of your plants with oxygen in order for them to function. Aerating the root zone greatly improves water absorption and nutrient uptake, increasing growth and accelerating overall root development. Creating an aeration system for your plants is straightforward whatever your budget.

Our extensive range of pumps and accessories will help to ensure you keep your growrooms running to maximum eﬃciency. From thermometers and alarms to pumps and pruners, you are guaranteed to ﬁnd the biggest choice of growroom supplies at HydroGarden.

Hydor Hyd or Pumps

242

Pump

Max. head

Pump

Max. head

Pump

Max. head

250lph 400lph 600lph

0.5m 0.7m 0.3m

750lph 1000lph 1150lph

0.4m 0.6m 0.7m

700lph 1200lph 2800lph

1.35m 1.95m 2.3m

Product Name Hydor PICO Evolution 250lph Mini-Pump Hydor PICO Evolution 400lph Mini-Pump

10-450-200 10-450-205

Product Name Hydor PICO Evolution 750lph Mini-Pump Hydor PICO Evolution 1000lph Mini-Pump

10-450-215 10-450-220

Product Name Hydor Seltz Universal Pump 700lph Hydor Seltz Universal Pump 1200lph

10-450-250 10-450-255

Hydor PICO Evolution 600lph Mini-Pump

10-450-210

Hydor PICO Evolution 1150lph Mini-Pump

10-450-225

Hydor Seltz Universal Pump 2800lph

10-450-260

Code

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

Air Pumps and Timers

Hydor Ario 1 Submersible Air Pump Adjustable Output 20-60lph

Hydor Ario 2 Submersible Air Pump Adjustable Output 50-80lph

Hydor Ario 3 Submersible Air Pump Adjustable Output 20-200lph

Pumps and Accessories

Hy ydor Ario Submersible Air Pumps

Hydor Ario 4 Submersible Air Pump Adjustable Output 70-200lph

Tim mers The most reliable timers on the market High quality timers to control pumps and contactors

Product Name Grasslin Mechanical Timer Grasslin Electronic Timer

10-470-010 10-470-015

LUMii 24 Hour Manual Timer (Box of 5)

10-470-050

Code Product Name Hydor Ario 1 Submersible Air Pump - Adjustable Output 20-60lph 10-455-300 Hydor Ario 2 Submersible Air Pump - Adjustable Output 50-70lph 10-455-305

Code

Hydor Ario 3 Submersible Air Pump - Adjustable Output 20-200lph 10-455-310 Hydor Ario 4 Submersible Air Pump - Adjustable Output 70-200lph 10-455-315

Grow with us.

243

HAILEA Liquid Pumps Pumps and Accessories

HAILEA Low Water Liquid Pumps

How do HAILEA Liquid Pumps work? Liquid pumps that can work in low water

HAILIEA HX-800 Low Water Liquid Pump 285lph Max head of 0.5m

HAILIEA HX-2500 Low Water Liquid Pump 650lph Max head of 1.2m

These versatile little pumps have fully adjustable flow rate regulators (not HX2500) and have the ability to work in low water conditions. HX-2500 and HX4500 also come with the added bonus of an oxygen mixing unit as standard. Features: ABS case and high quality stainless steel shaft, suitable for fresh and sea water and ideal for use with nutrient salts. Built-in flow regulator to control flow easily Ideal for pumping nutrients in NFT/Flood and Drain applications Mounted on suction cups for secure location These pumps are designed for continuous use HX-2500 and HX-4500 have oxygen mixing function

Air Mix System The mixing accessory which comes with HX-2500 and HX-4500 models allows large quantities of air to be mixed with the water while the pump is in use, considerably increasing the concentration of oxygen (O2). Note: Only suitable for use when liquid ﬂow is unrestricted.

HAILIEA HX-1500 Low Water Liquid Pump 400lph Max head of 0.75m

HX-800

HAILIEA HX-4500 Low Water Liquid Pump 2000lph Max head of 2.8m

HX-1500

244

Product Name

Code

HAILIEA HX-2500 Liquid Pump 650lph M/Head 1.2m with Air Pipe 10-450-070 HAILIEA HX-4500 Liquid Pump 2000lph M/Head 2.8m with Air Pipe 10-450-075

www.hydrogarden.com

HX-4500 FOR 80-200L TANKS

SUITABILITY Code Product Name HAILIEA HX-800 Liquid Pump 650lph M/Head 0.5m 10-450-060 HAILIEA HX-1500 Liquid Pump 400lph M/Head 0.75m 10-450-065

HX-2500

FOR 30-80L FOR 15-40L TANKS

FOR 30-50L TANKS

TANKS

A WATER FLOW REGULATOR CAN BE USED TO CONTROL THE FLOW RATE.

HAILEA Inline Liquid Pumps

Inline Liquid pumps with High Jet These versatile high jet pumps have a wide range of applications and are fully immersible, plus they can be used inline (outside water). All are supplied with clip on ﬁlter hoods.

HAILIEA HX-8810 Low Water Liquid Pump 1050lph Max head of 1.4m

HAILIEA HX-8860 HX 8860 Low Water Liquid Pump 5800lph Max head of 4.1m

HAILIEA HX-8830 Low Water Liquid Pump 2900lph Max head of 2.3m

HAILIEA HX-8890 Low Water Liquid Pump 8000lph Max head of 5m

Features: Ceramic shaft for fresh and sea water dual use (ideal for handling nutrient solutions)

Pumps and Accessories

HAILEA Inline Liquid Pumps

How do HAILEA Inline Liquid Pumps work?

Double water-cooled structure for rapid heat dissipation Super quality ABS plastic case, which is anti-alkali and anti-corrosive Mounted on suction cups for secure location Applications include pumping, oxygen supplying, wave making/pulse, NFT and ﬁltration These pumps are designed for continuous use

HX-8810

HX-8830

HX-8860

HX-8890

FOR 400L

500-1000L TANKS

FOR

SUITABILITY

FOR 200-300L FOR 100L TANKS

TANKS

TANKS & DRIPPER SYSTEMS

A WATER FLOW REGULATOR CAN BE USED TO CONTROL THE FLOW RATE.

Code Product Name HAILIEA HX-8810 1050lph In/Out Pump M/Head 1.4m 10-450-080 HAILIEA HX-8830 2900lph In/Out Pump M/Head 2.3m 10-450-085

Grow with us.

Code Product Name HAILIEA HX-8860 5800lph In/Out Pump M/Head 4.1m 10-450-090 HAILIEA HX-8890 8000lph In/Out Pump M/Head 5m 10-450-095

245

Air Pumps Pumps and Accessories

HAILEA Low Noise Air Pump p

HAILEA Low Noise Air Pumps ps

With an advanced aircompressing system, which is extremely low in noise.

Fixed high output low noise air pumps

30 Litres per er minute.

A range of ﬁxed output air pumps that are made for quiet running and feature long life Supaﬂex valves.

Supplied with 6 outlet let manifold

60 Litres per minute. Supplied with 10 outlet manifold

Low power consumption.

Code Product Name HAILIEA Low Noise Air Pump ACO-9810 1 Outlet 1800lph 10-455-200

Code Product Name HAILIEA Low Noise Air Pump ACO-9820 1 Outlet 3600lph 10-455-205

HAILEA Adjustable Output put Air P Pum Pumps For aerating nutrient solutions Product Name HAILEA Air Pump AC02201 - 78 lph

Code

10-455-230

HAILEA Air Pumps all feature adjustable outputs puts oﬀering maximum ﬂexibility in a range of outlet options. ons.

ACO9602 7.2 Litres per minute.

They are super silent with multilevel muﬄer. Output is 4mm.

Marina Air Pumps

Low power consumption.

Marina 75 Air Pump Single output air pump As supplied with WaterFarms and AquaFarms, this single outlet pump produces 60 litres of air per hour.

Marina 200 Air Pump

ACO9630 16 Litres per minute.

Double output air pump ACO9601 3.2 Litres per minute.

This double outlet pump produces 90 litres of air per hour per outlet.

ACO9610 10 Litres per minute. Product Name Marina 75 Air Pump Marina 200 Air Pump

246

Code

10-455-015 10-455-020

Code Product Name HAILEA Adjustable Air Pump ACO9601 1 Outlet 192 lph 10-455-100 HAILEA Adjustable Air Pump ACO9602 2 Outlets 432 lph 10-455-110

www.hydrogarden.com

Code Product Name HAILEA Adjustable Air Pump ACO9610 4 Outlets 600 lph 10-455-120 HAILEA Adjustable Air Pump ACO9630 8 Outlets 960 lph 10-455-140

Air Compressors Pumps and Accessories

HAILEA High Pressure Air Compresso ors ors 16/20/60/112 Watt Air Compressors Our range of compressors are ideal for the larger grower, who has a number of systems to aerate or maybe just one large system! Ideal for running several WaterFarms or multiple air stones at once. High pressure and high output, these electrical magnetic air compressors are in a quality aluminium case and come with multi outlet air dividers that can be individually opened and closed.

16 Watt Air Compressor with 4 outlets. 35 litres per minute.

20 Watt Air Compressor with 6 outlets. 45 litres per minute.

60 Watt Air Compressor with 8 outlets. 70 litres per minute.

Product Name 16W Air Compressor ACO208 With Brass Air Divider - 4 Outlets - 35 LPM 20W Air Compressor ACO308 With Brass Air Divider - 6 Outlets - 45 LPM

112 Watt Air Compressor with 12 outlets. 110 litres per minute.

Code

10-455-210 10-455-215

Code Product Name 60W Air Compressor ACO328 With Brass Air Divider - 8 Outlets - 70 LPM 10-455-220 112W Air Compressor ACO009 With Brass Air Divider - 12 Outlets - 110 LPM 10-455-225

Grow with us.

247

Manifolds, Airstones and Accessories Pumps and Accessories

HAILEA Air/Nutrien Air/Nutrient Manifolds

HAILEA Air Manifold with shut off valves

Manifold dividers are useful for splitting airlines from one larger air pump or compressor. The larger ones are also great to use with NFT systems to spread the solution.

The inlet/outlets are 4mm and the manifold has 4 taps all with their own shut-oďŹ&#x20AC; valves.

Quality chrome finish brass airline manifold.

8mm inlet with 6 x 4mm outlets

8mm inlet with 10 x 4mm outlets Product Name HAILEA 4 Way Brass Air Divider With Taps

Code

10-460-175

HAILEA Golf Ball Air Stone The HAILEA Golf Ball Air Stone is great for aerating nutrient solution. ution.

10mm inlet with 16 x 4mm outlets

12mm inlet with 26 x 4mm outlets

Product Name HAILEA 6 Outlet Plastic Air/Nutrient Manifold HAILEA 10 Outlet Plastic Air/Nutrient Manifold HAILEA 16 Outlet Plastic Air/Nutrient Manifold HAILEA 26 Outlet Plastic Air/Nutrient Manifold

248

Code

10-460-150 10-460-160 10-460-165 10-460-170

Product Name Golf Ball Airstone 50mm (2â&#x20AC;?)

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

10-460-075

Airstones and Accessories HAILEA Round Polo Ceramic Air Stones

Our range of high quality round ceramic air stones are great for aerating nutrient solution.

Our range of high quality round Polo ceramic airstones are great for aerating nutrient solution

Please note HAILEA Round Polo Ceramic Airstones ﬂoat. To prevent this, weigh them down in the bottom of your tank.

75/100/125mm

Product Name HAILEA Round Polo Ceramic Air Stone 75mm (3”) HAILEA Round Polo Ceramic Air Stone 100mm (4”)

10-460-050 10-460-060

HAILEA Round Polo Ceramic Air Stone 125mm (5”)

10-460-070

Pumps and Accessories

HAILEA VolumeAir Round Ceramic Air Stone

Code

HAILEA Silicon A Air Liine Product Name HAILEA VolumeAir Round Ceramic Air Stone 100mm (4”) HAILEA VolumeAir Round Ceramic Air Stone 150mm (6”)

10-460-071 10-460-072

HAILEA VolumeAir Round Ceramic Air Stone 200mm (8”)

10-460-073

Code

Flexible tubing for air pumps Top quality silicon airline.

Product Name 4mm Airline White Silicon 100mm Roll 8mm (12mm outer) Airline White 80m Roll

Grow with us.

Code

10-460-120 10-460-125

249

Nutrient Heaters Pumps and Accessories

HAILEA Nutrient Heaters

How do HAILEA heaters work? Our submersible HAILEA Heaters are fully thermostatically controlled and are ideal for the heating of nutrient in tanks.

Keep your solution at the optimum temperature Our submersible HAILEA Heaters are fully thermostatically controlled and are ideal for the heating of nutrient in tanks.

HOW TO DETERMINE THE HEATER SIZE FOR YOUR NEEDS

300L 300W 250L TANK CAPACITY

HAILEA Nutrient Heater 100w

200W 200L 150W 150L 100W

100L 50W 50L 5

HAILEA Nutrient Heater 300w

250

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN TANK TEMPERATURE REQUIRED AND THE AMBIENT ROOM TEMPERATURE

HAILEA Nutrient Heater 200w

Product Name HAILEA 100w Glass Heater HAILEA 200w Glass Heater

10-495-050 10-495-060

HAILEA 300w Glass Heater

10-495-070

Code

www.hydrogarden.com

Nutrient Heaters Pumps and Accessories

Hy do rT he o5 0w

Sh at te r

pr oo fH ea te r

Hydor Theo Heaters

Product Name Hydor Theo 300w External Tank Heater - ETH

Code

Product Name Hydor Theo 50w Shatterproof Glass Heater Hydor Theo 100w Shatterproof Glass Heater

10-495-200 10-495-205

10-495-225

Hydor Theo 150w Shatterproof Glass Heater

10-495-210

Grow with us.

Code

pr oo fH ea te r Sh at te r Hy do rT he o1 00 w

Hy do rT he o2 00 w

Hy do rT he o3 00 w

Sh at te r

pr oo fH ea te r

Hy do rT he o1 50 w

Sh at te r

pr oo fH ea te r

Hydor 300w External Heater

Product Name Hydor Theo 200w Shatterproof Glass Heater Hydor Theo 300w Shatterproof Glass Heater

Code

10-495-215 10-495-220

251

Measuring Equipment and Accessories Pumps and Accessories

Spreader Mats

Plastic Pipettes

Get nutrient solutions to your roots

3ml and 5ml lab grade pipettes.

The PLANT!T Spreader Mat breaks the surface tension of water and nutrient and helps to wet the surface of all types of systems. Especially useful for NFT systems.

Product Name 3ml Plastic Pipette (0.5ml increments) 5ml Plastic Pipette (1ml increments)

Code

10-485-025 10-485-030

Plastic Syringes 10ml, 50ml and 100ml lab grade syringes.

Product Name PLANT!T Spreader Mat - 250m roll x 20cm wide PLANT!T Spreader Mat - 25m roll x 20cm wide

252

Code

10-490-005 10-490-010

Product Name 10ml Plastic Syringe 50ml Plastic Syringe

10-485-005 10-485-010

100ml Plastic Syringe

10-485-015

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

Measuring Equipment and Accessories Pumps and Accessories

Graduated Jugs

Product Name 50ml Graduated Jug (5ml increments) 100ml Graduated Jug (5ml increments)

Code

10-485-041 10-485-042

Product Name 250ml Graduated Jug (25ml increments) 500ml Graduated Jug (50ml increments)

Code

10-485-044 10-485-045

Product Name 1000ml Graduated Jug (50ml increments)

Guard’n’Aid Pest Pistol

CANNA Spanner

For foliar feeding large areas

Easier opening

Measuring easuring Tool

Make opening CANNA 5 litre and 10 litre ‘Jerry’ Cans easier, with the CANNA Spanner.

The CANNA tap is a measuring tool for the 5L and nd 10L cans of CANNA, making it easier to measure the correct amount in your feed tank.

CANNA Tap Cap

Our high quality sprayer is ideal for foliar feeding or for applications of other Guard’n’Aid products.

Product Name Guard’n’Aid Pest Pistol 750ml

Code

10-475-055

Product Name CANNA Spanner

Code

10-485-200

Grow with us.

Code

10-485-050

Product Name CANNA Tap Cap

Code

10-485-205

253

Plant Cutting and Support Equipment Pumps and Accessories

Cutting and Trimming

Product Name Precision Pruner

Code

12-570-110

Product Name Precision Curved Blade Pruner

Product Name Mini Clippers

254

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

12-570-115

Code Cod de

12-570-120

Product Name Bonsai Shears 60mm

12-570-105

Product Name Heavy Duty Shear

12-570-125

Code

Plant Cutting and Support Equipment Twist Tie

Trellis Netting

Garden Soft Tie is 8 metres long. It gently secures plants with padded tie that will not cut into the stems.

Plastic coated with a cutting tool built into the dispenser.

Heavy-duty, long lasting polyester trellis netting. The reach-through mesh allows the trellis netting to handle more weight, remain taut, and provide stronger support.

Pumps and Accessories

Garden Soft Tie

127mm

This product is also NON tangle, a common problem with netting.

Product Name Garden Soft Tie 3.5mm x 8m

Code

10-480-070

Product Name Twist Tie 50m Roll

Product Name

Code

5’ x 15’ Trellis Netting (150cm x 455cm)

10-480-075

10-480-065

5’ x 30’ Trellis Netting (150cm x 910cm)

10-480-080

PLANT!T YoYo

YoYo - Plant Support Device

Bamboo Stakes

The ultimate plant support

The self-tightening plant support device

Natural ﬁnish

The PLANT!T YoYo is the ideal plant support. PLANT!T YoYos automatically tighten as plants grow, oﬀering support and sculptural training and therefore, removing the need to use string or ﬁddly ties. There is no need to constantly adjust the device as the plants grow.

This amazing product has been one of our best sellers since 1999, hundreds of thousands sold.

1.2m (4ft)

Use indoors or outdoors Strong and durable 90cm (3ft)

Lightweight stakes have smooth, attractive ﬁnish

Sold indivually.

Product Name YoYo - Plant Support Device

1.5m (5ft) (5ft)

Packs of 25

Product Name

Code

3’ Bamboo Stakes (90cm)

10-480-055

Code

4’ Bamboo Stakes (1.2cm)

10-480-060

10-480-005

5’ Bamboo Stakes (1.5cm)

10-480-062

Plant Bends Key features: Flexible short and wide truss support for long and thick truss stems Support your plant as it grows or hold fruiting trusses

Must be attached at an early stage of growth Can be bent during attachment so the stem does not have to be forced through the support Bends as the truss stem grows

Product Name PLANT!T YoYo - Pack of 8

Code

10-480-015

Product Name Plant Bends - Pack of 50

Grow with us.

Code

10-480-085

255

Microscopes Pumps and Accessories

LUMii Growroom Lenses LUMii Growroom Lenses allow you to see and work in your growroom under more natural light. LUMii Growroom Lenses are speciﬁcally designed to reduce the glare from HID and CFL grow lamps. Identifying pest and plant disease issues is even easier as there is no need to switch oﬀ your grow lights. LUMii Growroom Lenses have a specially developed blue lens that corrects the orange hue of sodium lights. This makes the sodium-lit growroom appear as if lit by natural daylight. Check those key growth indicators clearly with LUMii Growroom Lenses. Anti-glare

How do Active Eye Magnifiers work? Quality Magnifiers and Microscopes Identify insects and disease Active Eye is the name to turn to when you need to identify pests or disease in your garden. The Active Eye Loupe offers 30x magnification in a handy package and our three different mini microscopes offer varying magnification settings that let you focus on healthy plants. All of these handy garden tools have LED lights that help you illuminate your subject. All Active Eye products have a pest identifier included.

Eye protection Daylight vision

Active Eye Illuminated Magnifier Loupe 30x Magnification: 30x A great little magniﬁer that gives you 30x magniﬁcation plus a light. Provides a sharp, clear, enlarged image without distortion and features a swing-away protective ve lens cover that also serves as a handle. Comes with protectivee case and instructions. Batteries included.

Product Name Active Eye Illuminated Magnifier Loupe 30x

Code

10-465-050

Active Eye Microscopes Active Eye Microscope 60-100x The compact design provides 60x to 100x magniﬁcation and houses a built-in light and a zoom lens. Simply place the base of the microscope on to the specimen and adjust the focus by gently turning the focusing dial until your item comes into perfect view.

100x Magniﬁcation

Comes with protective pouch and instructions. Batteries included.

Active Eye Microscope 100x The compact design provides 100x magniﬁcation and houses a built-in light. Simply place the base of the microscope on to the specimen. Comes with protective pouch and instructions. without LUMii lenses Product Name LUMii Growroom Lenses

256

with LUMii lenses Code

35-005-090

60-100x Magniﬁcation

Batteries included. Product Name Active Eye Microscope 60-100x

Code

10-465-055

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name Active Eye Microscope 100x

Code

10-465-065

Green Lights

Green Lamps See, but keep your plants in the dark. If growing in controlled environments with lights, you do not want to interrupt the photoperiod and you want to keep the dark periods dark. This is diﬃcult if you have to foliar feed or apply pest control measures when the lights are oﬀ, but here is a solution.

Active Eye LED Head Lamp

Active Eye LED Cap Light

This convenient, practical, hands-free lamp has 17 high intensity LED’s that can be used with diﬀerent settings. Light can be tilted to maximise its eﬃciency. 100,000+ hours of burn time.

Clips to the underside brim of most caps. 6 high intensity LED’s for extended viewing range. Easy–to–use thumb switch operation, hands-free illumination, 4 diﬀerent settings, lightweight and compact. 100,000+ hours of burn time.

Uses three AAA batteries (not included).

Uses 2 Lithium cell batteries (included).

We can now oﬀer green lights to assist, which leading experts like George Van Patton tell us will not interrupt the photoperiod. So you can now see, but keep your plants in the dark.

Product Name Active Eye LED Head Lamp

Code

10-465-100

Product Name Active Eye LED Cap Light

Active Eye LED Flash Light

Active Eye LED Work Lightt

Compact, long lasting, 9 powerful high intensity LED’s, 100,000+ hours of burn time.

A powerful green LED light, use free-standing or hanging with two built in hooks. 78 high intensity LED’s deliver a wide beam of light for maximum viewing range.

Uses three AAA batteries (not included).

Pumps and Accessories

How do Active Eye Green Lights work?

Code

10-465-105

Comes complete with charger and car adaptor. 100,000+ hours of burn time.

The sm smart way to visit a garden room during the dark period is to illuminate with a green light. Short–day plants do not respond to the green portion of the light spectrum. George Van Patton Gardening Indoors Product Name Active Eye LED Flash Light

Grow with us.

Code

10-465-110

Product Name Active Eye LED Work Light

Code C d

10-465-115

257

HAILEA Pumps and Accessories

HAILEA Nutrient Chillers Model HC 150A Power: 250w Voltage: 220-240 Frequency: 50Hz Working current: 1.1A Water Refrigerated: 50-400L Iced Medium: R134a Rate of Flow: 250-1200L/H Weight: 15kg Size: 420 x 248 x 365mm Recommended pump: HAILEA HX-8810

Keep your solution cool It is always important to keep an eye on the temperatures of your nutrient solution. If your hydroponic nutrient solution gets too hot, it can breed algae growth and prevent the solution from holding in dissolved oxygen. This will lead to lower crop yields, or worse, destruction of your crop through root disease such as Pythium. Now with a HAILEA Nutrient Chiller, keeping your hydroponic nutrient solution cool in a hot growroom has never been so easy!

HAILEA AILEA HC-150A Reservoir eservoir Chiller

HAILEA HC-300A Reservoir Chiller

You’ll be amazed at how well your garden will do with correct nutrient solution temperatures. The HAILEA HC-150A and HC-300A Water Chillers pump the nutrient solution through a cooling unit, and it keeps the water at your desired temperature, ideal for summer NFT systems. HAILEA HC Chillers are easy to use, and feature a strong robust metal case with contemporary design. These products requires a pump, such as the HAILEA HX-8810 (for the HC 150-A Chiller) or the HAILEA HX-8830 (for the HC-300A Chiller).

Model HC 300A Power: 400w Voltage: 220-240V Frequency: 50Hz Working current: 1.8A Water Refrigerated: 100-800L Iced Medium: R134a Rate of Flow: 1000-2500L/H Weight: 18.6kg Size: 448 x 330 x 440mm Recommended pump: HAILEA HX-8830

Unique Features: Microcomputer control system for convenience of use Anti-corrosive pure titanium evaporator for fresh and saltwater Compressor protection device system is built to shut oﬀ the circuit automatically to prevent the motor from burning out when overloaded Low noise while maintaining selected temperature Uses environmental friendly refrigerant R134a Product Name

Code

Product Name

Code

HAILEA HC-150A Reservoir Chiller

10-495-110

HAILEA HX-8810 1050lph In/Out Pump M/Head 1.4m

10-450-080

HAILEA HC-300A Reservoir Chiller

10-495-120

HAILEA HX-8830 2900lph In/Out Pump M/Head 2.3m

10-450-085

How do HAILEA Chillers work?

HC-150A Performance Curve

The refrigeration performance test is indicated when the ambient temperature is 30°C, the water temperature before refrigeration is 28°C and the water refrigerated capacity is 150 litres. When water refrigerated capacity increases, the water temperature will drop down in a smaller range. When water refrigerated capacity reduces, the water temperature will drop down to any degree above 4°C in a short period of time.

258

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: A 30°C Water temp. °C 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 Time: H 1

www.hydrogarden.com

WATER A REFRIGERA ATED: 150L

20 0

Environmental Monitoring ESSENTIALS Digital Di it l Min Mi Max M Thermo Th Hygrometer H t

A thermometer simultaneously displays your nutrient tank and growroom temperature.

The Thermo Hygrometer simultaneously displays your growroom/greenhouse temperature and humidity.

Nutrient temperature measurement is via a thin waterproof probe. The Min/ Max memory records the highest and lowest temperature values.

At the push of a button, it will display the highest and lowest values recorded since the unit was last reset.

Product Name ESSENTIALS Digital 2 Way Thermometer/Min Max Meter

Product Name ESSENTIALS Digital Min Max Thermo Hygrometer

Code

09-435-055

Digital Series Indoor/Outdoor M Min Max Thermometer

Digital Series Min Max Thermometer & Hygrometer

Large display with in (unit) and out (sensor) temperature alternating, and humidity on constantly, with min/max memory at the touch of a button.

Large display shows both temperature and humidity, with min/max memory at the touch of a button.

Product Name Digital Series Indoor/Outdoor Min Max Thermometer

Code

09-435-070

Product Name Digital Series Min Max Thermometer & Hygrometer

Grow with us.

Pumps and Accessories

ESSENTIALS Digital 2 Way Thermometer/Min Max Mete Meter er er

Code

09-435-065

Code

09-435-075

259

Tents and Stands

Tents and Stands With the option of both budget and premium versions, LightHouse portable grow tents and accessories are designed to oﬀer the best indoor self-contained growing environment available, having been designed by growers for growers, with beneﬁts and features that have never previously been combined in such a comprehensive way.

MAX LightHouse MAX is the premium tent, for the grower who wants no compromises.

With the added beneﬁt of easy assembly, the range is strong, durable and eﬃcient and provides the ultimate enclosure for your indoor hydroponics garden.

It offers a durable, heavy-duty frame that incorporates metal corners, the thickest, strongest poles on the market and multiple choices of ducting and cable glands, all with double seals.

The attention to detail in the design of the LightHouse range extends through both the premium LightHouse MAX and the budget LightHouse LITE. Both benefit from a new reflective material called UltraLux, which offers up to 30% higher reflectivity over traditional products, while the Tivax zips fitted to all doors have proven ability to offer a quality seal when closed.

Woven Polyamide (PA) strong - 600 Denier Light prooﬁng

262

Silver finish metallised UltraLux film - durable and highly reflective

www.hydrogarden.com rden.com

Accessories A range of LightHouse accessories are also available from plant support netting through to accessory pouches and harvest dry racks.

LightHouse LITE is the budget tent, for the grower who wants no frills. It offers a simple, lightweight frame that incorporates nylon corners, but still has multiple choices of ducting and cable glands, all with double seals.

Grow Gro ow with us.

Tents and Stands

LITE

263

LightHouse MAX Tents and Stands

Apertures All apertures feature draw strings and are double lined for light prooﬁng. Larger apertures also beneﬁt from an outer light proof cover when not in use

MAX With the option of both budget and premium versions, LightHouse portable grow tents and accessories are designed to offer the best indoor self-contained growing environment available, designed by growers for growers, with the benefits and features you’d like, which were never previously combined in such a comprehensive way. With the added benefit of easy assembly, the range is strong, durable and efficient. LightHouse MAX is the premium tent, for the grower who wants no compromises. It offers a durable, heavy duty frame that incorporates metal corners, the thickest, strongest poles on the market and multiple choices of ducting and cable glands all with double seals. The attention to detail in the design of the LightHouse range extends through both the premium LightHouse MAX and the budget LightHouse LITE. Both benefit from a new reflective material called UltraLux, which offers up to 30% higher reflectivity over traditional products, while the Tivax zips fitted to all doors have proven ability to offer a quality seal when closed. A range of LightHouse accessories are also available from plant support netting through to accessory pouches and harvest dry racks.

All outlets for air and cables are double lined and light tight with pull toggles on each lining

Tivax Zips Double lined quality zips that are easy-to-use and oﬀer good light prooﬁng with no snagging

All larger extraction socks beneﬁt from outer attachable Velcro covers to stop light when not in use Roof support bars with rubber ends for strong grip Waterproof insert tray 4 x ﬁlter straps Velcro handy straps for securing cables and wires Door clips on all doors for fastening when open Supplied in a fabric carry bag

Unique UltraLux Manufactured using the highest quality non toxic and environmentally friendly plasticisers, this 3 layer fabric is extremely strong, 100% light proof and has some of the highest reflective qualities on the market. Tests show that it offers more than 30% more reflectivity than rival products.

LightHouse MAX Core Specification: Heavy duty Tri Layer 600 Denier material with the special LightHouse UltraLux reflective liner Quality Tivax double lined zips that are easy-to-use and offering good lightproofing with no snagging Frame - 22mm or 25mm steel poles with welded metal corners - offering ultimate strength and longevity

264

Wo en Pol Woven Polyamide amide (PA) strong - 600 Denier Light prooﬁng

Silver finish metallised UltraLux film - durable and highly reflective

Steel welded corners with spring lock system

Passive vents With Anti-Mite fine mesh and light proof cover offering uniform distribution of air flow

www.hydrogarden.com

Base trays made from single waterproof sheet and wipe clean ﬁnish

LightHouse MAX Tents and Stands

LightHouse MAX 0.76m2

LightHouse MAX 0.5m

LightHouse MAX 1m2

MAX 0.5

MAX 0.76

MAX 1

Pole size: 22mm

Extraction is through the roof with a 200mm (8”) ducting gland

2 options on extraction, through the roof or side

2 x inline 200mm (8”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

1 x base side inlet with a 250mm (10”) ducting gland 2 x inline 250mm (10”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

2 x 100mm (4”) cable glands

3 x low level passive air vents with ﬁne (anti-mite) mesh. Also includes light proof covers for when not in use

4 x ﬁlter straps

2 x 100mm (4”) cable glands 3 x low level passive air vents with ﬁne (anti-mite) mesh. Also includes light proof covers for when not in use 2 x side doors for easy access to crop

Recommendations:

For single lamp set up - either a 250w HID or high wattage CFL

For single lamp set up - either a 400w HID or high wattage CFL

Extraction fan around 180m3

Extraction fan around 220m3

4 x ﬁlter straps Recommendations: Ideal as a drying/storage environment, when used with the LightHouse DryNet. For single lamp set up - 400w HID. Extraction fan around 350m3

Product Name LightHouse MAX 0.5m (0.5m x 1m x 1.8m)

Code

15-500-110

Product Name LightHouse MAX 0.76m2 (0.76m x 0.76m x 1.8m)

Grow with us.

Code

15-500-115

Product Name LightHouse MAX 1m2 (1m x 1m x 2m)

Code

15-500-120

265

LightHouse MAX Tents and Stands

LightHouse MAX 1.2m2

MAX 1.5m2

MAX 1.2 Pole size: 25mm

2 x side doors for easy access to crop

Pole size: 25mm

2 x side doors for easy access to crop

2 options on extraction, through the roof or side

4 x ﬁlter straps

2 options on extraction, through the roof or side

4 x ﬁlter straps

Recommendations:

1 x base side inlet with a 300mm (12”) ducting gland

1 x base side inlet with a 300mm (12”) ducting gland 2 x inline 300mm (12”) socks for use with aircooled lighting 2 x 100mm (4”) cable glands 3 x low level passive air vents with ﬁne (anti-mite) mesh. Also includes light proof covers for when not in use

Product Name LightHouse MAX 1.2m2 (1.2m x 1.2m x 2m)

266

LightHouse MAX 1.5m2

Fits most growing systems and is ideal for the PLANT!T aeros IV Master System. For single lamp set up - 600w HID. Extraction fan around 440m3 NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300mm socks.

Code

15-500-125

2 x inline 300mm (12”) socks for use with aircooled lighting 2 x 100mm (4”) cable glands 3 x low level passive air vents with ﬁne (anti-mite) mesh. Also includes light proof covers for when not in use

Product Name LightHouse MAX 1.5m2 (1.5m x 1.5m x 2m)

www.hydrogarden.com

Recommendations: Fits most growing systems and is ideal for the PLANT!T aeros IV Master System. For single lamp set up - 600w HID. Extraction fan around 440m3 NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300mm socks.

Code

15-500-133

LightHouse MAX

MAX 2m2

MAX 2.4 Pole size: 25mm

Pole size: 25mm

8 x ﬁlter straps

4 options on extraction, through the roof or side

Recommendations:

2 options on extraction, through the roof or side

2 x side doors, plus large rear door for easy access to crop

1 x base side inlet with a 300mm (12”) ducting gland

4 x ﬁlter straps

2 x one piece waterproof insert tray

For four lamp set up - 4 x 400w HID.

Recommendations:

Extraction fan around 1100m3

2 x inline 300mm (12”) socks for use with aircooled lighting

1 x base side inlet with a 300mm (12”) ducting gland

Extraction fan around 700m3

3 x 100mm (4”) cable glands 4 x low level passive air vents with ﬁne (anti-mite) mesh. Also includes light proof covers for when not in use

Two lamp set up - 2 x 600w HID. NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300mm socks. On the LightHouse MAX 2.4m2, access from the front can either be by using the two inner curved doors or if full access is required, just zip the entire front oﬀ!

4 x inline 300mm (12”) socks for use with aircooled lighting 4 x 100mm (4”) cable glands 6 x low level passive air vents with ﬁne (anti-mite) mesh. Also includes light proof covers for when not in use 2 x side doors, plus large rear door for easy access to crop

Product Name LightHouse MAX 2.4m (1.2m x 2.4m x 2m)

Code

15-500-130

Product Name LightHouse MAX 2m2 (1.95m x 1.95m x 1.95m)

Grow with us.

Tents and Stands

LightHouse MAX 2m2

LightHouse MAX 2.4m

NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300mm socks. On the LightHouse MAX 2m2, access from the front can either be by using the two inner curved doors or if full access is required, just zip the entire front oﬀ! For this model it should also be noted that the product is supplied in 2 boxes due to weight and manual handling restrictions.

Code

15-500-135

267

LightHouse MAX Tents and Stands

LightHouse MAX 2.4m2

MAX 3m2

MAX 2.4m2 Pole size: 25mm

8 x ﬁlter straps

Pole size: 25mm

8 x ﬁlter straps

4 options on extraction, through the roof or side

Recommendations:

4 options on extraction, through the roof or side

Recommendations:

2 x one piece waterproof insert tray

For four lamp set up - 4 x 600w HID or 4 x 1000W HID.

2 x one piece waterproof insert tray

For four lamp set up - 4 x 600w HID or 4 x 1000W HID.

1 x base side inlet with a 300mm (12”) ducting gland 4 x inline 300mm (12”) socks for use with aircooled lighting 4 x 100mm (4”) cable glands 6 x low level passive air vents with ﬁne (anti-mite) mesh. Also includes light proof covers for when not in use 2 x side doors, plus large rear door for easy access to crop

Product Name LightHouse MAX 2.4m2 (2.4m x 2.4m x 2m)

268

LightHouse MAX 3m2

1 x base side inlet with a 300mm (12”) ducting gland

Extraction fan around 1400m3 NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300mm socks. On the LightHouse MAX 2.4m2, access from the front can either be by using the two inner curved doors or if full access is required, just zip the entire front oﬀ! For this model it should also be noted that the product is supplied in 2 boxes due to weight and manual handling restrictions.

Code

15-500-140

Product duct Name LightHouse hH MAX 3m 3 2 (3m (3 x 3 3m x 2 2m)) - B Box A & B Box B

www.hydrogarden.com

Extraction fan around 1400m3 NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300mm socks. On the LightHouse MAX 3m2, access from the front can either be by using the two inner curved doors or if full access is required, just zip the entire front oﬀ! For this model it should also be noted that the product is supplied in 2 boxes due to weight and manual handling restrictions.

Code

15-500-145 15 500 145

LightHouse CLONE1 and Round DryNet

Small tent for propagation Size: 70cm x 50cm x 90cm (when on long edge as propagation tent). The unit can be used as a propagation tent or turned upright to be used as a small grow tent in it’s own right.

Modular drying system This multi-layer LightHouse Round DryNet has been n designed to hang in a growtent to allow customerss to dry their ﬂowers or herbs. It is collapsible, has 6 layers and ﬁts into a handy carry case.

Tents and Stands

CLONE

LightHouse Round DryNet - 75cm (30”)

Extraction is via two 100mm (4”) socks and a passive air vent fitted with fine (anti-mite) mesh. Comes with an integral waterproof tray. Tri Layer 210 Denier material with special LightHouse UltraLux reflective liner. Quality Tivax double lined zips that are easy to use and offers good light proofing with no snagging. Main frame made from 16mm steel poles with nylon corners.

Fitted with centre strap to support net and avoid sagging when fully loaded Can comfortably ﬁt 2 large ROOT!T propagators

LightHouse Round DryNet collapses into a convenient ﬂat carry bag Product Name LightHouse CLONE1 (0.7m x 0.5m x 0.9m)

Code

15-500-050

Product Name LightHouse Round DryNet - 75cm (30”)

Grow with us.

Code

15-500-205

269

LightHouse LITE Tents and Stands

LITE With the option of both budget and premium versions, LightHouse portable grow tents and accessories are designed to offer the best indoor self-contained growing environment available, designed by growers for growers, with the benefits and features you’d like, which were never previously combined in such a comprehensive way. With the added benefit of easy assembly, the range is strong, durable and efficient. LightHouse LITE is the budget tent, for the grower who wants no frills. It oﬀers a simple, lightweight frame that incorporates nylon corners, but still has multiple choices of ducting and cable glands all with double seals. The attention to detail in the design of the LightHouse range extends through both the premium LightHouse MAX and the budget LightHouse LITE.

One piece waterproof insert trayy All outlets for air and cables are double lined and light-tight with Pull toggles oggles on each lining

Apertures All apertures feature draw strings and are double lined for light proofing with passive air vents (with mite-proof netting) to offer uniform distribution of air flow.

Tivax Zips Double lined quality zips that are easy-to-use and oﬀer good light prooﬁng with no snagging

2 x ﬁlter straps Door clips on all doors for fastening ning when open

Both benefit from a new reflective material called UltraLux, which offers up to 30% higher reflectivity over traditional products, while the Tivax zips fitted to all doors have proven ability to offer a quality seal when closed. A range of LightHouse accessories are also available from plant support netting through to accessory pouches and harvest dry racks.

Woven Polyamide (PA) strong - 600 Denier Light prooﬁng

LightHouse LITE Core Specification: Tri Layer 210 Denier material with the special LightHouse UltraLux reflective liner Quality Tivax double lined zips that are easy-to-use and offer good light proofing with no snagging Main frame made from 16mm steel poles with nylon corners

270

Silver finish metallised UltraLux film - durable and highly reflective

Base tray made from single waterproof sheet and wipe clean ﬁnish

www.hydrogarden.com

High reﬂectivity means higher growth rates and higher production levels

LightHouse LITE LightHouse LITE 1.2m2

LightHouse LITE 2.4m

LITE 1m

LITE 1.2m

LITE 2.4m

Extraction is through the roof with a 250mm (10”) sock

2 x inline 250mm (10”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

3 x low level passive air vents with ﬁne (anti-mite) mesh. Also includes light proof covers for when not in use.

2 x low level passive air vents with ﬁne (anti-mite) mesh. Also includes light proof covers for when not in use.

Recommendations:

Ideal for use as a drying storage environment when used with the LightHouse DryNet

Fits most growing systems and is ideal for the PLANT!T aeros IV Master System

Ideal for 2 large plants or 8 mid-size plants Two lamp set up - 2 x 600w HID

For single lamp set up - 400w HID

For single lamp set up - 600w HID

Extraction fan around 700m3

Extraction fan around 350m3

Extraction fan around 440m3

Product Name LightHouse LITE 1m2 (1m x 1m x 2m)

Code

15-500-005

Product Name LightHouse LITE 1.2m2 (1.2m x 1.2m x 2m)

Grow with us.

Code

15-500-010

Product Name LightHouse LITE 2.4m (1.2m x 2.4m x 2m)

Tents and Stands

LightHouse LITE 1m2

Code

15-500-015

271

ORCA Tent Kits and LightHouse ECOHEAT Heaters Tents and Stands

ORCA Retro-fit Tent Kits

LightHouse ECOHEAT Greenhouse Heaterss

Grow Tent Lining Kits are pre-cut to ﬁt and ready to install. Seam tape included.

Protection against sudden temperature and humidity ﬂuctuations which can stress plants. Helps reduce humidity and condensation when growing indoors thus protecting against fungal attack. Ideal in propagation areas where a constant ambient temperature is critical. Cheap-to-run, the heater uses less than 50w per foot (300mm) power, similar to an ordinary light bulb and 25% less than most similar tube heaters. More economical than a fan heater, cleaner and safer than paraﬃn heaters. IP55 rated, splash and sprinkler resistant.

Product Name ORCA Grow Film 1m x 1m Grow Tent Lining Kit ORCA Grow Film 1.2m x 1.2m Grow Tent Lining Kit ORCA Grow Film 2.4m x 1.2m Grow Tent Lining Kit

272

Code

14-670-050 14-670-055 14-670-060

Product Name LightHouse ECOHEAT 45w Greenhouse Heater - 305mm LightHouse ECOHEAT 80w Greenhouse Heater - 603mm LightHouse ECOHEAT 135w Greenhouse Heater - 915mm

Code

09-435-250 09-435-255 09-435-260

www.hydrogarden.com

LightHouse Accessories Tents and Stands

LightHouse StretchNet with 4 Hooks

LightHouse Keeper - Accessory Bag

Providing horizontal support for plants

Handy tool pouch

Lighthouse StretchNet is made from the highest quality elasticised cord that is knotted into one piece of netting to give additional strength. Simply attach the StretchNet to the poles of your tent at the desired height to give support to your growing plants. For best results, use 2 or 3 StretchNets per 2m high tent, depending on the height of your pot.

This handy tool pouch can be hung in the growtent (fastens around tent poles with velcro) and is ideal for storing pH and EC meters!

Size can be adapted and suitable for tents up to 1.2m2. Hooks will ﬁt poles up to 25mm diameter making them the perfect accessory for the LightHouse Max range of tents.

The beneﬁt of a separate pocket instead of a ﬁxed sewn-in pocket is that there are no pin stitch-holes in your tent.

Product Name LightHouse Keeper - Accessory Bag

Code

15-500-210

LightHouse LITE Spare Plastic Connectors

>25mm Ø

>16mm Ø

Product Name LightHouse StretchNet with 4 Hooks

Code

15-500-215

Product Name LightHouse LITE Spare Plastic Corner LightHouse LITE Spare Plastic 4 Way Connector

Grow with us.

Code

15-500-300 15-500-310

LITE 273

BUILD!T Stand and Frame Fittings Tents and Stands

Why BUILD!T? When you want to build a frame, structure, stand or hanging system you need ﬁttings and extrusion bars that are tough and can easily take the strain. No matter what you build, your search is over, use BUILD!T to build strong sturdy frame and hang items that can seriously take the weight. BUILD!T is an easy-to-build stand and joining system that is seriously tough and strong. With BUILD!T you can rest assured it will be able to take the strain.

The product range This fully rigid building system is perfect for making temporary, permanent or semipermanent frames, stands, structures and for hanging items.

Stands

The range of BUILD!T armoured fittings includes everything you need to build anything from simple frames to complex structures. The only limitation is your imagination. Each of the fittings has an inner metal core and robust nylon coating which makes BUILD!T super tough. The lightweight extrusion bars are black powder-coated alloy and are as tough as they look. To find out more go to www.just-buildit.com

Racking

Structures

Hanging Frames

274

www.hydrogarden.com

BUILD!T Stand and Frame Fittings BUILD!T Fittings

Build your own wn frames with our alloy oy bar.

Armoured ďŹ ttings

Tents and Stands

BUILD!!T Alloy Bar

BUILD!T 3 Way Corner

BUILD!T 4 Way Tee BUILD!T 3 Way Tee

BUILD!T Elbow

BUILD!TT End Cap C BUILD!T Adjustable Foot with end cap

Product Name BUILD!T Aluminium Alloy Bar (2m Length)

Code

Product Name BUILD!T 4 Way Tee (Single) BUILD!T 3 Way Corner (2 pack)

15-700-165 15-700-160

Product Name BUILD!T Elbow (2 pack) BUILD!T End Cap (4 pack)

15-700-155 15-700-180

15-700-150

BUILD!T 3 Way Tee (2 pack)

15-700-170

BUILD!T Adjustable Foot with end cap (2 pack)

15-700-175

Grow Gr o with us.

Code

275 2 27 75

Aquaponics

FishPlant Complete Systems Aquaponics

FishPlant Living Food Ecosystems Raise fish and grow plants in the FishPlant enclosed ecosystem to eat or to enjoy, the choice is yours. Ecological Educational and fun Healthy produce Raise Fish and Grow Plants at home Developed in combination with universities and leading horticultural companies, the FishPlant range brings hydroponics, aquaculture and education to your home. The technique of growing plants and raising fish together and creating a symbiotic relationship is called aquaponics, the combination of aquaculture and hydroponics. You can raise fish and grow plants in an enclosed ecosystem with beneficial microbes providing the bridge that converts the fish waste to usable plant nutrients. When you feed the fish, you are also feeding the bacteria and the plants.

How do the FishPlant systems work? The system is based around a plant bed and a fish tank, both working together. The fish water feeds the plants which filter the water for the fish - all you need to do is feed the fish. The PlantBed of the FishPlant system is based on the ‘Flood & Drain’ hydroponic technique – the ‘Flood’ bringing water and nutrients to the plants roots, the ‘Drain’ drawing fresh air (oxygen) into the root zone. It is ideal for growing your favourite herbs and salad crops. The design ensures constant water circulation and helps oxygenate the water for the fish.

PlantBed – ﬁlled with inert clay growing media that the plant roots bind onto and in which the beneﬁcial bacteria can thrive.

FishTank – which is kept clean and fresh by the PlantBed that also acts as a natural water ﬁlter. The plants keep the ﬁsh healthy.

What species of fish can I farm? This depends on whether you intend to eat them or just keep them for pleasure. While the principle of aquaponics is primarily to grow food, it may be that you prefer to grow ornamental ﬁsh, such as, Koi Carp or Goldﬁsh and just eat the plant produce. If you want to farm edible varieties then you can successfully and consistently farm Tilapia, Carp, Perch and, with practice, even Trout.

You feed the ﬁsh, the ﬁsh produce waste. The waste goes into the water.

To ﬁnd out more go to www.fishplant.co.uk

The water in the PlantBed rises until it reaches the overﬂow.

The water is then siphoned back into the FishTank until the PlantBed is empty and air gets into the Siphon.

The PlantBed ﬁlls up with water again and repeats the cycle.

278

www.hydrogarden.com

The waste water is pumped through a pebble plant bed that cleans the water for the ﬁsh. The ﬁsh get fresh oxygenated water.

The waste water sits in the pebble bed feeding the beneﬁcial bacteria, which in turn feed the plants allowing them to ﬂourish.

FishPlant is finely balanced. As you raise the fish they produce more waste, this provides more food for the plants, the plants grow larger taking up more waste product, cleaning the water for the fish. Fish and plants grow in harmony with each other.

FishPlant Complete Systems Aquaponics

FishPlant Family Unit

FishPlant Production Unit

Light not included

FishPlant systems are protected designs

80cm 110cm

Compact and easy to maintain, the FishPlant Family Unit is the smallest system in the range. It is ideal as a nursery system or a module in a larger set-up. The low height of the system makes it very accessible and easy-to-use. The ideal size to provide a couple, or small family with plenty of fresh salad or herbs Stocks up to 3.5kg of ﬁsh Small enough to ﬁt into a small garden, greenhouse or even indoors

FishPlant systems are protected designs

95cm

130cm

220cm

What’s included FishPlant 300 litre ﬁsh tank FishPlant Plant Bed FishPlant Pump and Pipe Kit FishPlant Auto Siphon Grow Bed Stand FishPlant Starter Kit FishPlant Clay Pebbles FishPlant Family Unit Instructions

130cm

If you want to try aquaponics on a small commercial scale, the FishPlant Production Unit is ideally suited for this purpose and is the largest system in the range. As with the FishPlant Family Unit, the height of the system makes it very accessible and easy-to-use. Large enough to supply a large family with a constant supply of salad and herbs and regular fresh ﬁsh

16-000-005

2 x FishPlant PlantBed FishPlant Pump and Pipe Kit 2 x FishPlant Auto Siphons Grow Bed Stand

Ideal for a small hotel or restaurant

FishPlant Starter Kit FishPlant Clay Pebbles

Fits into less than 3m of ﬂoor space Code

What’s included FishPlant 800 litre ﬁsh tank

Stocks up to 8kg of ﬁsh 2

Product Name FishPlant Family Unit

Ideal teaching aid for schools or educational/ therapeutic organisations

Product Name FishPlant Production Unit

Grow with us.

FishPlant Production Unit Instructions Code

16-000-050

279

FishPlant Grow Bed Unit and Consumables Aquaponics

FishPlant Retro-Fitt Grow Bed Unit

FishPlant Kits

Easy to maintain grow bed unit The FishPlant Retro-Fit Grow Bed Unit allows for a FishPlant system to be run off an established pond. This unit comes with a plantbed, an inlet/drain fitting, an overflow fitting, tubing, clay pebbles and a pump. What’s included FishPlant PlantBed FishPlant Pump and Pipe Kit FishPlant Auto Siphon FishPlant Starter Kit FishPlant Clay Pebbles FishPlant Family Unit Instructions

FishPlant Starter Kit The kit includes a dechlorinator to treat the chlorine in your tap water that would otherwise hinder the beneficial bacteria and stress your fish. It includes a starter culture of live filter bacteria and food to begin colonisation. These occur naturally, but an initial introduction will get things off to a much quicker and more reliable start. Pack Contents 25ml Dechlorinator 25ml Live Filter Bacteria 25ml Food for Bacterial Filter 10ml Nitrite Test Test Tube Instructions

FishPlant Plant Care Kit Make sure your water contains enough nutrients for your plants. The kit allows you to test for Nitrates, Phosphates and General Hardness (GH). Quick and easy to do, the kit contains dropper bottles and easy-to-read colour charts.

FishPlant pH Test Kit Maintaining a stable and correct pH (acidity/alkalinity) of the water is very important for ﬁsh health. pH should be tested frequently, and should be in the range of 6–8. The test is very easy to use - 3 drops into your test sample and match the colour to the chart.

FishPlant Fish Care Kit Monitoring water quality closely is vitally important, especially in a new system. Fortunately, it is very quick and easy to do with the dropper bottles and colour charts. Included in this kit are tests for Ammonia, Nitrite, pH and KH.

Product Name FishPlant Plant Retro-Fit Grow Bed Unit

280

Code

16-000-010

Product Name FishPlant Starter Kit FishPlant Fish Care Kit

Code

16-000-240 16-020-005

www.hydrogarden.com

Product Name FishPlant Plant Care Kit FishPlant pH Test Kit

Code

16-020-010 16-020-015

FishPlant Consumables FishPlant Clay Pebbles

FishPlant Fish Food

FishPlant (Young Fish) Fish Food

For Tilapia, Carp, Goldﬁsh.

Food for your young Tilapia, Carp, Goldﬁsh.

Natural ingredients balanced for healthy growth.

Suitable for edible ﬁsh.

Product Name FishPlant Fish Food 1kg FishPlant Fish Food 5kg

Code

16-025-010 16-025-015

Product Name FishPlant (Young Fish) Fish Food 1kg

Growing Bed media Clay Pebbles are a popular hydroponic medium around the world. Manufactured in Italy, they are derived from a renewable and plentiful source (clay), and are considered an ecologically sustainable medium. The clay is formed into pellets and then ﬁred in rotary kilns at 1200°C. This causes the clay to expand inside, like popcorn and to become porous - high surface area for colonisation by beneﬁcial bacteria. FishPlant Clay Pebbles are light in weight, do not compact and are completely reusable - they can be cleaned and sterilised after use. They are also inert, pH neutral and contain no nutrients. They provide good oxygen levels around the root zone because the pebbles drain freely and don’t hold excessive water.

Aquaponics

FishPlant Fish Food

Code

16-025-005

FishPlant Potassium Hydroxide 25% pH Up and Iron FishPlant Potassium Hydroxide 25% pH Up pH Control Over time pH will tend to fall, it can be adjusted up with this food-grade potassium hydroxide. This also adds potassium for plants to use.

Essential Iron supplement Iron is an essential element for the plants and plays a part in the chlorophyll and a leading role in photosynthesis. Moreover, it has an important influence on the physiological processes and the energy balance. Iron is the only essential element that may not be present in sufficient quantities from fish waste.

Product Name FishPlant Potassium Hydroxide 25% pH Up 1 Litre FishPlant Iron 250ml

Code

16-015-010 16-015-005

Product Name FishPlant Clay Pebbles 50 Litre Bag (8-20mm)

Grow with us.

Code

16-005-005

281

FishPlant Tanks and Accessories Aquaponics

FishPlant PlantBed, FishTanks and Cover

FishPlant Pump and Pipe Kit

FishPlant FishTanks

FishPlant Correx FishTank Cover

The Pump and Pipe kit is the complete delivery system for ﬂooding the growbed.

Ideal for making or expanding your own systems.

Reduces algae growth

Kit Includes: Pump

Prevents ﬁsh escaping

Flow Fitting Inlet Fitting Splash Guard

FishPlant PlantBed

FishPlant Family FishTank

Product Name FishPlant PlantBed FishPlant Family FishTank

FishPlant Production FishTank Code

16-000-200 16-000-205

Product Name FishPlant Production FishTank FishPlant Correx Lid

Code

16-000-210 16-000-225

Hydor Ario 4 Submersible Air Pump Adjustable output 70-200lph An in-tank submersible air pump eliminating the need for an airstone. Flow control knob High performance Low power consumption For other pumps see the Pumps and Accessories section Code Product Name Hydor Ario 44 Submersible Air Pump - Adjustable Output 70-200lph 10-455-315

282

Product Name FishPlant Plant Pump and Pipe Kit - Family Unit

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

16-000-250

FishPlant Consumables FishPlant 300w Water Heater Kit

The Auto Siphon Kit is the complete system for automatically draining the growbed.

External Tank Heater and Pump

Kit Includes:

The ideal water heater for outside the tank, which eliminates heat damage to ﬁsh.

Down Spout

It maintains a perfect temperature.

Shroud

A variable range heater from 18ºC to 34ºC.

Aquaponics

FishPla ant Auto Siphon

Suitable for FishPlant Family Unit.

Filter Screen

Kit includes: External Water Heater Water Pump

Product Name FishPlant Auto Siphon

Filter Screen

Shroud

Down Spout

Pipe and ﬁttings

Code

16-000-245

Product Name FishPlant 300w Water Heater Kit

Grow with us.

Code

16-000-255

283

Reading

Hydroponic Books Reading

How To o Supercharge S erchar Your Garden Marseene Mainly (A4 -137 pages) Our most popular book, this easy-to-read comprehensive publication is full of diagrams and very informative. It covers issues including methods of how to increase plant yields, how plants grow and how to take cuttings.

Product Name How To Supercharge Your Garden

Code

11-500-050

Hydrop ponic Strawberry Production Dr Lynette Morgan (US A4 - 120 pages) This comprehensive publication explains in detail all vital aspects of hydroponic strawberry production, providing a valuable guide for all intending and existing growers of this increasingly important crop.

Product Name Hydroponic Strawberry Production

Hydroponic Salad Crop Production

Hydroponic Tomato Production

The ABC of NFT

Dr Lynette Morgan

Jack Ross

Dr Allen Cooper

(A4 - 246 pages)

(A4 – 192 pages)

(A4 – 171 pages)

Want to grow salad crops hydroponically?

Includes 16 years of research into tomato production. The information and data in this book is gathered from a wide range of sources including Steven Carruthers. A very interesting book with a lot of practical tips from an experienced grower. An ideal book for the serious hobby grower and commercial grower alike.

The ‘NFT bible’ as it is known.

This book is for you! This book looks at all the developments and research into growing lettuce hydroponically, whilst also looking at other salad and microgreens. Product Name Hydroponic Salad Crop Production

286

Code

11-500-065

Product Name Hydroponic Tomato Production

Code

11-500-040

www.hydrogarden.com

Code

11-500-020

This comprehensive and detailed book covers all you will ever need to know about growing with NFT hydroponics.

Product Name The ABC of NFT

Code

11-500-030

Hydroponic Books Lighting in Horticulture

Carl Barry

Steven Carruthers

Les Bridgewood

(A5 – 54 pages)

(A5 – 32 pages)

This authoritative text covers all aspects of nutrient solutions, including the diﬀerences between diﬀering types of concentrates, grow and bloom formulations and organic nutrients. Many other topics are also covered.

This handbook provides a general appreciation of the photobiological processes that take place in plants, and the types and techniques of artiﬁcial lighting available to stimulate or control those growth processes.

(A4 – 136 pages) This book gives you clear explanations of the biology and techniques behind hydroponics. It looks at a variety of hydroponic growing systems, including the ﬂood and drain method, NFT and various others. This book contains a detailed examination of nutrients and strengths of solutions, advice on how to grow a variety of plants and how to control pests. It is simple to follow with step-by-step instructions.

Product Name Nutrient Handbook

Code

11-500-025

Product Name Lighting in Horticulture

Hydroponics - Soilless Gardening Explained

Code

11-500-015

Product Name Hydroponics - Soilless Gardening Explained

Reading

Nutrient Handbook

Code

11-500-055

Fresh Culinary Herb Prod duction duction Dr Lynette Morgan (A4 - 120 pages) Growing culinary herbs? This is for you! This book covers a range of areas such as propagation, harvesting, hydroponics, soil and organic growing.

Product Name Fresh Culinary Herb Production

Code

11-500-070

Aquaponic Gardening Sylvia Bernstein (A4 - 256 pages) Raising vegetables and ﬁsh together? This is the book you need! A truly comprehensive guide to home aquaponics that gives you the step-by-step know-how to create your very own independent, food-producing ecosystem in your house, garden or greenhouse. Product Name Aquaponic Gardening

Code

11-500-075

Grow with us.

287

Notes Readin Reading d g

Prod Pr o uc od u t

288

Page g

Co ode d No. o.

Prod od oduc ducct

www.hydrogarden.com

Pa age

Code Co de No. o

HydroGarden Wholesale Supplies Ltd. 2 Progress Way, Binley, Coventry CV3 2NT

www.hydrogarden.com

024 7665 1500 info@hydrogarden.com

CANNA additives; Getting you to the top

CANNA additives CANNA developed the CANNA nutrients for an optimal growth but to get you to the top you will need to use the CANNA additives. The CANNA additives can be used alongside the CANNA nutrients and will give you an even better end result. For more information about the CANNA additives please visit the CANNA website.